82_FR_34492 82 FR 34352 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental To Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Geophysical Survey in the Central Pacific Ocean

82 FR 34352 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental To Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Geophysical Survey in the Central Pacific Ocean

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Federal Register Volume 82, Issue 140 (July 24, 2017)

Page Range34352-34382
FR Document2017-15455

NMFS has received a request from the University of Hawaii (UH) for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to a marine geophysical survey in the Central Pacific Ocean. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS will consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the issuance of the requested MMPA authorization and agency responses will be summarized in the final notice of our decision.

Federal Register, Volume 82 Issue 140 (Monday, July 24, 2017)
[Federal Register Volume 82, Number 140 (Monday, July 24, 2017)]
[Notices]
[Pages 34352-34382]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2017-15455]



[[Page 34351]]

Vol. 82

Monday,

No. 140

July 24, 2017

Part II





Department of Commerce





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking 
Marine Mammals Incidental to a Geophysical Survey in the Central 
Pacific Ocean; Notices

Federal Register / Vol. 82 , No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / 
Notices

[[Page 34352]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

RIN 0648-XF330


Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental To Specified Activities; 
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Geophysical Survey in the Central 
Pacific Ocean

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request 
for comments.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: NMFS has received a request from the University of Hawaii (UH) 
for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to a marine 
geophysical survey in the Central Pacific Ocean. Pursuant to the Marine 
Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its 
proposal to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to 
incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS 
will consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the 
issuance of the requested MMPA authorization and agency responses will 
be summarized in the final notice of our decision.

DATES: Comments and information must be received no later than August 
23, 2017.

ADDRESSES: Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief, 
Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, 
National Marine Fisheries Service. Physical comments should be sent to 
1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 and electronic comments 
should be sent to [email protected].
    Instructions: NMFS is not responsible for comments sent by any 
other method, to any other address or individual, or received after the 
end of the comment period. Comments received electronically, including 
all attachments, must not exceed a 25-megabyte file size. Attachments 
to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word or Excel or 
Adobe PDF file formats only. All comments received are a part of the 
public record and will generally be posted online at www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/research.htm without change. All personal 
identifying information (e.g., name, address) voluntarily submitted by 
the commenter may be publicly accessible. Do not submit confidential 
business information or otherwise sensitive or protected information.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jordan Carduner, Office of Protected 
Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application 
and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in 
this document, may be obtained online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/research.htm. In case of problems accessing these documents, 
please call the contact listed above.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Background

    Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) 
direct the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated to NMFS) to allow, upon 
request, the incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers 
of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage in a specified activity 
(other than commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region 
if certain findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if 
the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed 
authorization is provided to the public for review.
    An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS 
finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or 
stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the 
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where 
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements 
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings 
are set forth.
    NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103 as an 
impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably 
expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the 
species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or 
survival.
    The MMPA states that the term ``take'' means to harass, hunt, 
capture, kill or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any marine 
mammal.
    Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the 
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or 
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or 
marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the 
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild 
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not 
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or 
sheltering (Level B harassment).

National Environmental Policy Act

    To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 
42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6A, 
NMFS must review our proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an 
incidental harassment authorization) with respect to potential impacts 
on the human environment. Accordingly, NMFS is preparing an 
Environmental Assessment (EA) to consider the environmental impacts 
associated with the issuance of the proposed IHA. NMFS' EA is available 
at www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental/research.htm. We will review 
all comments submitted in response to this notice prior to concluding 
our NEPA process or making a final decision on the IHA request.

Summary of Request

    On March 15, 2016, NMFS received a request from the UH for an IHA 
to take marine mammals incidental to conducting a marine geophysical 
survey in the Central Pacific Ocean. On May 16, 2017, we deemed UH's 
application for authorization to be adequate and complete. UH's request 
is for take of a small number of 24 species of marine mammals by Level 
B harassment and Level A harassment. Neither UH nor NMFS expects 
mortality to result from this activity, and, therefore, an IHA is 
appropriate. The planned activity is not expected to exceed one year, 
hence, we do not expect subsequent MMPA incidental harassment 
authorizations would be issued for this particular activity.

Description of Proposed Activity

Overview

    UH, in collaboration with the Japan Agency for Marine-Earth Science 
and Technology (JAMSTEC), proposes to conduct a marine seismic survey 
north of Hawaii in the Central Pacific Ocean over the course of five 
and a half days in September 2017. The proposed survey would occur 
north of the Hawaiian Islands, in the approximate area 22.6-25.0[deg] 
N. and 153.5-157.4[deg] W. (See Figure 1 in IHA application). The 
project area is partly within the exclusive economic zone (EEZ) of the 
United States and partly in adjacent international waters. Water depths 
in the area range from 4000 to 5000 m. The survey would involve one 
source vessel, the Japan-flagged R/V (research vessel) Kairei. The 
Kairei would deploy a 32-airgun array with a total volume of ~7800 
cubic inches (in\3\) as an energy source.

[[Page 34353]]

Dates and Duration

    The seismic survey would be carried out for approximately five and 
a half days, including three and half days within the Hawaiian Islands 
EEZ and two days in international waters. The survey would start on 
approximately September 15, 2017. Exact dates of the activities are not 
known as they are dependent on logistics and weather conditions. 
Seismic activities would occur 24 hours per day during the proposed 
survey.

Specific Geographic Region

    The survey would encompass the approximate area 22.6-25.0[deg] N. 
and 153.5-157.4[deg] W. in the central Pacific Ocean north of Hawaii, 
partly within the Hawaiian Islands EEZ and partly in international 
waters. Water depth in the survey area ranges from approximately 4000 
to 5000 m. Representative survey track lines are shown in Figure 1 in 
the IHA application. However, some deviation in actual track lines 
could be necessary for reasons such as poor data quality, inclement 
weather, or mechanical issues with the research vessel and/or 
equipment. The Kairei would likely depart from Honolulu, Hawaii and 
return to Honolulu.

Detailed Description of Specific Activity

    Conventional seismic methodology would be used to image a typical/
stable oceanic crust, mantle, and the boundary between the Earth's 
crust and the mantle (called the Mohorovi[ccaron]i[cacute] 
discontinuity (Moho)). The data obtained from the survey would be used 
to help better inform and further refine planning efforts for a 
proposed ``Project Mohole'' under consideration for scheduling by the 
International Ocean Discovery Program (IODP). The total survey effort 
would consist of ~1083 kilometers (km) of transect lines (Figure 1 in 
IHA application).
    The R/V Kairei has a length of 106.0 meters (m), a beam of 16.0 m, 
and a maximum draft of 4.7 m. Its propulsion system consists of two 
diesel engines, each producing 2206 kW, which drive the two propellers 
at 600 revolutions per minute (rpm). The operation speed during seismic 
acquisition would be ~8.3 km/hour (~4.5 knots (kn)). When not towing 
seismic survey gear, the Kairei typically cruises at 30 km/hour (~16.2 
kn) and has a range of ~18,000 km.
    During the survey, the Kairei would deploy an airgun array (i.e., a 
certain number of airguns of varying sizes in a certain arrangement) as 
an energy source (Table 1). An airgun is a device used to emit acoustic 
energy pulses into the seafloor and generally consists of a steel 
cylinder that is charged with high-pressure air. Release of the 
compressed air into the water column generates a signal that reflects 
(or refracts) off the seafloor and/or subsurface layers having acoustic 
impedance contrast. When fired, a brief (~0.1 second) pulse of sound is 
emitted by all airguns nearly simultaneously. The airguns are silent 
during the intervening periods with the array typically fired on a 
fixed distance (or shot point) interval. The return signal is recorded 
by a listening device and later analyzed with computer interpretation 
and mapping systems used to depict the subsurface.
    The airgun array to be used would consist of 32 Bolt Annular Port 
airguns, with a total volume of ~7800 in\3\. The airguns would be 
configured as four identical linear arrays or ``strings'' (See Figure 2 
in the IHA application for a visual representation of the strings). 
Each string would have 8 airguns; the first and last airguns in the 
strings would be spaced 10 m apart. All 8 airguns in each string would 
be fired simultaneously. The 4 airgun strings would be towed behind the 
Kairei and would be distributed across an area ~40 m x 10 m. The shot 
interval would be ~22 seconds. The firing pressure of the array would 
be ~2000 psi. During firing, a brief (~0.1 s) pulse of sound would be 
emitted. The airguns would be silent during the intervening periods. 
The array would be towed at a depth of 10 m. It is expected that the 
aigun array would be active 24 hours per day during seismic activities. 
Specifications of the Kairei's airgun array are shown in Table 1. 
Source levels of the Kairei's airgun array are shown in Table 6.

         Table 1--Specifications of the R/V Kairei Airgun Array
------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of airguns.........................  32.
Tow depth of energy source................  10 meters (m).
Dominant frequency components.............  2-120 Hz.
Total volume..............................  ~7800 in.\3\
Pulse duration............................  ~0.1 second.
Shot interval.............................  ~22 seconds.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The receiving system would consist of one 6 km long hydrophone 
streamer and ocean bottom seismometers (OBSs). As the airgun array is 
towed along the survey lines, the hydrophone streamer would receive the 
returning acoustic signals and transfer the data to the on-board 
processing system. The OBSs would record the returning acoustic signals 
internally for later analysis. Upon arrival at the survey area, two 
OBSs would be deployed. The streamer and airgun array would then be 
deployed, and seismic operations would commence. After completion of 
seismic operations, the OBSs would be recovered by UH via a separate 
vessel; the recovery cruise would be funded by the National Science 
Foundation.
    Survey protocols generally involve a predetermined set of survey, 
or track, lines. The seismic acquisition vessel (source vessel) travels 
down a linear track for some distance until a line of data is acquired, 
then turn and acquire data on a different track. In the case of the 
proposed survey, the two shorter north-south lines would each be 
surveyed once, while the longer west-east line would be surveyed twice 
(see Figure 1 in the IHA application).
    In addition to the operations of the airgun array, a SeaBeam 3012 
multibeam echosounder (MBES) would also be operated from the Kairei 
continuously throughout the survey. The MBES would operate at 12 
kilohertz (kHz) and would be hull-mounted on the Kairei. The 
transmitting beamwidth of the MBES would be 2[deg] fore-aft and 
150[deg] (max.) athwartship, or 120[deg] (in water up to 4500 m deep), 
and 100[deg] (in water up to 8000 m).
    Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are 
described in detail later in this document (please see ``Proposed 
Mitigation'' and ``Proposed Monitoring and Reporting'').

Description of Marine Mammals in the Area of Specified Activities

    Section 4 of the application summarizes available information 
regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and 
behavior and life history, of the potentially affected species. 
Additional information regarding population trends and threats may be 
found in NMFS' Stock Assessment Reports (SAR; www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/), and more general information about these species (e.g., 
physical and behavioral descriptions) may be found on NMFS' Web site 
(www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/mammals/).
    Table 2 lists all species with expected potential for occurrence in 
the central Pacific Ocean and summarizes information related to the 
population or stock, including regulatory status under the MMPA and ESA 
and potential biological removal (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we 
follow Committee on Taxonomy (2016). PBR is defined by the MMPA as the 
maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may 
be removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to 
reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population (as

[[Page 34354]]

described in NMFS' SARs). While no mortality is anticipated or 
authorized here, PBR and annual serious injury and mortality from 
anthropogenic sources are included here as gross indicators of the 
status of the species and other threats.
    Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document 
represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or 
the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area. 
NMFS' stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total 
estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that 
comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend 
beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in 
NMFS' U.S. Pacific SARs (e.g., Carretta et al. 2017). All values 
presented in Table 2 are the most recent available at the time of 
publication and are available in the 2016 SARs (Carretta et al. 2017), 
available online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars, except where noted 
otherwise.

                                              Table 2--Marine Mammals that Could Occur in the Project Area
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      Stock abundance \2\
                                                                ESA/MMPA status;        (CV, Nmin, most                             Relative  occurrence
              Species                         Stock            strategic (Y/N) \1\      recent abundance           PBR \4\            in  project area
                                                                                          survey) \3\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Family: Balaenopteridae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale (Megaptera            Central North Pacific.  -/-; N................  10,103 (0.300; 7,890;  83...................  Seasonal; throughout
 novaeangliae) \5\.                                                                   2006).                                        known breeding
                                                                                                                                    grounds during
                                                                                                                                    winter and spring
                                                                                                                                    (most common
                                                                                                                                    November through
                                                                                                                                    April).
Blue whale (Balaenoptera musculus).  Central North Pacific.  E/D; Y................  81 (1.14; 38; 2010)..  0.1..................  Seasonal; infrequent
                                                                                                                                    winter migrant; few
                                                                                                                                    sightings, mainly
                                                                                                                                    fall and winter;
                                                                                                                                    considered rare.
Fin whale (Balaenoptera physalus)..  Hawaii................  E/D; Y................  58 (1.12; 27; 2010)..  0.1..................  Seasonal, mainly fall
                                                                                                                                    and winter;
                                                                                                                                    considered rare.
Sei whale (Balaenoptera borealis)..  Hawaii................  E/D; Y................  178 (0.90; 93; 2010).  0.2..................  Rare; limited
                                                                                                                                    sightings of
                                                                                                                                    seasonal migrants
                                                                                                                                    that feed at higher
                                                                                                                                    latitudes.
Bryde's whale (Balaenoptera brydei/  Hawaii................  -/-; N................  798 (0.28; 633; 2010)  6.3..................  Uncommon; distributed
 edeni).                                                                                                                            throughout the
                                                                                                                                    Hawaiian Exclusive
                                                                                                                                    Economic Zone.
Minke Whale (Balaenoptera            Hawaii................  -/-; N................  n/a (n/a; n/a; 2010).  Undet................  Seasonal, mainly fall
 acutorostrata).                                                                                                                    and winter;
                                                                                                                                    considered rare.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Family: Physeteridae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sperm whale (Physeter                Hawaii................  E/D; Y................  3,354 (0.34; 2,539;    10.2.................  Widely distributed
 macrocephalus).                                                                      2010).                                        year round.
                            Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Family: Kogiidae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pygmy sperm whale \6\ (Kogia         Hawaii................  -/-; N................  7,139 (2.91; n/a;      Undet................  Widely distributed
 breviceps).                                                                          2006).                                        year round.
Dwarf sperm whale \6\ (Kogia sima).  Hawaii................  -/-; N................  17,519 (7.14; n/a;     Undet................  Widely distributed
                                                                                      2006).                                        year round.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   Family: Delphinidae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Killer whale (Orcinus orca)........  Hawaii................  -/-; N................  101 (1.00; 50; 2010).  1....................  Uncommon; infrequent
                                                                                                                                    sightings.
False killer whale (Pseudorca        Hawaii Pelagic........  -/-; N................  1,540 (0.66; 928;      9.3..................  Regular.
 crassidens).                                                                         2010).
Pygmy killer whale (Feresa           Hawaii................  -/-; N................  3,433 (0.52; 2,274;    23...................  Year-round resident.
 attenuata).                                                                          2010).
Short-finned pilot whale             Hawaii................  -/-; N................  12,422 (0.43; 8,872;   70...................  Commonly observed
 (Globicephala macrorhynchus).                                                        2010).                                        around Main Hawaiian
                                                                                                                                    Islands and
                                                                                                                                    Northwestern
                                                                                                                                    Hawaiian Islands.
Melon headed whale (Peponocephala    Hawaiian Islands......  -/-; N................  5,794 (0.20; 4,904;    4....................  Regular.
 electra).                                                                            2010).
Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops         Hawaii pelagic........  -/-; N................  5,950 (0.59; 3,755;    38...................  Common in deep
 truncatus).                                                                          2010).                                        offshore waters.
Pantropical spotted dolphin          Hawaii pelagic........  -/-; N................  15,917 (0.40; 11,508;  115..................  Common; primary
 (Stenella attenuata).                                                                2010).                                        occurrence between
                                                                                                                                    100 and 4,000 m
                                                                                                                                    depth.
Striped dolphin (Stenella            Hawaii................  -/-; N................  20,650 (0.36; 15,391;  154..................  Occurs regularly year
 coeruleoala).                                                                        2010).                                        round but infrequent
                                                                                                                                    sighting during
                                                                                                                                    survey.
Spinner dolphin \6\ (Stenella        Hawaii pelagic........  -/-; N................  3,351 (0.74; n/a;      Undet................  Common year-round in
 longirostris).                                                                       2006).                                        offshore waters.
Rough-toothed dolphin (Steno         Hawaii................  -/-; N................  6,288 (0.39; 4,581;    46...................  Common throughout the
 bredanensis).                                                                        2010).                                        Main Hawaiian
                                                                                                                                    Islands and Hawaiian
                                                                                                                                    Islands EEZ.
Fraser's dolphin (Lagenodelphis      Hawaii................  -/-; N................  16,992 (0.66; 10,241;  102..................  Tropical species only
 hosei).                                                                              2010).                                        recently documented
                                                                                                                                    within Hawaiian
                                                                                                                                    Islands EEZ (2002
                                                                                                                                    survey).

[[Page 34355]]

 
Risso's dolphin (Grampus griseus)..  Hawaii................  -/-; N................  7,256 (0.41; 5,207;    42...................  Previously considered
                                                                                      2010).                                        rare but multiple
                                                                                                                                    sightings in
                                                                                                                                    Hawaiian Islands EEZ
                                                                                                                                    during various
                                                                                                                                    surveys conducted
                                                                                                                                    from 2002-2012.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Order Cetartiodactyla--Cetacea--Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Family: Ziphiidae
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cuvier's beaked whale (Ziphius       Hawaii................  -/-; N................  1,941 (n/a; 1,142;     11.4.................  Year-round occurrence
 cavirostris).                                                                        2010).                                        but difficult to
                                                                                                                                    detect due to diving
                                                                                                                                    behavior.
Blainville's beaked whale            Hawaii................  -/-; N................  2,338 (1.13; 1,088;    11...................  Year-round occurrence
 (Mesoplodon densirostris).                                                           2010).                                        but difficult to
                                                                                                                                    detect due to diving
                                                                                                                                    behavior.
Longman's beaked whale (Indopacetus  Hawaii................  -/-; N................  4,571 (0.65; 2,773;    28...................  Considered rare;
 pacificus).                                                                          2010).                                        however, multiple
                                                                                                                                    sightings during
                                                                                                                                    2010 survey.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (-) indicates that the species is not listed
  under the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality
  exceeds PBR (see footnote 3) or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species
  or stock listed under the ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
\2\ Abundance estimates from Carretta et al. (2017) unless otherwise noted.
\3\ CV is coefficient of variation; Nmin is the minimum estimate of stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks, abundance
  estimates are actual counts of animals and there is no associated CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected in the abundance estimate is
  presented; there may be more recent surveys that have not yet been incorporated into the estimate.
\4\ Potential biological removal (PBR), defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed
  from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP).
\5\ Values for humpback whale are from the 2015 Alaska SAR (Muto et al. 2015).
\6\ Values for spinner dolphin, dwarf and pygmy sperm whale are from Barlow et al. (2006).

    All species that could potentially occur in the proposed survey 
area are included in Table 2. We have reviewed UH's species 
descriptions, including life history information, distribution, 
regional distribution, diving behavior, and acoustics and hearing, for 
accuracy and completeness. We refer the reader to Section 4 of UH's IHA 
application, rather than reprinting the information here. Below, for 
the 24 species that are likely to be taken by the activities described, 
we offer a brief introduction to the species and relevant stock as well 
as available information regarding population trends and threats, and 
describe any information regarding local occurrence.

Humpback Whale

    Humpback whales are found worldwide in all ocean basins. In winter, 
most humpback whales occur in the subtropical and tropical waters of 
the Northern and Southern Hemispheres (Muto et al., 2015). These 
wintering grounds are used for mating, giving birth, and nursing new 
calves. Humpback whales migrate nearly 3,000 mi (4,830 km) from their 
winter breeding grounds to their summer foraging grounds in Alaska.
    There are five stocks of humpback whales, one of which occurs in 
Hawaii: The Central North Pacific Stock, which consists of winter/
spring populations in the Hawaiian Islands, which migrate primarily to 
northern British Columbia/Southeast Alaska, the Gulf of Alaska, and the 
Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands (Muto et al., 2015). Humpback whales occur 
seasonally in Hawaii, with peak sightings between December and May each 
year; however, sightings have occurred in other months in very low 
numbers. Most humpback whales congregate off the island of Maui in the 
shallow protected waters but can be seen off all of the islands 
including the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands (Baird 2016).
    Humpback whales were listed as endangered under the Endangered 
Species Conservation Act (ESCA) in June 1970. In 1973, the ESA replaced 
the ESCA, and humpbacks continued to be listed as endangered. NMFS 
recently evaluated the status of the species, and on September 8, 2016, 
NMFS divided the species into 14 distinct population segments (DPS), 
removed the current species-level listing, and in its place listed four 
DPSs as endangered and one DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259; September 8, 
2016). The remaining nine DPSs were not listed. The Hawaii DPS is the 
only DPS that occurs in the survey area and is not listed under the ESA 
(81 FR 62259; September 8, 2016). The Central North Pacific stock is 
still considered a depleted and strategic stock under the MMPA.

Blue Whale

    The blue whale has a cosmopolitan distribution and tends to be 
pelagic, only coming nearshore to feed and possibly to breed (Jefferson 
et al. 2008). Blue whale migration is less well defined than for some 
other rorquals, and their movements tend to be more closely linked to 
areas of high primary productivity, and hence prey, to meet their high 
energetic demands (Branch et al. 2007). Generally, blue whales are 
seasonal migrants between high latitudes in the summer, where they 
feed, and low latitudes in the winter, where they mate and give birth 
(Lockyer and Brown 1981). Some individuals may stay in low or high 
latitudes throughout the year (Reilly and Thayer 1990; Watkins et al. 
2000). Blue whales belonging to the central Pacific stock appear to 
feed in summer southwest of Kamchatka, south of the Aleutians, and in 
the Gulf of Alaska (Stafford 2003; Watkins et al. 2000), and in winter 
migrate to lower latitudes in the western and central Pacific, 
including Hawaii (Stafford et al. 2001).
    From ship line-transect surveys, Wade and Gerrodette (1993) 
estimated 1,400 blue whales for the eastern tropical Pacific. A 2010 
shipboard line-transect survey of the entire Hawaiian Islands EEZ 
resulted in a summer/fall abundance estimate of 81 (CV = 1.14) blue 
whales (Bradford et al. 2013). This is currently the best available 
abundance estimate for this stock within the Hawaii EEZ, though the 
majority of blue whales would be expected to be at higher latitudes 
feeding grounds at this time of year. Blue whales are listed as 
endangered under the ESA, and the Central North Pacific Stock of blue 
whales is considered a depleted and strategic stock under the MMPA.

[[Page 34356]]

Fin Whale

    Fin whales are found throughout all oceans from tropical to polar 
latitudes. They have been considered rare in Hawaiian waters and are 
absent to rare in eastern tropical Pacific waters (Hamilton et al. 
2009). The fin whale most commonly occurs offshore but can also be 
found in coastal areas (Aguilar 2009). Most populations migrate 
seasonally between temperate waters where mating and calving occur in 
winter, and polar waters where feeding occurs in summer (Aguilar 2009). 
However, recent evidence suggests that some animals may remain at high 
latitudes in winter or low latitudes in summer (Edwards et al. 2015).
    During spring and summer, fin whale occurrence in Hawaii is 
considered rare (DoN 2005). There were 5 sightings of fin whales during 
summer-fall surveys in 2002, most to the northwest of the Main Hawaiian 
Islands (Barlow et al. 2004) and two sightings in the Hawaiian Islands 
EEZ during summer-fall 2010 (Bradford et al. 2013); there were no 
sightings in or near the proposed survey area (Carretta et al. 2015). 
Two additional sightings in the EEZ were made by observers on Hawaii-
based longline fishing vessels, including one near the proposed survey 
area (Carretta et al. 2015). Fin whales are listed as endangered under 
the ESA, and the Hawaii stock of fin whales is considered depleted 
under the MMPA.

Sei Whale

    The sei whale occurs in all ocean basins (Horwood 2009) but appears 
to prefer mid-latitude temperate waters (Jefferson et al. 2008). It 
undertakes seasonal migrations to feed in subpolar latitudes during 
summer and returns to lower latitudes during winter to calve (Horwood 
2009). The sei whale is pelagic and generally not found in coastal 
waters (Harwood and Wilson 2001). It occurs in deeper waters 
characteristic of the continental shelf edge region (Hain et al. 1985) 
and in other regions of steep bathymetric relief such as seamounts and 
canyons (Kenney and Winn 1987; Gregr and Trites 2001).
    Sei whales occur seasonally in Hawaii in the winter and spring 
months and feed in higher latitude feeding grounds in the summer and 
fall (Carretta et al., 2016). Sightings of this species are rare in 
Hawaii. The species stays offshore of the islands in deeper waters 
(Baird 2016). Sei whales are listed as endangered under the ESA, and 
the Hawaii stock of sei whales is considered a depleted and strategic 
stock under the MMPA.

Bryde's Whale

    The Bryde's whale occurs in all tropical and warm temperate waters 
in the Pacific, Atlantic, and Indian oceans, between 40[deg] N. and 
40[deg] S. (Kato and Perrin 2009). Although there is a pattern of 
movement toward the Equator in the winter and the poles during the 
summer, Bryde's whale does not undergo long seasonal migrations, 
remaining in warm (>16 [deg]C) water year-round (Kato and Perrin 2009).
    Bryde's whales are known to occur in both shallow coastal and 
deeper offshore waters (Jefferson et al. 2008). In Hawaii, Bryde's 
whales are typically seen offshore (e.g., Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow 
2006), but Hopkins et al. (2009) reported a Bryde's whale within 70 km 
of the Main Hawaiian Islands. During summer-fall surveys of the 
Hawaiian Islands EEZ, 13 sightings were made in 2002 (Barlow 2006) and 
32 sightings were made during 2010 (Bradford et al. 2013). Bryde's 
whales were primarily sighted in the western half of the Hawaiian 
Islands EEZ, with the majority of sightings associated with the 
Northwestern Hawaiian Islands; none was made in or near the proposed 
survey area (Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow 2006; Bradford et al. 2013; 
Carretta et al. 2015). The Bryde's whale is not listed under the ESA, 
and the Hawaii stock is not listed as depleted or strategic under the 
MMPA.

Minke Whale

    The minke whale has a cosmopolitan distribution ranging from the 
tropics and subtropics to the ice edge in both hemispheres (Jefferson 
et al. 2008) and is thought to occur seasonally in Hawaii, from 
November through March (Rankin and Barlow 2005), though their migration 
routes or destinations are unknown. While they are generally believed 
to be uncommon in Hawaiian waters, several studies using acoustic 
detections suggest that minke whales may be more common than previously 
thought (Rankin et al. 2007; Oswald et al. 2011; Martin et al. 2012). 
Acoustic detections have been recorded around the Hawaiian Islands 
during fall-spring surveys in 1997 and 2000-2006 (Rankin and Barlow 
2005; Barlow et al. 2008; Rankin et al. 2008), and from seafloor 
hydrophones positioned ~50 km from the coast of Kauai during February-
April 2006 (Martin et al. 2012). Passive acoustic detections of minke 
whales have been recorded at ALOHA station (22.75[deg] N., 158[deg] W.) 
from October to May for decades (Oswald et al. 2011). A lack of 
sightings is likely related to misidentification or low detection 
capability in poor sighting conditions (Rankin et al. 2007). The minke 
whale is not listed under the ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not listed 
as depleted under the MMPA.

Sperm Whale

    Sperm whales are widely distributed across the entire North Pacific 
and into the southern Bering Sea in summer, but the majority are 
thought to be south of 40[deg] N. in winter (Rice 1974, 1989; Gosho et 
al. 1984; Miyashita et al. 1995). The Hawaii stock includes animals 
found both within the Hawaiian Islands EEZ and in adjacent high seas 
waters; however, because data on abundance, distribution, and human-
caused impacts are largely lacking for high seas waters, the status of 
the Hawaii stock is evaluated based on data from U.S. EEZ waters of the 
Hawaiian Islands (NMFS 2005).
    Sperm whales are widely distributed in Hawaiian waters throughout 
the year (Mobley et al. 2000). During summer-fall surveys of the 
Hawaiian Islands EEZ, 43 sightings were made in 2002 (Barlow 2006) and 
41 were made in 2010 (Bradford et al. 2013). Sightings were widely 
distributed across the EEZ during both surveys; numerous sightings 
occurred in and adjacent to the proposed survey area (Barlow et al. 
2004; Barlow 2006; Bradford et al. 2013). Sperm whales are listed as 
endangered under the ESA, and the Hawaii stock is considered depleted 
and strategic under the MMPA.

Pygmy Sperm Whale

    Pygmy sperm whales are found in tropical and warm-temperate waters 
throughout the world (Ross and Leatherwood 1994) and prefer deeper 
waters with observations of this species in greater than 4,000 m depth 
(Baird et al., 2013). Sightings are rare of this species. They are 
difficult to sight at sea, because of their dive behavior and perhaps 
because of their avoidance reactions to ships and behavior changes in 
relation to survey aircraft (W[uuml]rsig et al. 1998). Both pygmy and 
dwarf sperm whales are sighted primarily along the continental shelf 
edge and slope and over deeper waters off the shelf (Hansen et al. 
1994; Davis et al. 1998; Jefferson et al. 2008). There is a single 
stock of Pygmy sperm whales in Hawaii. Current abundance estimates for 
this stock are unknown. Pygmy sperm whales are not listed as endangered 
or threatened under the ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not considered 
strategic or designated as depleted under the MMPA.

Dwarf Sperm Whale

    Dwarf sperm whales are found throughout the world in tropical to

[[Page 34357]]

warm-temperate waters (Carretta et al., 2014). They are usually found 
in waters deeper than 500 m, most often sighted in depths between 500 
and 1,000 m, but they have been documented in depths as shallow as 106 
m and as deep as 4,700 m (Baird 2016). This species is often alone or 
in small groups of up to two to four individuals (Baird 2016). When 
there are more than two animals together, they are often loosely 
associated, with up to several hundred meters between pairs of 
individuals (Baird 2016). There is one stock of dwarf sperm whales in 
Hawaii. Sighting data suggests a small resident population off Hawaii 
Island (Baird 2016). It has been suggested that this species is 
probably one of the more abundant species of cetaceans in Hawaiian 
waters (Baird 2016), though there are no current abundance estimates 
for this stock. Dwarf sperm whales are not listed as endangered or 
threatened under the ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not designated as 
depleted or strategic under the MMPA.

Killer Whale

    Killer whales have been observed in all oceans and seas of the 
world (Leatherwood and Dahlheim 1978). Although reported from tropical 
and offshore waters (Heyning and Dahlheim 1988), killer whales prefer 
the colder waters of both hemispheres, with greatest abundances found 
within 800 km of major continents (Mitchell 1975). High densities of 
the species occur in high latitudes, especially in areas where prey is 
abundant.
    Killer whales are considered rare in Hawaiian waters (Carretta et 
al. 2017). Twenty one sighting records were reported in Hawaiian waters 
between 1994 and 2004 (Baird et al. 2006). During summer-fall surveys 
of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ, two sightings were made in 2002 (Barlow et 
al. 2004; Barlow 2006) and one was made in 2010 (Bradford et al. 2013), 
none near the proposed survey area (Barlow et al. 2004; Bradford et al. 
2013; Carretta et al. 2017). Numerous additional sightings in and north 
of the EEZ have been made by observers on longliners, some in and near 
the proposed survey area (Carretta et al. 2017). Killer whales are not 
listed as endangered or threatened under the ESA (with the exception of 
the endangered Southern Resident DPS which does not occur in the survey 
area), and the Hawaii stock is not designated as depleted or strategic 
under the MMPA.

False Killer Whale

    False killer whales are found worldwide in tropical and warm-
temperate waters (Stacey et al. 1994). In the North Pacific, this 
species is well known from southern Japan, Hawaii, and the eastern 
tropical Pacific. The species generally inhabits deep, offshore waters, 
but sometimes is found over the continental shelf and occasionally 
moves into very shallow water (Jefferson et al. 2008; Baird 2009).
    Telemetry, photo-identification, and genetic studies have 
identified three independent populations of false killer whales in 
Hawaiian waters: Main (insular) Hawaiian Islands, Northwestern Hawaiian 
Islands, and surrounding pelagic stock (Chivers et al. 2010; Baird et 
al. 2010, 2013; Bradford et al. 2014). Based on the ranges of these 
stocks, only the Hawaii pelagic stock is expected to occur in the 
survey area (Carretta et al. 2017). False killer whales are not listed 
as endangered or threatened under the ESA (with the exception of the 
endangered Main Hawaiian Islands insular DPS which does not occur in 
the survey area), and the Hawaii pelagic stock is not designated as 
depleted or strategic under the MMPA.

Pygmy Killer Whale

    The pygmy killer whale has a worldwide distribution in tropical and 
subtropical waters (Donahue and Perryman 2009), generally not ranging 
south of 35[deg] S. (Jefferson et al. 2008). In warmer water, it is 
usually seen close to the coast (Wade and Gerrodette 1993), but it is 
also found in deep waters. In Hawaiian waters, the pygmy killer whale 
is found in nearshore waters but rarely offshore (Carretta et al. 
2015). During small-boat surveys around the Hawaiian Islands in 2000-
2012, sightings were made in water up to 3,000 m deep (Baird et al. 
2013).
    Though a small resident population occurs in the main Hawaiian 
Islands, pygmy killer whales are relatively rare in Hawaiian waters 
(McSweeney et al. 2009). Satellite telemetry data from four tagged 
pygmy killer whales suggest the resident group remains within 20 km of 
shore (Baird et al. 2011) so would be unlikely in the proposed survey 
area. Movements have been documented between Hawaii Island and Oahu and 
between Oahu and Lanai (Baird et al. 2011a). Pygmy killer whales are 
not listed under the ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not listed as is not 
considered a depleted or strategic stock under the MMPA.

Short-Finned Pilot Whale

    Short-finned pilot whales are found in all oceans, primarily in 
tropical and warm-temperate waters (Carretta et al., 2016). The species 
prefers deeper waters, ranging from 324 m to 4,400 m, with most 
sightings between 500 m and 3,000 m (Baird 2016). This stock forms 
stable social groups, with average group size of 18 individuals but may 
form large aggregations of close to 200 individuals (Baird 2016). Other 
research suggests a larger average group size of 40.9 individuals 
(Bradford et al., 2017), but most of these sightings were farther 
offshore in pelagic waters.
    Short-finned pilot whales are commonly observed around the main 
Hawaiian Islands and are also present around the Northwestern Hawaiian 
Islands (Shallenberger 1981, Baird et al. 2013). Photo-identification 
and telemetry studies suggest there may be inshore and pelagic 
populations of short finned pilot whales in Hawaiian waters. Resighting 
and social network analyses of individuals photographed off Hawaii 
Island suggest the occurrence of one large and several smaller social 
clusters that use those waters, with some individuals within the 
smaller social clusters commonly resighted off Hawaii Island (Mahaffy 
2012). Short-finned pilot whales are not listed as endangered or 
threatened under the ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not considered a 
depleted or strategic stock under the MMPA.

Melon-Headed Whale

    Melon-headed whales are found in tropical and warm-temperate waters 
throughout the world (Carretta et al., 2016). The distribution of 
reported sightings suggests that the oceanic habitat of this species is 
primarily equatorial waters (Perryman et al. 1994). The species forms 
large groups, with average group size of almost 250 individuals, with 
the largest group documented at close to 800 individuals (Baird 2016).
    There are two demographically-independent populations in Hawaiian 
waters, the Hawaiian Islands stock and the Kohala resident stock 
(Carretta et al., 2016). The Kohala resident stock have a small range 
restricted to the shallow waters around Hawaii Island, whereas the 
Hawaiian Islands stock are found throughout the islands and offshore in 
pelagic areas (Carretta et al., 2016). As such, only the Hawaiian 
Islands stock may be affected by the proposed activities. This stock 
prefers waters deeper than 1,000 m (Baird 2016). Satellite telemetry 
data revealed distant pelagic movements, associated with feeding, 
nearly to the edge of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ; the most distal 
telemetry locations were near the proposed survey area at ~22.3[deg] 
N., 154.0[deg] W. (Oleson et al. 2013). Melon-headed whales are not 
listed as

[[Page 34358]]

endangered or threatened under the ESA and the Hawaiian Islands stock 
is not considered a depleted or strategic stock under the MMPA.

Bottlenose Dolphin

    Bottlenose dolphins are widely distributed throughout the world in 
tropical and warm-temperate waters (Perrin et al. 2009). Generally, 
there are two distinct bottlenose dolphin ecotypes: One mainly found in 
coastal waters and one mainly found in oceanic waters (Duffield et al. 
1983; Hoelzel et al. 1998; Walker et al. 1999). As well as inhabiting 
different areas, these ecotypes differ in their diving abilities 
(Klatsky 2004) and prey types (Mead and Potter 1995).
    There are four resident insular stocks of bottlenose dolphins 
around the Main Hawaiian Islands and one pelagic stock (Carretta et 
al., 2016). Photo-identification studies have suggested that the 1,000-
m isobath serves as the boundary between resident insular stocks of the 
Main Hawaiian Islands and the Hawaii pelagic stock (Martien et al. 
2012). Only the pelagic stock may be affected by the proposed activity. 
Bottlenose dolphins are not listed as endangered or threatened under 
the ESA, and the Hawaii pelagic stock is not considered a depleted or 
strategic stock under the MMPA.

Pantropical Spotted Dolphin

    Pantropical spotted dolphins are primarily found in tropical and 
subtropical waters worldwide (Perrin et al. 2009). There are two forms 
of pantropical spotted dolphin: Coastal and offshore. Pantropical 
spotted dolphins prefer deeper waters between 1,500 m and 3,000 m and 
forms large groups with average group size of 60 individuals, with the 
largest group estimated at 400 individuals (Baird 2016).
    Pantropical spotted dolphins are common and abundant throughout the 
Hawaiian archipelago (Baird et al. 2013). It is expected that it would 
be one of the most abundant cetaceans in the proposed survey area. 
There are four resident coastal stocks in Hawaii in addition to the 
Hawaii pelagic stock. Due to their ranges, only the pelagic stock is 
likely to be encountered in the project area (Carretta et al., 2016). 
Pantropical spotted dolphins are not listed as endangered or threatened 
under the ESA, and the Hawaii pelagic stock is not considered a 
depleted or strategic stock under the MMPA.

Striped Dolphin

    Striped dolphins are found in tropical to warm-temperate waters 
throughout the world (Carretta et al., 2016). This is a deep water 
species, preferring depths greater than 3,500 m (Baird 2016). Striped 
dolphins occur primarily in pelagic waters, but have been observed 
approaching shore where there is deep water close to the coast 
(Jefferson et al. 2008). This species forms large groups, with an 
average group size of 28 individuals, and a maximum group size of 100 
individuals (Baird 2016).
    The striped dolphin is expected to be one of the most abundant 
cetaceans in the proposed survey area. It has been sighted near the 
proposed survey area during summer-fall shipboard surveys of the Hawaii 
Islands EEZ (Carretta et al. 2017). Striped dolphins are not listed as 
endangered or threatened under the ESA, and the Hawaii stock of striped 
dolphins is not considered a depleted or strategic stock under the 
MMPA.

Spinner Dolphin

    Spinner dolphins are found in tropical and warm-temperate waters 
worldwide (Carretta et al., 2016). They are pantropical in 
distribution, including oceanic tropical and sub-tropical waters 
between 40[deg] N. and 40[deg] S. (Jefferson et al., 2008). Generally 
considered a pelagic species (Perrin 2009b), spinner dolphins can also 
be found in coastal waters and around oceanic islands (Rice 1998). 
There are six separate stocks managed within the Hawaiian Islands EEZ 
(Carretta et al. 2017); only individuals of the Hawaii pelagic stock 
are expected to overlap with the proposed survey area. Spinner dolphins 
have been sighted near the proposed survey area during summer-fall 
surveys of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ (Carretta et al. 2017). The spinner 
dolphin is not listed as endangered or threatened under the ESA, and 
the Hawaii pelagic stock is not considered a depleted or strategic 
stock under the MMPA.

Rough-Toothed Dolphin

    Rough-toothed dolphins are found in tropical and warm-temperate 
waters (Carretta et al., 2016). While there is evidence for two island-
associated stocks and one pelagic stock in Hawaii, there is only one 
stock designated for Hawaii (Carretta et al., 2016). Most sightings of 
this species off Kauai are in water depths of less than 1,000 m; 
however, it is the most often sighted species in depths greater than 
3,000 m (Baird 2016). This species forms stable associations as part of 
larger groups, with average group sizes of 11 animals and maximum group 
sizes, observed off Kauai, of 140 individuals (Baird 2016).
    The rough-toothed dolphin is expected to be one of the most 
abundant cetaceans in the proposed survey area (Barlow et al. 2004; 
Barlow 2006; Bradford et al. 2013). During summer-fall surveys of the 
Hawaiian Islands EEZ in 2002 and 2010, rough-toothed dolphins were 
observed throughout the EEZ and near the proposed survey area. The 
rough-toothed dolphin is not listed as endangered or threatened under 
the ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not considered a depleted or strategic 
stock under the MMPA.

Fraser's Dolphin

    Fraser's dolphin are found in tropical waters (Carretta et al., 
2011). This is a deep water species occurring offshore of the Hawaiian 
islands, with sightings occurring in water depths between 1,515 m and 
4,600 m (Baird 2016). The species forms large groups with average group 
sizes between 75 and 110 individuals (Baird 2016). Fraser's dolphin is 
one of the most abundant cetaceans in the Hawaiian Islands EEZ (Barlow 
2006; Bradford et al. 2013). Fraser's dolphin is not listed as 
endangered or threatened under the ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not 
considered a depleted or strategic stock under the MMPA.

Risso's Dolphin

    Risso's dolphins are found in tropical to warm-temperate waters 
(Carretta et al., 2016). The species occurs from coastal to deep water 
but is most often found in depths greater than 3,000 m with the highest 
sighting rate in depths greater than 4,500 m (Baird 2016). It occurs 
between 60[deg] N. and 60[deg] S. where surface water temperatures are 
at least 10[ordm] C (Kruse et al. 1999). The species forms small groups 
with an average group size of 4 individuals, and a maximum group size 
of 25 individuals off the coast of Hawaii (Baird 2016). Risso's 
dolphins are not listed as endangered or threatened under the ESA, and 
the Hawaii stock is not considered a depleted or strategic stock under 
the MMPA.

Longman's Beaked Whale

    The Longman's beaked whale, also known as Indo-Pacific beaked 
whale, is considered one of the least known cetacean species (Carretta 
et al., 2016). Longman's beaked whales are found in tropical waters 
from the eastern Pacific westward through the Indian Ocean to the 
eastern coast of Africa (Carretta et al., 2016). The species occurs is 
most often sighted in waters with temperatures >=26[deg] C and depth 
>2,000 m, and sightings have also been reported along the continental 
slope (Anderson et al. 2006; Pitman 2009). Group sizes range from 18 to 
110

[[Page 34359]]

individuals (Baird 2016). The Longman's beaked whale is not listed as 
endangered or threatened under the ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not 
considered a depleted or strategic stock under the MMPA.

Cuvier's Beaked Whale

    Cuvier's beaked whale is the most widespread of the beaked whales 
occurring in almost all temperate, subtropical, and tropical waters and 
even some sub-polar and polar waters (MacLeod et al. 2006). It is found 
in deep water over and near the continental slope (Jefferson et al. 
2008). In the eastern tropical Pacific, the mean water depth for 
sighted Cuvier's beaked whales was ~3.4 km (Ferguson et al. 2006). 
During small-boat surveys around the Hawaiian Islands in 2000-2012, 
sightings were made in water depths of 500-4000 m (Baird et al. 2013). 
Summer/fall shipboard surveys of the waters within the U.S. EEZ of the 
Hawaiian Islands resulted in 4 sightings in 2002 and 22 in 2010, 
including markedly higher sighting rates during nearshore surveys in 
the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. (Barlow 2006, Bradford et al. 2013). 
Resighting and movement data of individual Cuvier's beaked whales 
suggest the existence of insular and offshore populations of this 
species in Hawaiian waters. A 21-yr study off Hawaii Island suggests 
long-term site fidelity and year-round occurrence (McSweeney et al. 
2007). The Cuvier's beaked whale is not listed as endangered or 
threatened under the ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not considered a 
depleted or strategic stock under the MMPA.

Blainville's Beaked Whale

    Blainville's beaked whale is found in tropical and warm temperate 
waters of all oceans; it has the widest distribution throughout the 
world of all mesoplodont species and appears to be common (Pitman 
2009b). Recent analysis of Blainville's beaked whale resightings and 
movements near the main Hawaiian Islands suggest the existence of 
insular and pelagic populations of this species in Hawaiian waters 
(McSweeney et al. 2007, Schorr et al. 2009, Baird et al. 2013). Photo-
identification of individual Blainville's beaked whales from Hawaii 
Island since 1986 reveal repeated use of this area by individuals for 
over 17 years (Baird et al. 2011) and 75% of individuals seen off 
Hawaii Island link by association into a single social network (Baird 
et al. 2013). Those individuals seen farthest from shore and in deep 
water (>2100m) have not been resighted, suggesting they may be part of 
an offshore, pelagic population (Baird et al. 2011). The Hawaii stock 
of Blainville's beaked whales includes animals found both within the 
Hawaiian Islands EEZ and in adjacent high seas waters. The Blainville's 
beaked whale is not listed as endangered or threatened under the ESA, 
and the Hawaii stock is not considered a depleted or strategic stock 
under the MMPA.

Potential Effects of Specified Activities on Marine Mammals and Their 
Habitat

    This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that 
components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and 
their habitat. The ``Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment'' section 
later in this document includes a quantitative analysis of the number 
of individuals that are expected to be taken by this activity. The 
``Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination'' section considers the 
content of this section, the ``Estimated Take by Incidental 
Harassment'' section, and the ``Proposed Mitigation'' section, to draw 
conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the 
reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those 
impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or 
stocks.

Description of Active Acoustic Sound Sources

    This section contains a brief technical background on sound, the 
characteristics of certain sound types, and on metrics used in this 
proposal inasmuch as the information is relevant to the specified 
activity and to a discussion of the potential effects of the specified 
activity on marine mammals found later in this document.
    Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are 
frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number 
of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and 
is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is the 
distance between two peaks or corresponding points of a sound wave 
(length of one cycle). Higher frequency sounds have shorter wavelengths 
than lower frequency sounds, and typically attenuate (decrease) more 
rapidly, except in certain cases in shallower water. Amplitude is the 
height of the sound pressure wave or the ``loudness'' of a sound and is 
typically described using the relative unit of the decibel (dB). A 
sound pressure level (SPL) in dB is described as the ratio between a 
measured pressure and a reference pressure (for underwater sound, this 
is 1 microPascal ([mu]Pa)) and is a logarithmic unit that accounts for 
large variations in amplitude; therefore, a relatively small change in 
dB corresponds to large changes in sound pressure. The source level 
(SL) represents the SPL referenced at a distance of 1 m from the source 
(referenced to 1 [mu]Pa) while the received level is the SPL at the 
listener's position (referenced to 1 [mu]Pa).
    Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over 
the duration of an impulse. Root mean square is calculated by squaring 
all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the 
square root of the average (Urick, 1983). Root mean square accounts for 
both positive and negative values; squaring the pressures makes all 
values positive so that they may be accounted for in the summation of 
pressure levels (Hastings and Popper, 2005). This measurement is often 
used in the context of discussing behavioral effects, in part because 
behavioral effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be 
better expressed through averaged units than by peak pressures.
    Sound exposure level (SEL; represented as dB re 1 [mu]Pa\2\-s) 
represents the total energy contained within a puls and considers both 
intensity and duration of exposure. Peak sound pressure (also referred 
to as zero-to-peak sound pressure or 0-p) is the maximum instantaneous 
sound pressure measurable in the water at a specified distance from the 
source and is represented in the same units as the rms sound pressure. 
Another common metric is peak-to-peak sound pressure (pk-pk), which is 
the algebraic difference between the peak positive and peak negative 
sound pressures. Peak-to-peak pressure is typically approximately 6 dB 
higher than peak pressure (Southall et al., 2007).
    When underwater objects vibrate or activity occurs, sound-pressure 
waves are created. These waves alternately compress and decompress the 
water as the sound wave travels. Underwater sound waves radiate in a 
manner similar to ripples on the surface of a pond and may be either 
directed in a beam or beams or may radiate in all directions 
(omnidirectional sources), as is the case for pulses produced by the 
airgun arrays considered here. The compressions and decompressions 
associated with sound waves are detected as changes in pressure by 
aquatic life and man-made sound receptors such as hydrophones.
    Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the 
underwater environment is typically loud due to ambient sound. Ambient 
sound is defined as environmental background sound levels lacking a 
single source or

[[Page 34360]]

point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the sound level of a region is 
defined by the total acoustical energy being generated by known and 
unknown sources. These sources may include physical (e.g., wind and 
waves, earthquakes, ice, atmospheric sound), biological (e.g., sounds 
produced by marine mammals, fish, and invertebrates), and anthropogenic 
(e.g., vessels, dredging, construction) sound. A number of sources 
contribute to ambient sound, including the following (Richardson et 
al., 1995):
     Wind and waves: The complex interactions between wind and 
water surface, including processes such as breaking waves and wave-
induced bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a main source of 
naturally occurring ambient sound for frequencies between 200 Hz and 50 
kHz (Mitson, 1995). In general, ambient sound levels tend to increase 
with increasing wind speed and wave height. Surf sound becomes 
important near shore, with measurements collected at a distance of 8.5 
km from shore showing an increase of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band 
during heavy surf conditions.
     Precipitation: Sound from rain and hail impacting the 
water surface can become an important component of total sound at 
frequencies above 500 Hz, and possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet 
times.
     Biological: Marine mammals can contribute significantly to 
ambient sound levels, as can some fish and snapping shrimp. The 
frequency band for biological contributions is from approximately 12 Hz 
to over 100 kHz.
     Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient sound related to human 
activity include transportation (surface vessels), dredging and 
construction, oil and gas drilling and production, seismic surveys, 
sonar, explosions, and ocean acoustic studies. Vessel noise typically 
dominates the total ambient sound for frequencies between 20 and 300 
Hz. In general, the frequencies of anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz 
and, if higher frequency sound levels are created, they attenuate 
rapidly. Sound from identifiable anthropogenic sources other than the 
activity of interest (e.g., a passing vessel) is sometimes termed 
background sound, as opposed to ambient sound.
    The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources at 
any given location and time--which comprise ``ambient'' or 
``background'' sound--depends not only on the source levels (as 
determined by current weather conditions and levels of biological and 
human activity) but also on the ability of sound to propagate through 
the environment. In turn, sound propagation is dependent on the 
spatially and temporally varying properties of the water column and sea 
floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a result of the dependence on a 
large number of varying factors, ambient sound levels can be expected 
to vary widely over both coarse and fine spatial and temporal scales. 
Sound levels at a given frequency and location can vary by 10-20 dB 
from day to day (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is that, 
depending on the source type and its intensity, sound from a given 
activity may be a negligible addition to the local environment or could 
form a distinctive signal that may affect marine mammals. Details of 
source types are described in the following text.
    Sounds are often considered to fall into one of two general types: 
Pulsed and non-pulsed (defined in the following). The distinction 
between these two sound types is important because they have differing 
potential to cause physical effects, particularly with regard to 
hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in Southall et al., 2007). Please see 
Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth discussion of these concepts.
    Pulsed sound sources (e.g., airguns, explosions, gunshots, sonic 
booms, impact pile driving) produce signals that are brief (typically 
considered to be less than one second), broadband, atonal transients 
(ANSI, 1986, 2005; Harris, 1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003) and occur 
either as isolated events or repeated in some succession. Pulsed sounds 
are all characterized by a relatively rapid rise from ambient pressure 
to a maximal pressure value followed by a rapid decay period that may 
include a period of diminishing, oscillating maximal and minimal 
pressures, and generally have an increased capacity to induce physical 
injury as compared with sounds that lack these features.
    Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal, narrowband, or broadband, brief or 
prolonged, and may be either continuous or non-continuous (ANSI, 1995; 
NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-pulsed sounds can be transient signals 
of short duration but without the essential properties of pulses (e.g., 
rapid rise time). Examples of non-pulsed sounds include those produced 
by vessels, aircraft, machinery operations such as drilling or 
dredging, vibratory pile driving, and active sonar systems (such as 
those used by the U.S. Navy). The duration of such sounds, as received 
at a distance, can be greatly extended in a highly reverberant 
environment.
    Airgun arrays produce pulsed signals with energy in a frequency 
range from about 10-2,000 Hz, with most energy radiated at frequencies 
below 200 Hz. The amplitude of the acoustic wave emitted from the 
source is equal in all directions (i.e., omnidirectional), but airgun 
arrays do possess some directionality due to different phase delays 
between guns in different directions. Airgun arrays are typically tuned 
to maximize functionality for data acquisition purposes, meaning that 
sound transmitted in horizontal directions and at higher frequencies is 
minimized to the extent possible.
    As described above, a SeaBeam 3012 MBES would also be operated from 
the Kairei continuously throughout the survey. Due to the lower source 
level of the MBES relative to the Kairei's airgun array (241 dB re 1 
[mu]Pa [middot] m for the MBES versus 259 dB re 1 [mu]Pa [middot] m 
(rms) for the airgun array), the sounds from the MBES are expected to 
be effectively subsumed by the sounds from the airgun array. In 
addition, given the movement and speed of the vessel, the intermittent 
and narrow downward-directed nature of the sounds emitted by the MBES 
would result in no more than one or two brief ping exposures of any 
individual marine mammal, if any exposure were to occur. For these 
reasons, any marine mammal that was exposed to sounds from the MBES 
would already have been exposed to sounds from the airgun array, which 
are expected to propagate further in the water. As such, the MBES is 
not expected to result in the take of any marine mammal that has not 
already been taken by the sounds from the airgun array, and therefore 
we do not consider noise from the MBES further in this analysis.

Acoustic Effects

    Here, we first provide background information on marine mammal 
hearing before discussing the potential effects of the use of active 
acoustic sources on marine mammals.
    Marine Mammal Hearing--Hearing is the most important sensory 
modality for marine mammals underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic 
sound can have deleterious effects. To appropriately assess the 
potential effects of exposure to sound, it is necessary to understand 
the frequency ranges marine mammals are able to hear. Current data 
indicate that not all marine mammal species have equal hearing 
capabilities (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok and Ketten, 1999; 
Au and Hastings, 2008). To reflect this, Southall et al. (2007) 
recommended that marine mammals be divided into functional

[[Page 34361]]

hearing groups based on directly measured or estimated hearing ranges 
on the basis of available behavioral response data, audiograms derived 
using auditory evoked potential techniques, anatomical modeling, and 
other data. Note that no direct measurements of hearing ability have 
been successfully completed for mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency 
cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016) described generalized hearing 
ranges for these marine mammal hearing groups. Generalized hearing 
ranges were chosen based on the approximately 65 dB threshold from the 
normalized composite audiograms, with the exception for lower limits 
for low-frequency cetaceans where the lower bound was deemed to be 
biologically implausible and the lower bound from Southall et al. 
(2007) retained. Pinniped functional hearing is not discussed here, as 
no pinnipeds are expected to be affected by the specified activity. The 
functional groups and the associated frequencies are indicated below 
(note that these frequency ranges correspond to the range for the 
composite group, with the entire range not necessarily reflecting the 
capabilities of every species within that group):
     Low-frequency cetaceans (mysticetes): Generalized hearing 
is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and 35 kHz, with best 
hearing estimated to be from 100 Hz to 8 kHz;
     Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger toothed whales, beaked 
whales, and most delphinids): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur 
between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz, with best hearing from 10 to 
less than 100 kHz;
     High-frequency cetaceans (porpoises, river dolphins, and 
members of the genera Kogia and Cephalorhynchus; including two members 
of the genus Lagenorhynchus, on the basis of recent echolocation data 
and genetic data): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between 
approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz.

 Table 3--Marine Functional Mammal Hearing Groups and Their Generalized
                             Hearing Ranges
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Hearing group                 Generalized hearing range *
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low frequency (LF) cetaceans (baleen        7 Hz to 35 kHz.
 whales).
Mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans (dolphins,     150 Hz to 160 kHz.
 toothed whales, beaked whales, bottlenose
 whales).
High-frequency (HF) cetaceans (true         275 Hz to 160 kHz.
 porpoises, Kogia, river dolphins,
 cephalorhynchid, Lagenorhynchus cruciger
 and L. australis).
Phocid pinnipeds (PW) (underwater) (true    50 Hz to 86 kHz.
 seals).
Otariid pinnipeds (OW) (underwater) (sea    60 Hz to 39 kHz.
 lions and fur seals).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Represents the generalized hearing range for the entire group as a
  composite (i.e., all species within the group), where individual
  species' hearing ranges are typically not as broad. Generalized
  hearing range chosen based on ~65 dB threshold from normalized
  composite audiogram, with the exception for lower limits for LF
  cetaceans (Southall et al., 2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).

    For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency 
ranges, please see NMFS (2016) for a review of available information. 
Twenty four marine mammal species (all cetaceans) have the reasonable 
potential to co-occur with the proposed survey activities. Please refer 
to Table 2. Of the cetacean species that may be present, six are 
classified as low-frequency cetaceans (i.e., all mysticete species), 16 
are classified as mid-frequency cetaceans (i.e., all delphinid and 
ziphiid species and the sperm whale), and two are classified as high-
frequency cetaceans (i.e., Kogia spp.).
    Potential Effects of Underwater Sound--Please refer to the 
information given previously (``Description of Active Acoustic 
Sources'') regarding sound, characteristics of sound types, and metrics 
used in this document. Note that, in the following discussion, we refer 
in many cases to a recent review article concerning studies of noise-
induced hearing loss conducted from 1996-2015 (i.e., Finneran, 2015). 
For study-specific citations, please see that work. Anthropogenic 
sounds cover a broad range of frequencies and sound levels and can have 
a range of highly variable impacts on marine life, from none or minor 
to potentially severe responses, depending on received levels, duration 
of exposure, behavioral context, and various other factors. The 
potential effects of underwater sound from active acoustic sources can 
potentially result in one or more of the following: Temporary or 
permanent hearing impairment, non-auditory physical or physiological 
effects, behavioral disturbance, stress, and masking (Richardson et 
al., 1995; Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al., 2007; Southall et al., 
2007; G[ouml]tz et al., 2009). The degree of effect is intrinsically 
related to the signal characteristics, received level, distance from 
the source, and duration of the sound exposure. In general, sudden, 
high level sounds can cause hearing loss, as can longer exposures to 
lower level sounds. Temporary or permanent loss of hearing will occur 
almost exclusively for noise within an animal's hearing range. We first 
describe specific manifestations of acoustic effects before providing 
discussion specific to the use of airgun arrays.
    Richardson et al. (1995) described zones of increasing intensity of 
effect that might be expected to occur, in relation to distance from a 
source and assuming that the signal is within an animal's hearing 
range. First is the area within which the acoustic signal would be 
audible (potentially perceived) to the animal, but not strong enough to 
elicit any overt behavioral or physiological response. The next zone 
corresponds with the area where the signal is audible to the animal and 
of sufficient intensity to elicit behavioral or physiological 
responsiveness. Third is a zone within which, for signals of high 
intensity, the received level is sufficient to potentially cause 
discomfort or tissue damage to auditory or other systems. Overlaying 
these zones to a certain extent is the area within which masking (i.e., 
when a sound interferes with or masks the ability of an animal to 
detect a signal of interest that is above the absolute hearing 
threshold) may occur; the masking zone may be highly variable in size.
    We describe the more severe effects certain non-auditory physical 
or physiological effects only briefly as we do not expect that use of 
airgun arrays are reasonably likely to result in such effects (see 
below for further discussion). Potential effects from impulsive sound 
sources can range in severity from effects such as behavioral 
disturbance or tactile perception to physical discomfort, slight injury 
of the internal organs and the auditory system, or mortality (Yelverton 
et al., 1973). Non-auditory physiological effects or injuries that 
theoretically might occur in

[[Page 34362]]

marine mammals exposed to high level underwater sound or as a secondary 
effect of extreme behavioral reactions (e.g., change in dive profile as 
a result of an avoidance reaction) caused by exposure to sound include 
neurological effects, bubble formation, resonance effects, and other 
types of organ or tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall et al., 
2007; Zimmer and Tyack, 2007; Tal et al., 2015). The survey activities 
considered here do not involve the use of devices such as explosives or 
mid-frequency tactical sonar that are associated with these types of 
effects.
    1. Threshold Shift--Marine mammals exposed to high-intensity sound, 
or to lower-intensity sound for prolonged periods, can experience 
hearing threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of hearing sensitivity 
at certain frequency ranges (Finneran, 2015). TS can be permanent 
(PTS), in which case the loss of hearing sensitivity is not fully 
recoverable, or temporary (TTS), in which case the animal's hearing 
threshold would recover over time (Southall et al., 2007). Repeated 
sound exposure that leads to TTS could cause PTS. In severe cases of 
PTS, there can be total or partial deafness, while in most cases the 
animal has an impaired ability to hear sounds in specific frequency 
ranges (Kryter, 1985).
    When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in 
the ear (i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS represents primarily tissue 
fatigue and is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In addition, other 
investigators have suggested that TTS is within the normal bounds of 
physiological variability and tolerance and does not represent physical 
injury (e.g., Ward, 1997). Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS to 
constitute auditory injury.
    Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied 
in marine mammals, and there is no PTS data for cetaceans but such 
relationships are assumed to be similar to those in humans and other 
terrestrial mammals. PTS typically occurs at exposure levels at least 
several decibels above (a 40-dB threshold shift approximates PTS onset; 
e.g., Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974) that inducing mild TTS (a 6-dB 
threshold shift approximates TTS onset; e.g., Southall et al. 2007). 
Based on data from terrestrial mammals, a precautionary assumption is 
that the PTS thresholds for impulse sounds (such as airgun pulses as 
received close to the source) are at least 6 dB higher than the TTS 
threshold on a peak-pressure basis and PTS cumulative sound exposure 
level thresholds are 15 to 20 dB higher than TTS cumulative sound 
exposure level thresholds (Southall et al., 2007). Given the higher 
level of sound or longer exposure duration necessary to cause PTS as 
compared with TTS, it is considerably less likely that PTS could occur.
    For mid-frequency cetaceans in particular, potential protective 
mechanisms may help limit onset of TTS or prevent onset of PTS. Such 
mechanisms include dampening of hearing, auditory adaptation, or 
behavioral amelioration (e.g., Nachtigall and Supin, 2013; Miller et 
al., 2012; Finneran et al., 2015; Popov et al., 2016).
    TTS is the mildest form of hearing impairment that can occur during 
exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While experiencing TTS, the hearing 
threshold rises, and a sound must be at a higher level in order to be 
heard. In terrestrial and marine mammals, TTS can last from minutes or 
hours to days (in cases of strong TTS). In many cases, hearing 
sensitivity recovers rapidly after exposure to the sound ends. Few data 
on sound levels and durations necessary to elicit mild TTS have been 
obtained for marine mammals.
    Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with 
conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes 
such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree 
(elevation of threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery time), and 
frequency range of TTS, and the context in which it is experienced, TTS 
can have effects on marine mammals ranging from discountable to 
serious. For example, a marine mammal may be able to readily compensate 
for a brief, relatively small amount of TTS in a non-critical frequency 
range that occurs during a time where ambient noise is lower and there 
are not as many competing sounds present. Alternatively, a larger 
amount and longer duration of TTS sustained during time when 
communication is critical for successful mother/calf interactions could 
have more serious impacts.
    Finneran et al. (2015) measured hearing thresholds in three captive 
bottlenose dolphins before and after exposure to ten pulses produced by 
a seismic airgun in order to study TTS induced after exposure to 
multiple pulses. Exposures began at relatively low levels and gradually 
increased over a period of several months, with the highest exposures 
at peak SPLs from 196 to 210 dB and cumulative (unweighted) SELs from 
193-195 dB. No substantial TTS was observed. In addition, behavioral 
reactions were observed that indicated that animals can learn behaviors 
that effectively mitigate noise exposures (although exposure patterns 
must be learned, which is less likely in wild animals than for the 
captive animals considered in this study). The authors note that the 
failure to induce more significant auditory effects likely due to the 
intermittent nature of exposure, the relatively low peak pressure 
produced by the acoustic source, and the low-frequency energy in airgun 
pulses as compared with the frequency range of best sensitivity for 
dolphins and other mid-frequency cetaceans.
    Currently, TTS data only exist for four species of cetaceans 
(bottlenose dolphin, beluga whale, harbor porpoise, and Yangtze finless 
porpoise) exposed to a limited number of sound sources (i.e., mostly 
tones and octave-band noise) in laboratory settings (Finneran, 2015). 
In general, harbor porpoises have a lower TTS onset than other measured 
cetacean species (Finneran, 2015). Additionally, the existing marine 
mammal TTS data come from a limited number of individuals within these 
species. There are no data available on noise-induced hearing loss for 
mysticetes.
    Critical questions remain regarding the rate of TTS growth and 
recovery after exposure to intermittent noise and the effects of single 
and multiple pulses. Data at present are also insufficient to construct 
generalized models for recovery and determine the time necessary to 
treat subsequent exposures as independent events. More information is 
needed on the relationship between auditory evoked potential and 
behavioral measures of TTS for various stimuli. For summaries of data 
on TTS in marine mammals or for further discussion of TTS onset 
thresholds, please see Southall et al. (2007), Finneran and Jenkins 
(2012), Finneran (2015), and NMFS (2016).
    2. Behavioral Effects--Behavioral disturbance may include a variety 
of effects, including subtle changes in behavior (e.g., minor or brief 
avoidance of an area or changes in vocalizations), more conspicuous 
changes in similar behavioral activities, and more sustained and/or 
potentially severe reactions, such as displacement from or abandonment 
of high-quality habitat. Behavioral responses to sound are highly 
variable and context-specific and any reactions depend on numerous 
intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g., species, state of maturity, 
experience, current activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity, 
time of day), as well as the interplay between factors (e.g., 
Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; 
Weilgart, 2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral reactions can vary not 
only among

[[Page 34363]]

individuals but also within an individual, depending on previous 
experience with a sound source, context, and numerous other factors 
(Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary depending on characteristics 
associated with the sound source (e.g., whether it is moving or 
stationary, number of sources, distance from the source). Please see 
Appendices B-C of Southall et al. (2007) for a review of studies 
involving marine mammal behavioral responses to sound.
    Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes 
with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated 
events (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most likely to habituate to 
sounds that are predictable and unvarying. It is important to note that 
habituation is appropriately considered as a ``progressive reduction in 
response to stimuli that are perceived as neither aversive nor 
beneficial,'' rather than as, more generally, moderation in response to 
human disturbance (Bejder et al., 2009). The opposite process is 
sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent 
responses, often in the form of avoidance, at a lower level of 
exposure. As noted, behavioral state may affect the type of response. 
For example, animals that are resting may show greater behavioral 
change in response to disturbing sound levels than animals that are 
highly motivated to remain in an area for feeding (Richardson et al., 
1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003). Controlled experiments with 
captive marine mammals have showed pronounced behavioral reactions, 
including avoidance of loud sound sources (Ridgway et al., 1997). 
Observed responses of wild marine mammals to loud pulsed sound sources 
(typically seismic airguns or acoustic harassment devices) have been 
varied but often consist of avoidance behavior or other behavioral 
changes suggesting discomfort (Morton and Symonds, 2002; see also 
Richardson et al., 1995; Nowacek et al., 2007). However, many 
delphinids approach acoustic source vessels with no apparent discomfort 
or obvious behavioral change (e.g., Barkaszi et al., 2012).
    Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater 
sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given 
sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving 
the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater 
sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts 
of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let 
alone the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces 
marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a 
prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be 
significant (e.g., Lusseau and Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC, 
2005). However, there are broad categories of potential response, which 
we describe in greater detail here, that include alteration of dive 
behavior, alteration of foraging behavior, effects to breathing, 
interference with or alteration of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.
    Changes in dive behavior can vary widely, and may consist of 
increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as 
changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g., Frankel 
and Clark, 2000; Ng and Leung, 2003; Nowacek et al.; 2004; Goldbogen et 
al., 2013a, b). Variations in dive behavior may reflect interruptions 
in biologically significant activities (e.g., foraging) or they may be 
of little biological significance. The impact of an alteration to dive 
behavior resulting from an acoustic exposure depends on what the animal 
is doing at the time of the exposure and the type and magnitude of the 
response.
    Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with 
anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed 
displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary 
indicators (e.g., bubble nets or sediment plumes), or changes in dive 
behavior. As for other types of behavioral response, the frequency, 
duration, and temporal pattern of signal presentation, as well as 
differences in species sensitivity, are likely contributing factors to 
differences in response in any given circumstance (e.g., Croll et al., 
2001; Nowacek et al.; 2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et al., 
2007). A determination of whether foraging disruptions incur fitness 
consequences would require information on or estimates of the energetic 
requirements of the affected individuals and the relationship between 
prey availability, foraging effort and success, and the life history 
stage of the animal.
    Visual tracking, passive acoustic monitoring, and movement 
recording tags were used to quantify sperm whale behavior prior to, 
during, and following exposure to airgun arrays at received levels in 
the range 140-160 dB at distances of 7-13 km, following a phase-in of 
sound intensity and full array exposures at 1-13 km (Madsen et al., 
2006; Miller et al., 2009). Sperm whales did not exhibit horizontal 
avoidance behavior at the surface. However, foraging behavior may have 
been affected. The sperm whales exhibited 19 percent less vocal (buzz) 
rate during full exposure relative to post exposure, and the whale that 
was approached most closely had an extended resting period and did not 
resume foraging until the airguns had ceased firing. The remaining 
whales continued to execute foraging dives throughout exposure; 
however, swimming movements during foraging dives were 6 percent lower 
during exposure than control periods (Miller et al., 2009). These data 
raise concerns that seismic surveys may impact foraging behavior in 
sperm whales, although more data are required to understand whether the 
differences were due to exposure or natural variation in sperm whale 
behavior (Miller et al., 2009).
    Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors 
and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure 
can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a 
flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates 
in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute 
stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may 
either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and 
signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in 
understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise 
when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic 
sound exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001, 2005, 2006; Gailey et 
al., 2007; Gailey et al., 2016).
    Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple 
modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and 
singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic 
noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to 
compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased 
vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of 
potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have 
been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller et al., 
2000; Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004), while right whales 
have been observed to shift the frequency content of their calls upward 
while reducing the rate of calling in areas of increased anthropogenic 
noise (Parks et al., 2007). In some cases, animals may cease sound 
production during production of aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
    Cerchio et al. (2014) used passive acoustic monitoring to document 
the presence of singing humpback whales

[[Page 34364]]

off the coast of northern Angola and to opportunistically test for the 
effect of seismic survey activity on the number of singing whales. Two 
recording units were deployed between March and December 2008 in the 
offshore environment; numbers of singers were counted every hour. 
Generalized Additive Mixed Models were used to assess the effect of 
survey day (seasonality), hour (diel variation), moon phase, and 
received levels of noise (measured from a single pulse during each ten 
minute sampled period) on singer number. The number of singers 
significantly decreased with increasing received level of noise, 
suggesting that humpback whale breeding activity was disrupted to some 
extent by the survey activity.
    Castellote et al. (2012) reported acoustic and behavioral changes 
by fin whales in response to shipping and airgun noise. Acoustic 
features of fin whale song notes recorded in the Mediterranean Sea and 
northeast Atlantic Ocean were compared for areas with different 
shipping noise levels and traffic intensities and during a seismic 
airgun survey. During the first 72 h of the survey, a steady decrease 
in song received levels and bearings to singers indicated that whales 
moved away from the acoustic source and out of the study area. This 
displacement persisted for a time period well beyond the 10-day 
duration of seismic airgun activity, providing evidence that fin whales 
may avoid an area for an extended period in the presence of increased 
noise. The authors hypothesize that fin whale acoustic communication is 
modified to compensate for increased background noise and that a 
sensitization process may play a role in the observed temporary 
displacement.
    Seismic pulses at average received levels of 131 dB re 1 
[micro]Pa\2\-s caused blue whales to increase call production (Di Iorio 
and Clark, 2010). In contrast, McDonald et al. (1995) tracked a blue 
whale with seafloor seismometers and reported that it stopped 
vocalizing and changed its travel direction at a range of 10 km from 
the acoustic source vessel (estimated received level 143 dB pk-pk). 
Blackwell et al. (2013) found that bowhead whale call rates dropped 
significantly at onset of airgun use at sites with a median distance of 
41-45 km from the survey. Blackwell et al. (2015) expanded this 
analysis to show that whales actually increased calling rates as soon 
as airgun signals were detectable before ultimately decreasing calling 
rates at higher received levels (i.e., 10-minute SELcum of 
~127 dB). Overall, these results suggest that bowhead whales may adjust 
their vocal output in an effort to compensate for noise before ceasing 
vocalization effort and ultimately deflecting from the acoustic source 
(Blackwell et al., 2013, 2015). These studies demonstrate that even low 
levels of noise received far from the source can induce changes in 
vocalization and/or behavior for mysticetes.
    Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or 
migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other 
stressors, and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance 
in marine mammals (Richardson et al., 1995). For example, gray whales 
are known to change direction--deflecting from customary migratory 
paths--in order to avoid noise from seismic surveys (Malme et al., 
1984). Humpback whales showed avoidance behavior in the presence of an 
active seismic array during observational studies and controlled 
exposure experiments in western Australia (McCauley et al., 2000). 
Avoidance may be short-term, with animals returning to the area once 
the noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al., 1994; Goold, 1996; Stone et 
al., 2000; Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et al., 2007). Longer-term 
displacement is possible, however, which may lead to changes in 
abundance or distribution patterns of the affected species in the 
affected region if habituation to the presence of the sound does not 
occur (e.g., Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann et al., 2006).
    A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a 
directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound 
source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in 
the intensity of the response (e.g., directed movement, rate of 
travel). Relatively little information on flight responses of marine 
mammals to anthropogenic signals exist, although observations of flight 
responses to the presence of predators have occurred (Connor and 
Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight response could range from 
brief, temporary exertion and displacement from the area where the 
signal provokes flight to, in extreme cases, marine mammal strandings 
(Evans and England, 2001). However, it should be noted that response to 
a perceived predator does not necessarily invoke flight (Ford and 
Reeves, 2008), and whether individuals are solitary or in groups may 
influence the response.
    Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more 
subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to 
diversion of focus and attention (i.e., when a response consists of 
increased vigilance, it may come at the cost of decreased attention to 
other critical behaviors such as foraging or resting). These effects 
have generally not been demonstrated for marine mammals, but studies 
involving fish and terrestrial animals have shown that increased 
vigilance may substantially reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp and 
Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002; Purser and Radford, 2011). In 
addition, chronic disturbance can cause population declines through 
reduction of fitness (e.g., decline in body condition) and subsequent 
reduction in reproductive success, survival, or both (e.g., Harrington 
and Veitch, 1992; Daan et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998). However, 
Ridgway et al. (2006) reported that increased vigilance in bottlenose 
dolphins exposed to sound over a five-day period did not cause any 
sleep deprivation or stress effects.
    Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting, 
traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption 
of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound 
exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one 
diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007). 
Consequently, a behavioral response lasting less than one day and not 
recurring on subsequent days is not considered particularly severe 
unless it could directly affect reproduction or survival (Southall et 
al., 2007). Note that there is a difference between multi-day 
substantive behavioral reactions and multi-day anthropogenic 
activities. For example, just because an activity lasts for multiple 
days does not necessarily mean that individual animals are either 
exposed to activity-related stressors for multiple days or, further, 
exposed in a manner resulting in sustained multi-day substantive 
behavioral responses.
    Stone (2015) reported data from at-sea observations during 1,196 
seismic surveys from 1994 to 2010. When large arrays of airguns 
(considered to be 500 in\3\ or more) were firing, lateral displacement, 
more localized avoidance, or other changes in behavior were evident for 
most odontocetes. However, significant responses to large arrays were 
found only for the minke whale and fin whale. Behavioral responses 
observed included changes in swimming or surfacing behavior, with 
indications that cetaceans remained near the water surface at these 
times. Cetaceans were recorded as feeding less often when large arrays 
were active. Behavioral observations of gray whales during a seismic 
survey monitored whale movements and respirations pre-, during and 
post-seismic survey

[[Page 34365]]

(Gailey et al., 2016). Behavioral state and water depth were the best 
`natural' predictors of whale movements and respiration and, after 
considering natural variation, none of the response variables were 
significantly associated with seismic survey or vessel sounds.
    3. Stress Responses--An animal's perception of a threat may be 
sufficient to trigger stress responses consisting of some combination 
of behavioral responses, autonomic nervous system responses, 
neuroendocrine responses, or immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950; 
Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an animal's first and sometimes most 
economical (in terms of energetic costs) response is behavioral 
avoidance of the potential stressor. Autonomic nervous system responses 
to stress typically involve changes in heart rate, blood pressure, and 
gastrointestinal activity. These responses have a relatively short 
duration and may or may not have a significant long-term effect on an 
animal's fitness.
    Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-
pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that 
are affected by stress--including immune competence, reproduction, 
metabolism, and behavior--are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-
induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been 
implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune 
competence, and behavioral disturbance (e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha, 
2000). Increases in the circulation of glucocorticoids are also equated 
with stress (Romano et al., 2004).
    The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does 
not normally place an animal at risk) and ``distress'' is the cost of 
the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores 
that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such 
circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious 
fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient 
energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response, 
energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of 
distress will last until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves 
sufficiently to restore normal function.
    Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal 
behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well-studied through 
controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals 
(e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al., 1998; Jessop et al., 2003; 
Krausman et al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress responses due to 
exposure to anthropogenic sounds or other stressors and their effects 
on marine mammals have also been reviewed (Fair and Becker, 2000; 
Romano et al., 2002b) and, more rarely, studied in wild populations 
(e.g., Romano et al., 2002a). For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found 
that noise reduction from reduced ship traffic in the Bay of Fundy was 
associated with decreased stress in North Atlantic right whales. These 
and other studies lead to a reasonable expectation that some marine 
mammals will experience physiological stress responses upon exposure to 
acoustic stressors and that it is possible that some of these would be 
classified as ``distress.'' In addition, any animal experiencing TTS 
would likely also experience stress responses (NRC, 2003).
    4. Auditory Masking--Sound can disrupt behavior through masking, or 
interfering with, an animal's ability to detect, recognize, or 
discriminate between acoustic signals of interest (e.g., those used for 
intraspecific communication and social interactions, prey detection, 
predator avoidance, navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995; Erbe et al., 
2016). Masking occurs when the receipt of a sound is interfered with by 
another coincident sound at similar frequencies and at similar or 
higher intensity, and may occur whether the sound is natural (e.g., 
snapping shrimp, wind, waves, precipitation) or anthropogenic (e.g., 
shipping, sonar, seismic exploration) in origin. The ability of a noise 
source to mask biologically important sounds depends on the 
characteristics of both the noise source and the signal of interest 
(e.g., signal-to-noise ratio, temporal variability, direction), in 
relation to each other and to an animal's hearing abilities (e.g., 
sensitivity, frequency range, critical ratios, frequency 
discrimination, directional discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss), 
and existing ambient noise and propagation conditions.
    Under certain circumstances, marine mammals experiencing 
significant masking could also be impaired from maximizing their 
performance fitness in survival and reproduction. Therefore, when the 
coincident (masking) sound is man-made, it may be considered harassment 
when disrupting or altering critical behaviors. It is important to 
distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist after the sound exposure, from 
masking, which occurs during the sound exposure. Because masking 
(without resulting in TS) is not associated with abnormal physiological 
function, it is not considered a physiological effect, but rather a 
potential behavioral effect.
    The frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important 
in determining any potential behavioral impacts. For example, low-
frequency signals may have less effect on high-frequency echolocation 
sounds produced by odontocetes but are more likely to affect detection 
of mysticete communication calls and other potentially important 
natural sounds such as those produced by surf and some prey species. 
The masking of communication signals by anthropogenic noise may be 
considered as a reduction in the communication space of animals (e.g., 
Clark et al., 2009) and may result in energetic or other costs as 
animals change their vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al., 2000; 
Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al., 2007; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt 
et al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in situations where the signal 
and noise come from different directions (Richardson et al., 1995), 
through amplitude modulation of the signal, or through other 
compensatory behaviors (Houser and Moore, 2014). Masking can be tested 
directly in captive species (e.g., Erbe, 2008), but in wild populations 
it must be either modeled or inferred from evidence of masking 
compensation. There are few studies addressing real-world masking 
sounds likely to be experienced by marine mammals in the wild (e.g., 
Branstetter et al., 2013).
    Masking affects both senders and receivers of acoustic signals and 
can potentially have long-term chronic effects on marine mammals at the 
population level as well as at the individual level. Low-frequency 
ambient sound levels have increased by as much as 20 dB (more than 
three times in terms of SPL) in the world's ocean from pre-industrial 
periods, with most of the increase from distant commercial shipping 
(Hildebrand, 2009). All anthropogenic sound sources, but especially 
chronic and lower-frequency signals (e.g., from vessel traffic), 
contribute to elevated ambient sound levels, thus intensifying masking.

Ship Strike

    Vessel collisions with marine mammals, or ship strikes, can result 
in death or serious injury of the animal. Wounds resulting from ship 
strike may include massive trauma, hemorrhaging, broken bones, or 
propeller lacerations (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001). An animal at the 
surface may be struck directly by a vessel, a surfacing animal may hit 
the bottom of a vessel, or an animal just below the surface may be cut 
by a

[[Page 34366]]

vessel's propeller. Superficial strikes may not kill or result in the 
death of the animal. These interactions are typically associated with 
large whales (e.g., fin whales), which are occasionally found draped 
across the bulbous bow of large commercial ships upon arrival in port. 
Although smaller cetaceans are more maneuverable in relation to large 
vessels than are large whales, they may also be susceptible to strike. 
The severity of injuries typically depends on the size and speed of the 
vessel, with the probability of death or serious injury increasing as 
vessel speed increases (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; Laist et al., 2001; 
Vanderlaan and Taggart, 2007; Conn and Silber, 2013). Impact forces 
increase with speed, as does the probability of a strike at a given 
distance (Silber et al., 2010; Gende et al., 2011).
    Pace and Silber (2005) also found that the probability of death or 
serious injury increased rapidly with increasing vessel speed. 
Specifically, the predicted probability of serious injury or death 
increased from 45 to 75 percent as vessel speed increased from 10 to 14 
kn, and exceeded 90 percent at 17 kn. Higher speeds during collisions 
result in greater force of impact, but higher speeds also appear to 
increase the chance of severe injuries or death through increased 
likelihood of collision by pulling whales toward the vessel (Clyne, 
1999; Knowlton et al., 1995). In a separate study, Vanderlaan and 
Taggart (2007) analyzed the probability of lethal mortality of large 
whales at a given speed, showing that the greatest rate of change in 
the probability of a lethal injury to a large whale as a function of 
vessel speed occurs between 8.6 and 15 kn. The chances of a lethal 
injury decline from approximately 80 percent at 15 kn to approximately 
20 percent at 8.6 kn. At speeds below 11.8 kn, the chances of lethal 
injury drop below 50 percent, while the probability asymptotically 
increases toward one hundred percent above 15 kn.
    The Kairei travels at a speed of ~8.3 km/hour while towing seismic 
survey gear (LGL 2017). At this speed, both the possibility of striking 
a marine mammal and the possibility of a strike resulting in serious 
injury or mortality are discountable. At average transit speed, the 
probability of serious injury or mortality resulting from a strike is 
less than 50 percent. However, the likelihood of a strike actually 
happening is again discountable. Ship strikes, as analyzed in the 
studies cited above, generally involve commercial shipping, which is 
much more common in both space and time than is geophysical survey 
activity. Jensen and Silber (2004) summarized ship strikes of large 
whales worldwide from 1975-2003 and found that most collisions occurred 
in the open ocean and involved large vessels (e.g., commercial 
shipping). Commercial fishing vessels were responsible for three 
percent of recorded collisions, while no such incidents were reported 
for geophysical survey vessels during that time period.
    It is possible for ship strikes to occur while traveling at slow 
speeds. For example, a hydrographic survey vessel traveling at low 
speed (5.5 kn) while conducting mapping surveys off the central 
California coast struck and killed a blue whale in 2009. The State of 
California determined that the whale had suddenly and unexpectedly 
surfaced beneath the hull, with the result that the propeller severed 
the whale's vertebrae, and that this was an unavoidable event. This 
strike represents the only such incident in approximately 540,000 hours 
of similar coastal mapping activity (p = 1.9 x 10-6; 95% CI 
= 0 -5.5 x 10-6; NMFS, 2013b). In addition, a research 
vessel reported a fatal strike in 2011 of a dolphin in the Atlantic, 
demonstrating that it is possible for strikes involving smaller 
cetaceans to occur. In that case, the incident report indicated that an 
animal apparently was struck by the vessel's propeller as it was 
intentionally swimming near the vessel. While indicative of the type of 
unusual events that cannot be ruled out, neither of these instances 
represents a circumstance that would be considered reasonably 
foreseeable or that would be considered preventable.
    Although the likelihood of the vessel striking a marine mammal is 
low, we require a robust ship strike avoidance protocol (see ``Proposed 
Mitigation''), which we believe eliminates any foreseeable risk of ship 
strike. We anticipate that vessel collisions involving a seismic data 
acquisition vessel towing gear, while not impossible, represent 
unlikely, unpredictable events for which there are no preventive 
measures. Given the required mitigation measures, the relatively slow 
speed of the vessel towing gear, the presence of bridge crew watching 
for obstacles at all times (including marine mammals), the presence of 
marine mammal observers, and the short duration of the survey (5.5 
days), we believe that the possibility of ship strike is discountable 
and, further, that were a strike of a large whale to occur, it would be 
unlikely to result in serious injury or mortality. No incidental take 
resulting from ship strike is anticipated, and this potential effect of 
the specified activity will not be discussed further in the following 
analysis.
    Stranding--When a living or dead marine mammal swims or floats onto 
shore and becomes ``beached'' or incapable of returning to sea, the 
event is a ``stranding'' (Geraci et al., 1999; Perrin and Geraci, 2002; 
Geraci and Lounsbury, 2005; NMFS, 2007). The legal definition for a 
stranding under the MMPA is that ``(A) a marine mammal is dead and is 
(i) on a beach or shore of the United States; or (ii) in waters under 
the jurisdiction of the United States (including any navigable waters); 
or (B) a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on a beach or shore of the 
United States and is unable to return to the water; (ii) on a beach or 
shore of the United States and, although able to return to the water, 
is in need of apparent medical attention; or (iii) in the waters under 
the jurisdiction of the United States (including any navigable waters), 
but is unable to return to its natural habitat under its own power or 
without assistance.''
    Marine mammals strand for a variety of reasons, such as infectious 
agents, biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery interaction, ship strike, 
unusual oceanographic or weather events, sound exposure, or 
combinations of these stressors sustained concurrently or in series. 
However, the cause or causes of most strandings are unknown (Geraci et 
al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al., 1980; Best, 1982). Numerous 
studies suggest that the physiology, behavior, habitat relationships, 
age, or condition of cetaceans may cause them to strand or might pre-
dispose them to strand when exposed to another phenomenon. These 
suggestions are consistent with the conclusions of numerous other 
studies that have demonstrated that combinations of dissimilar 
stressors commonly combine to kill an animal or dramatically reduce its 
fitness, even though one exposure without the other does not produce 
the same result (Chroussos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries et al., 2003; 
Fair and Becker, 2000; Foley et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea, 2005a; 
2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al., 2004).
    Use of military tactical sonar has been implicated in a majority of 
investigated stranding events, although one stranding event was 
associated with the use of seismic airguns. This event occurred in the 
Gulf of California, coincident with seismic reflection profiling by the 
R/V Maurice Ewing operated by Columbia University's Lamont-Doherty 
Earth Observatory and involved two Cuvier's beaked whales (Hildebrand, 
2004). The vessel had been firing an array of 20 airguns with a total

[[Page 34367]]

volume of 8,500 in\3\ (Hildebrand, 2004; Taylor et al., 2004). Most 
known stranding events have involved beaked whales, though a small 
number have involved deep-diving delphinids or sperm whales (e.g., 
Mazzariol et al., 2010; Southall et al., 2013). In general, long 
duration (~1 second) and high-intensity sounds (>235 dB SPL) have been 
implicated in stranding events (Hildebrand, 2004). With regard to 
beaked whales, mid-frequency sound is typically implicated (when 
causation can be determined) (Hildebrand, 2004). Although seismic 
airguns create predominantly low-frequency energy, the signal does 
include a mid-frequency component. We have considered the potential for 
the proposed survey to result in marine mammal stranding and have 
concluded that, based on the best available information, stranding is 
not expected to occur.
    Other Potential Impacts--Here, we briefly address the potential 
risks due to entanglement and contaminant spills. We are not aware of 
any records of marine mammal entanglement in towed arrays such as those 
considered here. The discharge of trash and debris is prohibited (33 
CFR 151.51-77) unless it is passed through a machine that breaks up 
solids such that they can pass through a 25-mm mesh screen. All other 
trash and debris must be returned to shore for proper disposal with 
municipal and solid waste. Some personal items may be accidentally lost 
overboard. However, U.S. Coast Guard and Environmental Protection Act 
regulations require operators to become proactive in avoiding 
accidental loss of solid waste items by developing waste management 
plans, posting informational placards, manifesting trash sent to shore, 
and using special precautions such as covering outside trash bins to 
prevent accidental loss of solid waste. There are no meaningful 
entanglement risks posed by the described activity, and entanglement 
risks are not discussed further in this document.
    Marine mammals could be affected by accidentally spilled diesel 
fuel from a vessel associated with proposed survey activities. 
Quantities of diesel fuel on the sea surface may affect marine mammals 
through various pathways: surface contact of the fuel with skin and 
other mucous membranes, inhalation of concentrated petroleum vapors, or 
ingestion of the fuel (direct ingestion or by the ingestion of oiled 
prey) (e.g., Geraci and St. Aubin, 1980, 1985, 1990). However, the 
likelihood of a fuel spill during any particular geophysical survey is 
considered to be remote, and the potential for impacts to marine 
mammals would depend greatly on the size and location of a spill and 
meteorological conditions at the time of the spill. Spilled fuel would 
rapidly spread to a layer of varying thickness and break up into narrow 
bands or windrows parallel to the wind direction. The rate at which the 
fuel spreads would be determined by the prevailing conditions such as 
temperature, water currents, tidal streams, and wind speeds. Lighter, 
volatile components of the fuel would evaporate to the atmosphere 
almost completely in a few days. Evaporation rate may increase as the 
fuel spreads because of the increased surface area of the slick. 
Rougher seas, high wind speeds, and high temperatures also tend to 
increase the rate of evaporation and the proportion of fuel lost by 
this process (Scholz et al., 1999). We do not anticipate potentially 
meaningful effects to marine mammals as a result of any contaminant 
spill resulting from the proposed survey activities, and contaminant 
spills are not discussed further in this document.

Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat

    Effects to Prey--Marine mammal prey varies by species, season, and 
location and, for some, is not well documented. Fish react to sounds 
which are especially strong and/or intermittent low-frequency sounds. 
Short duration, sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle changes in fish 
behavior and local distribution. Hastings and Popper (2005) identified 
several studies that suggest fish may relocate to avoid certain areas 
of sound energy. Additional studies have documented effects of pulsed 
sound on fish, although several are based on studies in support of 
construction projects (e.g., Scholik and Yan, 2001, 2002; Popper and 
Hastings, 2009). Sound pulses at received levels of 160 dB may cause 
subtle changes in fish behavior. SPLs of 180 dB may cause noticeable 
changes in behavior (Pearson et al., 1992; Skalski et al., 1992). SPLs 
of sufficient strength have been known to cause injury to fish and fish 
mortality. The most likely impact to fish from survey activities at the 
project area would be temporary avoidance of the area. The duration of 
fish avoidance of a given area after survey effort stops is unknown, 
but a rapid return to normal recruitment, distribution and behavior is 
anticipated.
    Information on seismic airgun impacts to zooplankton, which 
represent an important prey type for mysticetes, is limited. However, 
McCauley et al. (2017) reported that experimental exposure to a pulse 
from a 150 inch\3\ airgun decreased zooplankton abundance when compared 
with controls, as measured by sonar and net tows, and caused a two- to 
threefold increase in dead adult and larval zooplankton. Although no 
adult krill were present, the study found that all larval krill were 
killed after air gun passage. Impacts were observed out to the maximum 
1.2 km range sampled.
    In general, impacts to marine mammal prey are expected to be 
limited due to the relatively small temporal and spatial overlap 
between the proposed survey and any areas used by marine mammal prey 
species. The proposed survey would occur over a relatively short time 
period (5.5 days) and would occur over a very small area relative to 
the area available as marine mammal habitat in the central Pacific 
Ocean. We do not have any information to suggest the proposed survey 
area represents a significant feeding area for any marine mammal, and 
we believe any impacts to marine mammals due to adverse affects to 
their prey would be insignificant due to the limited spatial and 
temporal impact of the proposed survey. However, adverse impacts may 
occur to a few species of fish and to zooplankton.
    Acoustic Habitat--Acoustic habitat is the soundscape--which 
encompasses all of the sound present in a particular location and time, 
as a whole--when considered from the perspective of the animals 
experiencing it. Animals produce sound for, or listen for sounds 
produced by, conspecifics (communication during feeding, mating, and 
other social activities), other animals (finding prey or avoiding 
predators), and the physical environment (finding suitable habitats, 
navigating). Together, sounds made by animals and the geophysical 
environment (e.g., produced by earthquakes, lightning, wind, rain, 
waves) make up the natural contributions to the total acoustics of a 
place. These acoustic conditions, termed acoustic habitat, are one 
attribute of an animal's total habitat.
    Soundscapes are also defined by, and acoustic habitat influenced 
by, the total contribution of anthropogenic sound. This may include 
incidental emissions from sources such as vessel traffic, or may be 
intentionally introduced to the marine environment for data acquisition 
purposes (as in the use of airgun arrays). Anthropogenic noise varies 
widely in its frequency content, duration, and loudness and these 
characteristics greatly influence the potential habitat-mediated 
effects to marine mammals (please see also the previous discussion on 
masking under ``Acoustic Effects''), which may range from local effects 
for

[[Page 34368]]

brief periods of time to chronic effects over large areas and for long 
durations. Depending on the extent of effects to habitat, animals may 
alter their communications signals (thereby potentially expending 
additional energy) or miss acoustic cues (either conspecific or 
adventitious). For more detail on these concepts see, e.g., Barber et 
al., 2010; Pijanowski et al., 2011; Francis and Barber, 2013; Lillis et 
al., 2014.
    Problems arising from a failure to detect cues are more likely to 
occur when noise stimuli are chronic and overlap with biologically 
relevant cues used for communication, orientation, and predator/prey 
detection (Francis and Barber, 2013). Although the signals emitted by 
seismic airgun arrays are generally low frequency, they would also 
likely be of short duration and transient in any given area due to the 
nature of these surveys. As described previously, exploratory surveys 
such as these cover a large area but would be transient rather than 
focused in a given location over time and therefore would not be 
considered chronic in any given location.
    In summary, activities associated with the proposed action are not 
likely to have a permanent, adverse effect on any fish habitat or 
populations of fish species or on the quality of acoustic habitat. 
Thus, any impacts to marine mammal habitat are not expected to cause 
significant or long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or 
their populations.

Estimated Take

    This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes 
proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both 
NMFS' consideration of whether the number of takes is ``small'' and the 
negligible impact determination.
    Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these 
activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent 
here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of 
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a 
marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); 
or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal 
stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, 
including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, 
feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
    Authorized takes would primarily be by Level B harassment, as use 
of the seismic airguns have the potential to result in disruption of 
behavioral patterns for individual marine mammals. There is also some 
potential for auditory injury (Level A harassment) to result, primarily 
for mysticetes and high frequency cetaceans (i.e., kogiidae spp.), due 
to larger predicted auditory injury zones for those functional hearing 
groups. Auditory injury is unlikely to occur for mid-frequency species 
given very small modeled zones of injury for those species. The 
proposed mitigation and monitoring measures are expected to minimize 
the severity of such taking to the extent practicable.
    As described previously, no mortality is anticipated or proposed to 
be authorized for this activity. Below we describe how the take is 
estimated.
    Described in the most basic way, we estimate take by considering: 
(1) Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available 
science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur 
some degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of 
water that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the 
density or occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; 
and (4) and the number of days of activities. Below, we describe these 
components in more detail and present the exposure estimate and 
associated numbers of take proposed for authorization.

Acoustic Thresholds

    Using the best available science, NMFS has developed acoustic 
thresholds that identify the received level of underwater sound above 
which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably expected to be 
behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or to incur PTS 
of some degree (equated to Level A harassment).
    Level B Harassment for non-explosive sources-- Though significantly 
driven by received level, the onset of behavioral disturbance from 
anthropogenic noise exposure is also informed to varying degrees by 
other factors related to the source (e.g., frequency, predictability, 
duty cycle), the environment (e.g., bathymetry), and the receiving 
animals (hearing, motivation, experience, demography, behavioral 
context) and can be difficult to predict (Southall et al., 2007, 
Ellison et al., 2011). Based on the best available science and the 
practical need to use a threshold based on a factor that is both 
predictable and measurable for most activities, NMFS uses a generalized 
acoustic threshold based on received level to estimate the onset of 
behavioral harassment. NMFS predicts that marine mammals are likely to 
be behaviorally harassed in a manner we consider to fall under Level B 
harassment when exposed to underwater anthropogenic noise above 
received levels of 120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) for continuous (e.g., 
vibratory pile-driving, drilling) and above 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) 
for non-explosive impulsive (e.g., seismic airguns) or intermittent 
(e.g., scientific sonar) sources. UH's proposed activity includes the 
use of impulsive seismic sources. Therefore, the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa 
(rms) criteria is applicable for analysis of level B harassment.
    Level A harassment for non-explosive sources-- NMFS' Technical 
Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine 
Mammal Hearing (NMFS, 2016) identifies dual criteria to assess auditory 
injury (Level A harassment) to five different marine mammal groups 
(based on hearing sensitivity) as a result of exposure to noise from 
two different types of sources (impulsive or non-impulsive). The 
Technical Guidance identifies the received levels, or thresholds, above 
which individual marine mammals are predicted to experience changes in 
their hearing sensitivity for all underwater anthropogenic sound 
sources, reflects the best available science, and better predicts the 
potential for auditory injury than does NMFS' historical criteria.
    These thresholds were developed by compiling and synthesizing the 
best available science and soliciting input multiple times from both 
the public and peer reviewers to inform the final product, and are 
provided in Table 4 below. The references, analysis, and methodology 
used in the development of the thresholds are described in NMFS 2016 
Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/guidelines.htm. As described above, UH's proposed activity 
includes the use of intermittent and impulsive seismic sources.

[[Page 34369]]



 Table 4--Thresholds Identifying the Onset of Permanent Threshold Shift
                            in Marine Mammals
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           PTS onset thresholds
          Hearing group          ---------------------------------------
                                      Impulsive*         Non-impulsive
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans....  Lpk,flat: 219 dB..  LE,LF,24h: 199 dB
                                  LE,LF,24h: 183 dB.
Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans....  Lpk,flat: 230 dB..  LE, MF,24h: 198 dB
                                  LE,MF,24h: 185 dB.
High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans...  Lpk,flat: 202 dB..  LE,HF,24h: 173 dB
                                  LE, HF,24h: 155 dB
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: * Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use
  whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset.
  If a non-impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound
  pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these
  thresholds should also be considered.
Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 [mu]Pa, and
  cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of
  1[mu]Pa2s. In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect
  American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However,
  peak sound pressure is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency
  weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence,
  the subscript ``flat'' is being included to indicate peak sound
  pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized
  hearing range. The subscript associated with cumulative sound exposure
  level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory
  weighting function (LF, MF, and HF cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds)
  and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The
  cumulative sound exposure level thresholds could be exceeded in a
  multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty
  cycle). When possible, it is valuable for action proponents to
  indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be
  exceeded.

Ensonified Area

    Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the 
activity that will feed into estimating the area ensonified above the 
acoustic thresholds.
    The proposed survey would entail use of a 32-airgun array with a 
total discharge of 7,800 in\3\ at a tow depth of 10 m. The distance to 
the predicted isopleth corresponding to the threshold for Level B 
harassment (160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa) was calculated based on results of 
modeling performed by Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory (LDEO) of 
Columbia University. Received sound levels were predicted by LDEO's 
model (Diebold et al. 2010) as a function of distance from the full 32-
airgun array as well as for a single 100 in\3\ airgun, which would be 
used during power-downs. The LDEO modeling approach uses ray tracing 
for the direct wave traveling from the array to the receiver and its 
associated source ghost (reflection at the air-water interface in the 
vicinity of the array), in a constant-velocity half-space (infinite 
homogeneous ocean layer unbounded by a seafloor). LDEO's modeling 
methodology is described in greater detail in the IHA application (LGL 
2017) and we refer to the reader to that document rather than repeating 
it here. The estimated distances to the Level B harassment isopleth for 
the Kairei's full airgun array and for the single 100-in\3\ airgun are 
shown in Table 5.

  Table 5--Predicted Radial Distances From R/V Kairei Seismic Source to
         Isopleth Corresponding to Level B Harassment Threshold
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Predicted  distance to
         Source and volume (in\3\)             threshold (160  dB re 1
                                                    [mu]Pa)  (m)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 airgun, 100.............................  722
4 strings, 32 airguns, 7,800..............  9,289
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Predicted distances to Level A harassment isopleths, which vary 
based on marine mammal hearing groups (Table 3), were calculated based 
on modeling performed by LDEO using the Nucleus software program and 
the NMFS User Spreadsheet, described below. The updated acoustic 
thresholds for impulsive sounds (such as airguns) contained in the 
Technical Guidance (NMFS 2016) were presented as dual metric acoustic 
thresholds using both SELcum and peak sound pressure 
metrics. As dual metrics, NMFS considers onset of PTS (Level A 
harassment) to have occurred when either one of the two metrics is 
exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the largest isopleth). The 
SELcum metric considers both level and duration of exposure, 
as well as auditory weighting functions by marine mammal hearing group. 
In recognition of the fact that the requirement to calculate Level A 
harassment ensonified areas could be more technically challenging to 
predict due to the duration component and the use of weighting 
functions in the new SELcum thresholds, NMFS developed an 
optional User Spreadsheet that includes tools to help predict a simple 
isopleth that can be used in conjunction with marine mammal density or 
occurrence to facilitate the estimation of take numbers.
    The values for SELcum and peak SPL for the Kairei airgun 
array were derived from calculating the modified farfield signature 
(Table 6). The farfield signature is often used as a theoretical 
representation of the source level. To compute the farfield signature, 
the source level is estimated at a large distance below the array 
(e.g., 9 km), and this level is back projected mathematically to a 
notional distance of 1 m from the array's geometrical center. However, 
when the source is an array of multiple airguns separated in space, the 
source level from the theoretical farfield signature is not necessarily 
the best measurement of the source level that is physically achieved at 
the source (Tolstoy et al. 2009). Near the source (at short ranges, 
distances <1 km), the pulses of sound pressure from each individual 
airgun in the source array do not stack constructively, as they do for 
the theoretical farfield signature. The pulses from the different 
airguns spread out in time such that the source levels observed or 
modeled are the result of the summation of pulses from a few airguns, 
not the full array (Tolstoy et al. 2009). At larger distances, away 
from the source array center, sound pressure of all the airguns in the 
array stack coherently, but not within one time sample, resulting in 
smaller source levels (a few dB) than the source level derived from the 
farfield signature. Because the farfield signature does not take into 
account the large array effect near the source and is calculated as a 
point source, the modified farfield signature is a more appropriate 
measure of the sound source level for distributed

[[Page 34370]]

sound sources, such as airgun arrays. UH used the acoustic modeling 
developed by LDEO (same as used for Level B takes) with a small grid 
step of 1 m in both the inline and depth directions (for example, see 
Figure 5 in the IHA application). The propagation modeling takes into 
account all airgun interactions at short distances from the source, 
including interactions between subarrays which are modeled using the 
NUCLEUS software to estimate the notional signature and MATLAB software 
to calculate the pressure signal at each mesh point of a grid.

 Table 6--Modeled Source Levels for R/V Kairei 7,800 in \3\ Airgun Array and 100 in \3\ Airgun Based on Modified
                                               Farfield Signature
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   7,800 in \3\
                                                   airgun array    7,800 in \3\     100 in \3\      100 in \3\
            Functional hearing group              (Peak SPLflat)   airgun array    airgun (Peak       airgun
                                                        (db)      (SELcum)  (db)  SPLflat)  (db)  (SELcum)  (db)
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low frequency cetaceans.........................          256.36          235.01          229.46          208.41
(Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h: 183 dB)...........
Mid frequency cetaceans.........................          245.59          235.12          229.47          208.44
(Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h: 185 dB)...........
High frequency cetaceans........................          256.26          235.16          229.59          209.01
(Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h: 155 dB)...........
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In order to more realistically incorporate the Technical Guidance's 
weighting functions over the seismic array's full acoustic band, 
unweighted spectrum data for the Kairei's airgun array (modeled in 1 Hz 
bands) was used to make adjustments (dB) to the unweighted spectrum 
levels, by frequency, according to the weighting functions for each 
relevant marine mammal hearing group. These adjusted/weighted spectrum 
levels were then converted to pressures (micropascals) in order to 
integrate them over the entire broadband spectrum, resulting in 
broadband weighted source levels by hearing group that could be 
directly incorporated within the User Spreadsheet (i.e., to override 
the Spreadsheet's more simple weighting factor adjustment). Using the 
User Spreadsheet's ``safe distance'' methodology for mobile sources 
(described by Sivle et al., 2014) with the hearing group-specific 
weighted source levels, and inputs assuming spherical spreading 
propagation, a source velocity of 2.315 meters/second, and shot 
interval of 21.59 seconds (LGL 2017), potential radial distances to 
auditory injury zones were then calculated for SELcum 
thresholds. To estimate Peak SPL thresholds, modeling was run for a 
single shot and then a high pass filter was applied for each hearing 
group. A high pass filter is a type of band band-pass filter, which 
pass frequencies within a defined range without reducing amplitude and 
attenuate frequencies outside that defined range (Yost 2007). Inputs to 
the User Spreadsheet are shown in Table 6; outputs from the User 
Spreadsheet in the form of estimated distances to Level A harassment 
isopleths are shown in Table 7. The User Spreadsheet used by UH is 
shown in Table 3 of the IHA application.

   Table 7--Modeled Radial Distances From R/V Kairei 7800 in\3\ Airgun Array and 100 in\3\ Airgun to Isopleths
                                 Corresponding to Level A Harassment Thresholds
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    7,800 in\3\
                                                   airgun array     7,800 in\3\      100 in\3\       100 in\3\
            Functional hearing group              (peak SPLflat)   airgun array    airgun (Peak       airgun
                                                        (m)        (SELcum)  (m)   SPLflat) (m)    (SELcum)  (m)
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Low frequency cetaceans.........................            61.5           752.8             3.2            4.48
(Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h: 183 dB)...........
Mid frequency cetaceans.........................             0.0             0.0             0.0             n/a
(Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h: 185 dB)...........
High frequency cetaceans........................            14.5             1.7             3.7             n/a
(Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h: 155 dB)...........
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Note that because of some of the assumptions included in the 
methods used, isopleths produced may be overestimates to some degree, 
which will ultimately result in some degree of overestimate of Level A 
take. However, these tools offer the best way to predict appropriate 
isopleths when more sophisticated 3D modeling methods are not 
available, and NMFS continues to develop ways to quantitatively refine 
these tools and will qualitatively address the output where 
appropriate. For mobile sources, such as the proposed seismic survey, 
the User Spreadsheet predicts the closest distance at which a 
stationary animal would not incur PTS if the sound source traveled by 
the animal in a straight line at a constant speed.

Marine Mammal Occurrence

    In this section we provide the information about the presence, 
density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take 
calculations.
    The best available scientific information was considered in 
conducting marine mammal exposure estimates (the basis for estimating 
take). For most cetacean species, densities calculated by Bradford et 
al. (2017) from summer-fall vessel-based surveys that are part of the 
Hawaiian Island Cetacean Ecosystem Assessment Survey (HICEAS) were 
used. The surveys were conducted by NMFS' Southwest Fisheries Science 
Center (SWFSC) and Pacific Islands Fisheries Science Center (PIFSC) in 
2010 using two NOAA research vessels, one during August 13-December 1 
and the other during September 2-October 29. The densities were 
estimated using a multiple-covariate line-transect approach (Buckland 
et al. 2001; Marques and

[[Page 34371]]

Buckland 2004). Density estimates for pygmy and dwarf sperm whales and 
spinner dolphins, which were not calculated from the 2010 surveys, were 
derived from the ``Outer EEZ stratum'' of the vessel-based HICEAS 
survey conducted in summer-fall 2002 by SWFSC (Barlow 2006) using line-
transect methodology (Buckland et al. 2001). The density estimate for 
the false killer whale was based on the pelagic stock density 
calculated by Bradford et al. (2015) using line-transect methodology 
(Buckland et al. 2001).
    All densities were corrected for trackline detection probability 
bias (f(0)) and availability (g(0)) bias by the authors. Bradford et 
al. (2017) used g(0) values estimated by Barlow (2015), whose analysis 
indicated that g(0) had previously been overestimated, particularly for 
high sea states. Barlow (2006) used earlier estimates of g(0), so 
densities used here for pygmy and dwarf sperm whales and spinner 
dolphins likely are underestimates. The density for the ``Sei or 
Bryde's whale'' category identified by Bradford et al. (2017) was 
allocated between sei and Bryde's whales according to their 
proportionate densities. Density estimates for humpback and minke 
whales were not available.
    There is some uncertainty related to the estimated density data and 
the assumptions used in their calculations, as with all density data 
estimates. However, the approach used is based on the best available 
data.

Take Calculation and Estimation

    Here we describe how the information provided above is brought 
together to produce a quantitative take estimate. In order to estimate 
the number of marine mammals predicted to be exposed to sound levels 
that would result in Level B harassment or Level A harassment, radial 
distances to predicted isopleths corresponding to the Level A 
harassment and Level B harassment thresholds are calculated, as 
described above. We then use those distances to calculate the area(s) 
around the airgun array predicted to be ensonified to sound levels that 
exceed the Level A and Level B harassment thresholds. The total 
ensonified area for the survey is then calculated, based on the areas 
predicted to be ensonified around the array and the trackline distance. 
The marine mammals predicted to occur within these respective areas, 
based on estimated densities, are expected to be incidentally taken by 
the proposed survey.
    To summarize, the estimated density of each marine mammal species 
within an area (animals/km\2\) is multiplied by the daily ensonified 
areas (km\2\) that correspond to the Level A and Level B harassment 
thresholds for the species. The product (rounded) is the number of 
instances of take for each species within one day. The number of 
instances of take for each species within one day is then multiplied by 
the number of survey days (plus 25 percent contingency, as described 
below). The result is an estimate of the number of instances that 
marine mammals are predicted to be exposed to airgun sounds above the 
Level B harassment threshold and the Level A harassment threshold over 
the duration of the proposed survey. Estimated takes for all marine 
mammal species are shown in Table 8.
    The proposed survey would occur both within the U.S. EEZ and 
outside the U.S. EEZ. We propose to authorize incidental take that is 
expected to occur as a result of the proposed survey both within and 
outside the U.S. EEZ.

           Table 8--Numbers of Potential Incidental Take of Marine Mammals Proposed for Authorization
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                       Total
                                                                                                  Proposed Level
                                   Estimated and     Estimated    Proposed Level  Total proposed  A  and Level B
             Species              proposed Level   Level B takes      B takes       Level A and      takes as a
                                      A takes                                      Level B takes   percentage of
                                                                                                    population
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Humpback whale \1\..............               0               0               2               2            <0.1
Minke whale \1\.................               0               0               1               1             n/a
Bryde's whale...................               2              25              25              27             3.4
Sei whale.......................               0               6               6               6             3.4
Fin whale.......................               0               2               2               2             3.4
Blue whale \1\..................               0               1               3               3             3.7
Sperm whale.....................               0              51              51              51             1.5
Cuvier's beaked whale...........               0               8               8               8            <0.1
Longman's beaked whale..........               0              85              85              85             1.9
Blainville's beaked whale.......               0              76              76              76             3.3
Rough-toothed dolphin...........               0             812             812             812            12.9
Bottlenose dolphin..............               0             246             246             246             4.1
Pantropical spotted dolphin.....               0             639             639             639             4.0
Spinner dolphin \1\.............               0              23              32              32             0.9
Striped dolphin.................               0             685             685             685             3.3
Fraser's dolphin................               0             577             577             577             3.4
Risso's dolphin.................               0             130             130             130             1.8
Melon-headed whale..............               0              97              97              97             1.7
Pygmy killer whale..............               0             119             119             119             3.5
False killer whale..............               0              16              16              16             1.0
Killer whale \1\................               0               2               5               5             4.9
Short-finned pilot whale........               0             218             218             218             1.8
Pygmy sperm whale...............               0              87              87              87             1.2
Dwarf sperm whale...............               0             214             214             214             1.2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The proposed number of authorized takes (Level B harassment only) for these species has been increased from
  the calculated take to mean group size. Sources for mean group sizes are as follows: blue whale (Bradford et
  al. 2017); minke whale (Jackson et al. 2008); humpback whale (Mobley et al. 2001); spinner dolphin (Barlow
  2006); killer whale (Bradford et al. 2017).


[[Page 34372]]

    Species With Take Estimates Less Than Mean Group Size: Using the 
approach described above to estimate take, the take estimates for the 
blue whale, killer whale, and spinner dolphin (Table 8) were less than 
the average group sizes estimated for these species. However, 
information on the social structures and life histories of these 
species indicates it is common for them to be encountered in groups. As 
the results of take calculations support the likelihood that UH's 
survey would be expected to encounter and to incidentally take these 
species, and we believe it is likely that these species may be 
encountered in groups, it is reasonable to conservatively assume that 
one group of each of these species will be taken during the proposed 
survey. We therefore propose to authorize the take of the average 
(mean) group size for the blue whale, killer whale, and spinner dolphin 
to account for the possibility that UH's survey encounters a group of 
any of these species (Table 8).
    Species With No Available Density Data: No density data were 
available for humpback and minke whales. Both species would typically 
be found further north than the proposed survey area during the time of 
year that the proposed survey is planned to occur, based on sightings 
data around the Hawaiian Islands (Carretta et al. 2017). However, based 
on input from subject matter experts, we believe it is reasonable to 
assume that both species may be encountered by UH during the proposed 
survey. Humpback whales have typically not been observed in the project 
area in the fall (Carretta et al. 2017). However, there are increasing 
anecdotal reports of confirmed sightings of humpback whales from early 
September through October in areas near the planned project area (pers. 
comm. E. Lyman, NOAA Office of National Marine Sanctuaries, to J. 
Carduner, NMFS, June 20, 2017). Like humpback whales, sightings data 
does not indicate that minke whales would typically be expected to be 
present in the project area in the fall (Carretta et al. 2017). 
However, detections of minke whales are common in passive acoustic 
recordings from various locations around the main Hawaiian Islands, 
including during the fall (pers. comm. E. Oleson, NOAA PIFSC, to J. 
Carduner, NMFS, June 20, 2017). Additionally, as minke whales in the 
North Pacific do not have a visible blow, they can be easily missed by 
visual observers, suggesting a lack of sightings is likely related to 
misidentification or low detection capability in poor sighting 
conditions (Rankin et al. 2007). Though no density data are available, 
we believe it is reasonable to conservatively assume that UH's proposed 
survey may encounter and incidentally take minke and humpback whales. 
We therefore propose to authorize the take of the average (mean) group 
size (weighted by effort and rounded up) for the humpback and minke 
whale (Table 8).
    It should be noted that the proposed take numbers shown in Table 8 
are believed to be conservative for several reasons. First, in the 
calculations of estimated take, 25% has been added in the form of 
operational survey days (equivalent to adding 25% to the proposed line 
km to be surveyed) to account for the possibility of additional seismic 
operations associated with airgun testing, and repeat coverage of any 
areas where initial data quality is sub-standard. Additionally, marine 
mammals would be expected to move away from a sound source that 
represents an aversive stimulus. However, the extent to which marine 
mammals would move away from the sound source is difficult to quantify 
and is therefore not accounted for in take estimates shown in Table 8.

Proposed Mitigation

    In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, 
NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such 
activity, ``and other means of effecting the least practicable impact 
on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention 
to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on 
the availability of such species or stock for taking'' for certain 
subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS 
regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to 
include information about the availability and feasibility (economic 
and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such 
activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse 
impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR 
216.104(a)(11)).
    In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to 
ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and 
their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we 
carefully consider two primary factors:
    (1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful 
implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to 
marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat. 
This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being 
mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the 
likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented 
(probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as 
planned) the likelihood of effective implementation (probability 
implemented as planned), and
    (2) The practicability of the measures for applicant 
implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on 
operations, and, in the case of a military readiness activity, 
personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the 
effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
    UH has reviewed mitigation measures employed during seismic 
research surveys authorized by NMFS under previous incidental 
harassment authorizations, as well as recommended best practices in 
Richardson et al. (1995), Pierson et al. (1998), Weir and Dolman 
(2007), Nowacek et al. (2013), Wright (2014), and Wright and Cosentino 
(2015), and has incorporated a suite of proposed mitigation measures 
into their project description based on the above sources.
    To reduce the potential for disturbance from acoustic stimuli 
associated with the activities, UH has proposed to implement the 
following mitigation measures for marine mammals:
    (1) Vessel-based visual mitigation monitoring;
    (2) Vessel-based passive acoustic monitoring;
    (3) Establishment of an exclusion zone;
    (4) Power down procedures;
    (5) Shutdown procedures;
    (6) Ramp-up procedures; and
    (7) Ship strike avoidance measures.

Vessel-Based Visual Mitigation Monitoring

    PSO observations would take place during all daytime airgun 
operations and nighttime start ups (if applicable) of the airguns. 
Airgun operations would be suspended when marine mammals are observed 
within, or about to enter, designated Exclusion Zones (as described 
below). PSOs would also watch for marine mammals near the seismic 
vessel for at least 30 minutes prior to the planned start of airgun 
operations. Observations would also be made during daytime periods when 
the Kairei is underway without seismic operations, such as during 
transits, to allow for comparison of sighting rates and behavior with 
and without airgun operations and between acquisition periods.

[[Page 34373]]

    During seismic operations, four visual PSOs would be based aboard 
the Kairei. PSOs would be appointed by JAMSTEC with NMFS approval. 
During the majority of seismic operations, two PSOs would monitor for 
marine mammals around the seismic vessel. Use of two simultaneous 
observers would increase the effectiveness of detecting marine mammals 
around the source vessel. However, during meal times, only one PSO may 
be on duty. PSO(s) would be on duty in shifts of duration no longer 
than 4 hours. Other crew would also be instructed to assist in 
detecting marine mammals and in implementing mitigation requirements 
(if practical). Before the start of the seismic survey, the crew would 
be given additional instruction in detecting marine mammals and 
implementing mitigation requirements. The Kairei is a suitable platform 
for marine mammal observations. When stationed on the observation 
platform, the PSO would have a good view around the entire vessel. 
During daytime, the PSO(s) would scan the area around the vessel 
systematically with reticle binoculars (e.g., 7x50 Fujinon), Big-eye 
binoculars (25x150), and with the naked eye.
    The PSOs must have no tasks other than to conduct observational 
effort, record observational data, and communicate with and instruct 
relevant vessel crew with regard to the presence of marine mammals and 
mitigation requirements. PSO resumes would be provided to NMFS for 
approval. At least two PSOs must have a minimum of 90 days at-sea 
experience working as PSOs during a deep penetration seismic survey, 
with no more than eighteen months elapsed since the conclusion of the 
at-sea experience. One ``experienced'' visual PSO would be designated 
as the lead for the entire protected species observation team. The lead 
would coordinate duty schedules and roles for the PSO team and serve as 
primary point of contact for the vessel operator. The lead PSO would 
devise the duty schedule such that ``experienced'' PSOs are on duty 
with those PSOs with appropriate training but who have not yet gained 
relevant experience, to the maximum extent practicable
    The PSOs must have successfully completed relevant training, 
including completion of all required coursework and passing a written 
and/or oral examination developed for the training program, and must 
have successfully attained a bachelor's degree from an accredited 
college or university with a major in one of the natural sciences and a 
minimum of 30 semester hours or equivalent in the biological sciences 
and at least one undergraduate course in math or statistics. The 
educational requirements may be waived if the PSO has acquired the 
relevant skills through alternate training, including (1) secondary 
education and/or experience comparable to PSO duties; (2) previous work 
experience conducting academic, commercial, or government-sponsored 
marine mammal surveys; or (3) previous work experience as a PSO; the 
PSO should demonstrate good standing and consistently good performance 
of PSO duties.
    In summary, a typical daytime cruise would have scheduled two 
observers (visual) on duty from the observation platform, and an 
acoustic observer on the passive acoustic monitoring system.

Vessel-Based Passive Acoustic Mitigation Monitoring

    Passive acoustic monitoring (PAM) would take place to complement 
the visual monitoring program. Visual monitoring typically is not 
effective during periods of poor visibility or at night, and even with 
good visibility, is unable to detect marine mammals when they are below 
the surface or beyond visual range. Acoustic monitoring can be used in 
addition to visual observations to improve detection, identification, 
and localization of cetaceans. The acoustic monitoring would serve to 
alert visual observers (if on duty) when vocalizing cetaceans are 
detected. It is only useful when marine mammals vocalize, but it can be 
effective either by day or by night and does not depend on good 
visibility. It would be monitored in real time so that visual observers 
can be alerted when marine mammals are detected acoustically.
    The PAM system consists of hardware (i.e., hydrophones) and 
software. The ``wet end'' of the system consists of a towed hydrophone 
array that is connected to the vessel by a tow cable. A deck cable 
would connect the tow cable to the electronics unit on board where the 
acoustic station, signal conditioning, and processing system would be 
located. The acoustic signals received by the hydrophones are 
amplified, digitized, and then processed by the software.
    One acoustic PSO (in addition to the four visual PSOs) would be on 
board. The towed hydrophones would be monitored 24 hours per day 
(either by the acoustic PSO or by a visual PSO trained in the PAM 
system if the acoustic PSO is on break) while at the seismic survey 
area during airgun operations, and during most periods when the Kairei 
is underway while the airguns are not operating. However, PAM may not 
be possible if damage occurs to the array or back-up systems during 
operations. One PSO would monitor the acoustic detection system at any 
one time, in shifts no longer than six hours, by listening to the 
signals via headphones and/or speakers and watching the real-time 
spectrographic display for frequency ranges produced by cetaceans.
    When a vocalization is detected, while visual observations are in 
progress, the acoustic PSO would contact the visual PSOs immediately, 
to alert them to the presence of marine mammals (if they have not 
already been detected visually), in order to facilitate a power down or 
shut down, if required. The information regarding the marine mammal 
acoustic detection would be entered into a database.

Exclusion Zone and Buffer Zone

    An exclusion zone is a defined area within which occurrence of a 
marine mammal triggers mitigation action intended to reduce the 
potential for certain outcomes, e.g., auditory injury, disruption of 
critical behaviors. The PSOs would establish a minimum exclusion zone 
with a 500 m radius for the full array. The 500 m EZ would be based on 
radial distance from any element of the airgun array (rather than being 
based on the center of the array or around the vessel itself). With 
certain exceptions (described below), if a marine mammal appears 
within, enters, or appears on a course to enter this zone, the acoustic 
source would be powered down (see Power Down Procedures below). In 
addition to the 500 m EZ for the full array, a 100 m exclusion zone 
would be established for the single 100 in\3\ airgun. With certain 
exceptions (described below), if a marine mammal appears within, 
enters, or appears on a course to enter this zone the acoustic source 
would be shut down entirely (see Shutdown Procedures below).
    Potential radial distances to auditory injury zones were calculated 
on the basis of maximum peak pressure using values provided by the 
applicant (Table 7). The 500 m radial distance of the standard EZ is 
intended to be precautionary in the sense that it would be expected to 
contain sound exceeding peak pressure injury criteria for all cetacean 
hearing groups, while also providing a consistent, reasonably 
observable zone within which PSOs would typically be able to conduct 
effective observational effort. Although significantly greater 
distances may be observed from an elevated platform under good 
conditions, we believe that 500 m is likely regularly attainable for

[[Page 34374]]

PSOs using the naked eye during typical conditions.
    An appropriate EZ based on cumulative sound exposure level 
(SELcum) criteria would be dependent on the animal's applied 
hearing range and how that overlaps with the frequencies produced by 
the sound source of interest (i.e., via marine mammal auditory 
weighting functions) (NMFS, 2016), and may be larger in some cases than 
the zones calculated on the basis of the peak pressure thresholds (and 
larger than 500 m) depending on the species in question and the 
characteristics of the specific airgun array. In particular, the EZ 
radii would be larger for low-frequency cetaceans, because their most 
susceptible hearing range overlaps the low frequencies produced by 
airguns, but the zones would remain very small for mid-frequency 
cetaceans (i.e., including the ``small delphinoids'' described below), 
whose range of best hearing largely does not overlap with frequencies 
produced by airguns.
    Consideration of exclusion zone distances is inherently an 
essentially instantaneous proposition--a rule or set of rules that 
requires mitigation action upon detection of an animal. This indicates 
that consideration of peak pressure thresholds is most relevant, as 
compared with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds, as the latter 
requires that an animal accumulate some level of sound energy exposure 
over some period of time (e.g., 24 hours). A PSO aboard a mobile source 
will typically have no ability to monitor an animal's position relative 
to the acoustic source over relevant time periods for purposes of 
understanding whether auditory injury is likely to occur on the basis 
of cumulative sound exposure and, therefore, whether action should be 
taken to avoid such potential. Therefore, definition of an exclusion 
zone based on SELcum thresholds is of questionable relevance 
given relative motion of the source and receiver (i.e., the animal). 
Cumulative SEL thresholds are likely more relevant for purposes of 
modeling the potential for auditory injury than they are for informing 
real-time mitigation. We recognize the importance of the accumulation 
of sound energy to an understanding of the potential for auditory 
injury and that it is likely that, at least for low-frequency 
cetaceans, some potential auditory injury is likely impossible to 
mitigate and should be considered for authorization.
    In summary, our intent in prescribing a standard exclusion zone 
distance is to (1) encompass zones for most species within which 
auditory injury could occur on the basis of instantaneous exposure; (2) 
provide additional protection from the potential for more severe 
behavioral reactions (e.g., panic, antipredator response) for marine 
mammals at relatively close range to the acoustic source; (3) provide 
consistency for PSOs, who need to monitor and implement the exclusion 
zone; and (4) to define a distance within which detection probabilities 
are reasonably high for most species under typical conditions.
    Our use of 500 m as the EZ is a reasonable combination of factors. 
This zone would contain all potential auditory injury for all cetaceans 
(high-frequency, mid-frequency and low-frequency functional hearing 
groups) as assessed against peak pressure thresholds (NMFS, 2016) 
(Table 7), would contain all potential auditory injury for high-
frequency and mid-frequency cetaceans as assessed against 
SELcum thresholds (NMFS, 2016) (Table 7), and has been 
proven to be practicable through past implementation in seismic surveys 
conducted for the oil and gas industry in the Gulf of Mexico (as 
regulated by BOEM pursuant to the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act 
(OCSLA) (43 U.S.C. 1331-1356)). In summary, a practicable criterion 
such as this has the advantage of simplicity while still providing in 
most cases a zone larger than relevant auditory injury zones, given 
realistic movement of source and receiver.
    The PSOs would also establish and monitor a 1,000-m buffer zone. 
During use of the acoustic source, occurrence of marine mammals within 
the buffer zone (but outside the exclusion zone) would be communicated 
to the operator to prepare for the potential power down or shutdown of 
the acoustic source. The buffer zone is discussed further under Ramp Up 
Procedures below.

Power Down Procedures

    A power down involves decreasing the number of airguns in use such 
that the radius of the mitigation zone is decreased to the extent that 
marine mammals are no longer in, or about to enter, the 500 m EZ. 
During a power down, one 100-in\3\ airgun would be operated. The 
continued operation of one 100-in\3\ airgun is intended to alert marine 
mammals to the presence of the seismic vessel in the area, and to allow 
them to leave the area of the seismic vessel if they choose. In 
contrast, a shutdown occurs when all airgun activity is suspended 
(shutdown procedures are discussed below). If a marine mammal is 
detected outside the 500 m EZ but appears likely to enter the 500 m EZ, 
the airguns would be powered down before the animal is within the 500 m 
EZ. Likewise, if a mammal is already within the 500 m EZ when first 
detected, the airguns would be powered down immediately. During a power 
down of the airgun array, the 100-in\3\ airgun would be operated.
    Following a power down, airgun activity would not resume until the 
marine mammal has cleared the 500 m EZ. The animal would be considered 
to have cleared the 500 m EZ if the following conditions have been met:
     It is visually observed to have departed the 500 m EZ, or
     it has not been seen within the 500 m EZ for 15 min in the 
case of small odontocetes, or
     it has not been seen within the 500 m EZ for 30 min in the 
case of mysticetes and large odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy sperm, 
dwarf sperm, and beaked whales.
    This power down requirement would be in place for all marine 
mammals, with the exception of small delphinoids under certain 
circumstances. As defined here, the small delphinoid group is intended 
to encompass those members of the Family Delphinidae most likely to 
voluntarily approach the source vessel for purposes of interacting with 
the vessel and/or airgun array (e.g., bow riding). This exception to 
the power down requirement would apply solely to specific genera of 
small dolphins--Steno, Tursiops, Stenella and Lagenodelphis--and would 
only apply if the animals were traveling, including approaching the 
vessel. If, for example, an animal or group of animals is stationary 
for some reason (e.g., feeding) and the source vessel approaches the 
animals, the power down requirement applies. An animal with sufficient 
incentive to remain in an area rather than avoid an otherwise aversive 
stimulus could either incur auditory injury or disruption of important 
behavior. If there is uncertainty regarding identification (i.e., 
whether the observed animal(s) belongs to the group described above) or 
whether the animals are traveling, the power down would be implemented.
    We propose this small delphinoid exception because power-down/
shutdown requirements for small delphinoids under all circumstances 
represent practicability concerns without likely commensurate benefits 
for the animals in question. Small delphinoids are generally the most 
commonly observed marine mammals in the specific geographic region and 
would typically be the only marine mammals likely to intentionally 
approach the vessel. As described

[[Page 34375]]

below, auditory injury is extremely unlikely to occur for mid-frequency 
cetaceans (e.g., delphinids), as this group is relatively insensitive 
to sound produced at the predominant frequencies in an airgun pulse 
while also having a relatively high threshold for the onset of auditory 
injury (i.e., permanent threshold shift). Please see ``Potential 
Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals'' above for further 
discussion of sound metrics and thresholds and marine mammal hearing.
    A large body of anecdotal evidence indicates that small delphinoids 
commonly approach vessels and/or towed arrays during active sound 
production for purposes of bow riding, with no apparent effect observed 
in those delphinoids (e.g., Barkaszi et al., 2012). The potential for 
increased shutdowns resulting from such a measure would require the 
Kairei to revisit the missed track line to reacquire data, resulting in 
an overall increase in the total sound energy input to the marine 
environment and an increase in the total duration over which the survey 
is active in a given area. Although other mid-frequency hearing 
specialists (e.g., large delphinoids) are no more likely to incur 
auditory injury than are small delphinoids, they are much less likely 
to approach vessels. Therefore, retaining a power-down/shutdown 
requirement for large delphinoids would not have similar impacts in 
terms of either practicability for the applicant or corollary increase 
in sound energy output and time on the water. We do anticipate some 
benefit for a power-down/shutdown requirement for large delphinoids in 
that it simplifies somewhat the total range of decision-making for PSOs 
and may preclude any potential for physiological effects other than to 
the auditory system as well as some more severe behavioral reactions 
for any such animals in close proximity to the source vessel.
    At any distance, power down of the acoustic source would also be 
required upon observation of a large whale (i.e., sperm whale or any 
baleen whale) with a calf, or upon observation of an aggregation of 
large whales of any species (i.e., sperm whale or any baleen whale) 
that does not appear to be traveling (e.g., feeding, socializing, 
etc.). These would be the only two potential situations that would 
require power down of the array for marine mammals observed beyond the 
500 m exclusion zone.

Shut Down Procedures

    The single 100-in\3\ operating airgun would be shut down if a 
marine mammal is seen within or approaching the 100 m EZ for the single 
100-in\3\ airgun. Shutdown would be implemented if (1) an animal enters 
the 100 m EZ of the single 100-in\3\ airgun after a power down has been 
initiated, or (2) an animal is initially seen within the 100 m EZ of 
the single 100-in\3\ airgun when more than one airgun (typically the 
full array) is operating. Airgun activity would not resume until the 
marine mammal has cleared the 500 m EZ. Criteria for judging that the 
animal has cleared the EZ would be as described above.
    The shutdown requirement, like the power down requirement, would be 
waived for dolphins of the following genera: Steno, Tursiops, Stenella 
and Lagenodelphis. The shutdown waiver only applies if the animals are 
traveling, including approaching the vessel. If animals are stationary 
and the source vessel approaches the animals, the shutdown requirement 
would apply. If there is uncertainty regarding identification (i.e., 
whether the observed animal(s) belongs to the group described above) or 
whether the animals are traveling, the shutdown would be implemented.

Ramp-Up Procedures

    Ramp-up of an acoustic source is intended to provide a gradual 
increase in sound levels following a power down or shutdown, enabling 
animals to move away from the source if the signal is sufficiently 
aversive prior to its reaching full intensity. The ramp-up procedure 
involves a step-wise increase in the number of airguns firing and total 
array volume until all operational airguns are activated and the full 
volume is achieved. Ramp-up would be required after the array is 
powered down or shut down for any reason.
    Ramp-up would begin by activating a single airgun of the smallest 
volume in the array and would continue in stages by doubling the number 
of active elements at the commencement of each stage, with each stage 
of approximately the same duration. This approach to ramp-up 
(increments of array elements) is proposed because it is relatively 
simple to implement for the operator and is intended to ensure a 
perceptible increase in sound output per increment while employing 
increments that produce similar degrees of increase at each step.
    If airguns have been powered down or shut down due to PSO detection 
of a marine mammal within or approaching the 500 m EZ, ramp-up would 
not be initiated until all marine mammals have cleared the EZ, during 
the day or night. Visual and acoustic PSOs would be required to monitor 
during ramp-up. If a marine mammal were detected by visual PSOs within 
or approaching the 500 m EZ during ramp-up, a power down (or shut down 
if appropriate) would be implemented as though the full array were 
operational. Criteria for clearing the EZ would be as described above.
    Thirty minutes of pre-clearance observation are required prior to 
ramp-up for any power down or shutdown of longer than 30 minutes (i.e., 
if the array were shut down during transit from one line to another). 
This 30 minute pre-clearance period may occur during any vessel 
activity (i.e., transit). If a marine mammal were observed within or 
approaching the 500 m EZ during this pre-clearance period, ramp-up 
would not be initiated until all marine mammals cleared the EZ. 
Criteria for clearing the EZ would be as described above. If the airgun 
array has been shut down for reasons other than mitigation (e.g., 
mechanical difficulty) for a period of less than 30 minutes, it may be 
activated again without ramp-up if PSOs have maintained constant visual 
and acoustic observation and no visual detections of any marine mammal 
have occurred within the buffer zone and no acoustic detections have 
occurred.
    Ramp-up would be planned to occur during periods of good visibility 
when possible. However, ramp-up would be allowed at night and during 
poor visibility if the 500 m EZ and 1,000 m buffer zone have been 
monitored by visual PSOs for 30 minutes prior to ramp-up and if 
acoustic monitoring has occurred for 30 minutes prior to ramp-up with 
no acoustic detections during that period.
    The operator would be required to notify a designated PSO of the 
planned start of ramp-up as agreed-upon with the lead PSO; the 
notification time should not be less than 60 minutes prior to the 
planned ramp-up. A designated PSO must be notified again immediately 
prior to initiating ramp-up procedures and the operator must receive 
confirmation from the PSO to proceed. The operator must provide 
information to PSOs documenting that appropriate procedures were 
followed. Following deactivation of the array for reasons other than 
mitigation, the operator would be required to communicate the near-term 
operational plan to the lead PSO with justification for any planned 
nighttime ramp-up.
    Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, NMFS 
has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures 
provide the means effecting the least practicable impact on the 
affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular

[[Page 34376]]

attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar 
significance.

Proposed Monitoring and Reporting

    In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of 
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, ``requirements pertaining to 
the monitoring and reporting of such taking.'' The MMPA implementing 
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for 
authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the 
necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased 
knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on 
populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the 
proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to 
compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the 
required monitoring.
    Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should 
contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
     Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area 
in which take is anticipated (e.g., presence, abundance, distribution, 
density).
     Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure 
to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or 
chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment 
(e.g., source characterization, propagation, ambient noise); (2) 
affected species (e.g., life history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence 
of marine mammal species with the action; or (4) biological or 
behavioral context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or feeding areas).
     Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or 
physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), 
other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors.
     How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) 
Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) 
populations, species, or stocks.
     Effects on marine mammal habitat (e.g., marine mammal prey 
species, acoustic habitat, or other important physical components of 
marine mammal habitat).
     Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
    UH submitted a marine mammal monitoring and reporting plan in 
section XIII of their IHA application. Monitoring that is designed 
specifically to facilitate mitigation measures, such as monitoring of 
the EZ to inform potential power downs or shutdowns of the airgun 
array, are described above and are not repeated here.
    UH's monitoring and reporting plan includes the following measures:

Vessel-Based Visual Monitoring

    As described above, PSO observations would take place during 
daytime airgun operations and nighttime start ups (if applicable) of 
the airguns. During seismic operations, four visual PSOs would be based 
aboard the Kairei. PSOs would be appointed by JAMSTEC with NMFS 
approval. During the majority of seismic operations, two PSOs would 
monitor for marine mammals around the seismic vessel. Use of two 
simultaneous observers would increase the effectiveness of detecting 
animals around the source vessel. However, during meal times, only one 
PSO may be on duty. PSOs would be on duty in shifts of duration no 
longer than 4 hours. Other crew would also be instructed to assist in 
detecting marine mammals and in implementing mitigation requirements 
(if practical). During daytime, PSOs would scan the area around the 
vessel systematically with reticle binoculars (e.g., 7x50 Fujinon), 
Big-eye binoculars (25x150), and with the naked eye.
    PSOs would record data to estimate the numbers of marine mammals 
exposed to various received sound levels and to document apparent 
disturbance reactions or lack thereof. Data would be used to estimate 
numbers of animals potentially `taken' by harassment (as defined in the 
MMPA). They would also provide information needed to order a power down 
or shut down of the airguns when a marine mammal or sea turtle is 
within or near the EZ.
    When a sighting is made, the following information about the 
sighting would be recorded:
    1. Species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if determinable), 
behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting, heading (if 
consistent), bearing and distance from seismic vessel, sighting cue, 
apparent reaction to the airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance, 
approach, paralleling, etc.), and behavioral pace.
    2. Time, location, heading, speed, activity of the vessel, sea 
state, visibility, and sun glare.
    All observations and power downs or shutdowns would be recorded in 
a standardized format. Data would be entered into an electronic 
database. The accuracy of the data entry would be verified by 
computerized data validity checks as the data are entered and by 
subsequent manual checking of the database. These procedures would 
allow initial summaries of data to be prepared during and shortly after 
the field program and would facilitate transfer of the data to 
statistical, graphical, and other programs for further processing and 
archiving. The time, location, heading, speed, activity of the vessel, 
sea state, visibility, and sun glare would also be recorded at the 
start and end of each observation watch, and during a watch whenever 
there is a change in one or more of the variables.
    Results from the vessel-based observations would provide:
    1. The basis for real-time mitigation (airgun power down or shut 
down).
    2. Information needed to estimate the number of marine mammals 
potentially taken by harassment, which must be reported to NMFS.
    3. Data on the occurrence, distribution, and activities of marine 
mammals and turtles in the area where the seismic study is conducted.
    4. Information to compare the distance and distribution of marine 
mammals and turtles relative to the source vessel at times with and 
without seismic activity.
    5. Data on the behavior and movement patterns of marine mammals and 
turtles seen at times with and without seismic activity.

Vessel-Based Passive Acoustic Monitoring

    PAM would take place to complement the visual monitoring program as 
described above. Please see the Proposed Mitigation section above for a 
description of the PAM system and the acoustic PSO's duties. The 
acoustic PSO would record data collected via the PAM system, including 
the following: An acoustic encounter identification number, whether it 
was linked with a visual sighting, date, time when first and last heard 
and whenever any additional information was recorded, position and 
water depth when first detected, bearing if determinable, species or 
species group (e.g., unidentified dolphin, sperm whale), types and 
nature of sounds heard (e.g., clicks, continuous, sporadic, whistles, 
creaks, burst pulses, strength of signal, etc.), and any other notable 
information. Acoustic detections would also be recorded for further 
analysis.

Reporting

    A report would be submitted to NMFS within 90 days after the end of 
the cruise. The report would describe the operations that were 
conducted and sightings of marine mammals near the operations. The 
report would provide full documentation of methods, results,

[[Page 34377]]

and interpretation pertaining to all monitoring. The 90-day report 
would summarize the dates and locations of seismic operations, and all 
marine mammal sightings (dates, times, locations, activities, 
associated seismic survey activities). The report would also include 
estimates of the number and nature of exposures that occurred above the 
harassment threshold based on PSO observations.

Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination

    NMFS has defined negligible impact as ``an impact resulting from 
the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is 
not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through 
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival'' (50 CFR 216.103). 
A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse 
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of takes alone is not enough 
information on which to base an impact determination. In addition to 
considering estimates of the number of marine mammals that might be 
``taken'' through harassment, NMFS considers other factors, such as the 
likely nature of any responses (e.g., intensity, duration), the context 
of any responses (e.g., critical reproductive time or location, 
migration), as well as effects on habitat, and the likely effectiveness 
of the mitigation. We also assess the number, intensity, and context of 
estimated takes by evaluating this information relative to population 
status. Consistent with the 1989 preamble for NMFS' implementing 
regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29, 1989), the impacts from other 
past and ongoing anthropogenic activities are incorporated into this 
analysis via their impacts on the environmental baseline (e.g., as 
reflected in the regulatory status of the species, population size and 
growth rate where known, ongoing sources of human-caused mortality, or 
ambient noise levels).
    To avoid repetition, our analysis applies to all the species listed 
in Table 2, given that NMFS expects the anticipated effects of the 
proposed seismic survey to be similar in nature. Where there are 
meaningful differences between species or stocks, or groups of species, 
in anticipated individual responses to activities, impact of expected 
take on the population due to differences in population status, or 
impacts on habitat, NMFS has identified species-specific factors to 
inform the analysis.
    NMFS does not anticipate that serious injury or mortality would 
occur as a result of UH's proposed seismic survey, even in the absence 
of proposed mitigation. Thus the proposed authorization does not 
authorize any mortality. As discussed in the Potential Effects section, 
non-auditory physical effects, stranding, and vessel strike are not 
expected to occur.
    We propose to authorize a limited number of instances of Level A 
harassment of one marine mammal species (Table 8). However, we believe 
that any PTS incurred in marine mammals as a result of the proposed 
activity would be in the form of only a small degree of PTS and not 
total deafness that would not be likely to affect the fitness of any 
individuals, because of the constant movement of both the Kairei and of 
the marine mammals in the project area, as well as the fact that the 
vessel is not expected to remain in any one area in which individual 
marine mammals would be expected to concentrate for an extended period 
of time (i.e., since the duration of exposure to loud sounds will be 
relatively short). Also, as described above, we expect that marine 
mammals would be likely to move away from a sound source that 
represents an aversive stimulus, especially at levels that would be 
expected to result in PTS, given sufficient notice of the Kairei's 
approach due to the vessel's relatively low speed when conducting 
seismic surveys. We expect that the majority of takes would be in the 
form of short-term Level B behavioral harassment in the form of 
temporary avoidance of the area or decreased foraging (if such activity 
were occurring), reactions that are considered to be of low severity 
and with no lasting biological consequences (e.g., Southall et al., 
2007).
    Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed 
previously in this document (see Potential Effects of the Specified 
Activity on Marine Mammals and their Habitat). Marine mammal habitat 
may be impacted by elevated sound levels, but these impacts would be 
temporary. Feeding behavior is not likely to be significantly impacted, 
as marine mammals appear to be less likely to exhibit behavioral 
reactions or avoidance responses while engaged in feeding activities 
(Richardson et al., 1995). Prey species are mobile and are broadly 
distributed throughout the project area; therefore, marine mammals that 
may be temporarily displaced during survey activities are expected to 
be able to resume foraging once they have moved away from areas with 
disturbing levels of underwater noise. Because of the temporary nature 
of the disturbance, the availability of similar habitat and resources 
in the surrounding area, and the lack of important or unique marine 
mammal habitat, the impacts to marine mammals and the food sources that 
they utilize are not expected to cause significant or long-term 
consequences for individual marine mammals or their populations. In 
addition, there are no mating or calving areas known to be biologically 
important to marine mammals within the proposed project area.
    The activity is expected to impact a very small percentage of all 
marine mammal stocks that would be affected by UH's proposed survey 
(less than 2 percent for all marine mammal stocks). Additionally, the 
acoustic ``footprint'' of the proposed survey would be very small 
relative to the ranges of all marine mammals that would potentially be 
affected. Sound levels would increase in the marine environment in a 
relatively small area surrounding the vessel compared to the range of 
the marine mammals within the proposed survey area. The seismic array 
would be active 24 hours per day throughout the duration of the 
proposed survey. However, the very brief overall duration of the 
proposed survey (5.5 days) would further limit potential impacts that 
may occur as a result of the proposed activity.
    The proposed mitigation measures are expected to reduce the number 
and/or severity of takes by allowing for detection of marine mammals in 
the vicinity of the vessel by visual and acoustic observers, and by 
minimizing the severity of any potential exposures via power downs and/
or shutdowns of the airgun array. Based on previous monitoring reports 
for substantially similar activities that have been previously 
authorized by NMFS, we expect that the proposed mitigation will be 
effective in preventing at least some extent of potential PTS in marine 
mammals that may otherwise occur in the absence of the proposed 
mitigation.
    Of the marine mammal species under our jurisdiction that are likely 
to occur in the project area, the following species are listed as 
endangered under the ESA: Blue, fin, sei, and sperm whales. There are 
currently insufficient data to determine population trends for blue, 
fin, sei, and sperm whales (Carretta et al., 2016); however, we are 
proposing to authorize very small numbers of takes for these species 
(Table 8), relative to their population sizes, therefore we do not 
expect population-level impacts to any of these species. The other 
marine mammal species that may be taken by harassment during UH's 
seismic survey

[[Page 34378]]

are not listed as threatened or endangered under the ESA. There is no 
designated critical habitat for any ESA-listed marine mammals within 
the project area; and of the non-listed marine mammals for which we 
propose to authorize take, none are considered ``depleted'' or 
``strategic'' by NMFS under the MMPA.
    NMFS concludes that exposures to marine mammal species and stocks 
due to UH's proposed seismic survey would result in only short-term 
(temporary and short in duration) effects to individuals exposed. 
Animals may temporarily avoid the immediate area, but are not expected 
to permanently abandon the area. Major shifts in habitat use, 
distribution, or foraging success are not expected. NMFS does not 
anticipate the proposed take estimates to impact annual rates of 
recruitment or survival.
    In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily 
support our preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from 
this activity are not expected to adversely affect the marine mammal 
species or stocks through effects on annual rates of recruitment or 
survival:
     No mortality is anticipated or authorized;
     The anticipated impacts of the proposed activity on marine 
mammals would primarily be temporary behavioral changes due to 
avoidance of the area around the survey vessel. The relatively short 
duration of the proposed survey (5.5 days) would further limit the 
potential impacts of any temporary behavioral changes that would occur;
     PTS is only anticipated to occur for one species and the 
number of instances of PTS that may occur are expected to be very small 
in number (Table 8). Instances of PTS that are incurred in marine 
mammals would be of a low level, due to constant movement of the vessel 
and of the marine mammals in the area, and the nature of the survey 
design (not concentrated in areas of high marine mammal concentration);
     The availability of alternate areas of similar habitat 
value for marine mammals to temporarily vacate the survey area during 
the proposed survey to avoid exposure to sounds from the activity;
     The proposed project area does not contain areas of 
significance for mating or calving;
     The potential adverse effects on fish or invertebrate 
species that serve as prey species for marine mammals from the proposed 
survey would be temporary and spatially limited;
     The proposed mitigation measures, including visual and 
acoustic monitoring, power-downs, and shutdowns, are expected to 
minimize potential impacts to marine mammals.
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the 
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into 
consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and 
mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine 
mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on 
all affected marine mammal species or stocks.

Small Numbers

    As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be 
authorized under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified 
activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not 
define small numbers; so, in practice, where estimated numbers are 
available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most 
appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or stock in 
our determination of whether an authorization is limited to small 
numbers of marine mammals. Additionally, other qualitative factors may 
be considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or spatial scale of 
the activities. Table 8 provides numbers of take by Level A harassment 
and Level B harassment proposed for authorization. These are the 
numbers we use for purposes of the small numbers analysis.
    The numbers of marine mammals that we propose for authorization to 
be taken, for all species and stocks, would be considered small 
relative to the relevant stocks or populations (approximately 13 
percent for rough-toothed dolphin, and less than five percent for all 
other species and stocks). For the blue whale, killer whale, humpback 
whale, minke whale and spinner dolphin we propose to authorize take 
resulting from a single exposure of one group of each species or stock, 
as appropriate (using best available information on mean group size for 
these species or stocks). We believe that a single incident of take of 
one group of any of these species represents take of small numbers for 
that species
    Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity 
(including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the 
anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small 
numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size 
of the affected species or stocks.

Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis and Determination

    There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine 
mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has 
preliminarily determined that the total taking of affected species or 
stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability 
of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.

Endangered Species Act (ESA)

    Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 
U.S.C. 1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal agency insure that any 
action it authorizes, funds, or carries out is not likely to jeopardize 
the continued existence of any endangered or threatened species or 
result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated 
critical habitat. To ensure ESA compliance for the issuance of IHAs, 
NMFS consults internally, in this case with the ESA Interagency 
Cooperation Division, whenever we propose to authorize take for 
endangered or threatened species.
    The NMFS Permits and Conservation Division is proposing to 
authorize the incidental take of four species of marine mammals which 
are listed under the ESA: the sei, fin, blue and sperm whale. We have 
requested initiation of Section 7 consultation with the Interagency 
Cooperation Division for the issuance of this IHA. NMFS will conclude 
the ESA section 7 consultation prior to reaching a determination 
regarding the proposed issuance of the authorization.

Proposed Authorization

    As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to 
issue an IHA to UH for conducting a seismic survey in the central 
Pacific Ocean in September, 2017, provided the previously mentioned 
mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated. 
This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The wording contained 
in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if issued).
    1. This incidental harassment authorization (IHA) is valid for a 
period of one year from the date of issuance.
    2. This IHA is valid only for marine geophysical survey activity, 
as specified in the University of Hawaii's (UH) IHA application and 
using an array aboard the R/V Kairei with characteristics specified in 
the application, in the Central Pacific Ocean.
    3. General Conditions
    (a) A copy of this IHA must be in the possession of UH, the vessel 
operator and other relevant personnel, the lead

[[Page 34379]]

protected species observer (PSO), and any other relevant designees of 
UH operating under the authority of this IHA.
    (b) The species authorized for taking are listed in Table 8. The 
taking, by Level A and Level B harassment only, is limited to the 
species and numbers listed in Table 8. Any taking exceeding the 
authorized amounts listed in Table 8 is prohibited and may result in 
the modification, suspension, or revocation of this IHA.
    (c) The taking by serious injury or death of any species of marine 
mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension, or 
revocation of this IHA.
    (d) During use of the airgun(s), if marine mammal species other 
than those listed in Table 8 are detected by PSOs, the acoustic source 
must be shut down to avoid unauthorized take.
    (e) UH shall ensure that the vessel operator and other relevant 
vessel personnel are briefed on all responsibilities, communication 
procedures, marine mammal monitoring protocol, operational procedures, 
and IHA requirements prior to the start of survey activity, and when 
relevant new personnel join the survey operations.
    4. Mitigation Requirements
    The holder of this Authorization is required to implement the 
following mitigation measures:
    (a) UH must use five dedicated, trained, NMFS-approved Protected 
Species Observers (PSOs), including four visual PSOs and one acoustic 
PSO. The PSOs must have no tasks other than to conduct observational 
effort, record observational data, and communicate with and instruct 
relevant vessel crew with regard to the presence of marine mammals and 
mitigation requirements. PSO resumes shall be provided to NMFS for 
approval.
    (b) At least two PSOs must have a minimum of 90 days at-sea 
experience working as PSOs during a deep penetration seismic survey, 
with no more than eighteen months elapsed since the conclusion of the 
at-sea experience. At least one of these must have relevant experience 
as a visual PSO and at least one must have relevant experience as an 
acoustic PSO. One ``experienced'' visual PSO shall be designated as the 
lead for the entire protected species observation team. The lead shall 
coordinate duty schedules and roles for the PSO team and serve as 
primary point of contact for the vessel operator. The lead PSO shall 
devise the duty schedule such that ``experienced'' PSOs are on duty 
with those PSOs with appropriate training but who have not yet gained 
relevant experience, to the maximum extent practicable.
    (c) Visual Observation
    (i) During survey operations (e.g., any day on which use of the 
acoustic source is planned to occur; whenever the acoustic source is in 
the water, whether activated or not), two PSOs must be on duty and 
conducting visual observations at all times during daylight hours 
(i.e., from 30 minutes prior to sunrise through 30 minutes following 
sunset) with the limited exception of meal times during which one PSO 
may be on duty.
    (ii) Visual monitoring must begin not less than 30 minutes prior to 
ramp-up, including for nighttime ramp-ups of the airgun array, and must 
continue until one hour after use of the acoustic source ceases or 
until 30 minutes past sunset.
    (iii) Visual PSOs shall coordinate to ensure 360[deg] visual 
coverage around the vessel from the most appropriate observation posts 
and shall conduct visual observations using binoculars and the naked 
eye while free from distractions and in a consistent, systematic, and 
diligent manner.
    (iv) Visual PSOs shall communicate all observations to the acoustic 
PSO, including any determination by the PSO regarding species 
identification, distance, and bearing and the degree of confidence in 
the determination.
    (v) Visual PSOs may be on watch for a maximum of four consecutive 
hours followed by a break of at least one hour between watches and may 
conduct a maximum of 12 hours observation per 24 hour period.
    (vi) During good conditions (e.g., daylight hours; Beaufort sea 
state 3 or less), visual PSOs shall conduct observations when the 
acoustic source is not operating for comparison of sighting rates and 
behavior with and without use of the acoustic source and between 
acquisition periods, to the maximum extent practicable.
    (d) Acoustic Observation--The R/V Kairei must use a towed passive 
acoustic monitoring (PAM) system, which must be monitored beginning at 
least 30 minutes prior to ramp-up and at all times during use of the 
acoustic source.
    (i) One acoustic PSO (in addition to the four visual PSOs) must be 
on board to operate and oversee PAM operations. Either the acoustic PSO 
or a visual PSO with training in the PAM system must monitor the PAM 
system at all times while airguns are operating, and when possible 
during periods when the airguns are not operating, in shifts lasting no 
longer than six hours.
    (ii) Acoustic PSOs shall communicate all detections to visual PSOs, 
when visual PSOs are on duty, including any determination by the PSO 
regarding species identification, distance, and bearing and the degree 
of confidence in the determination.
    (iii) Survey activity may continue for brief periods of time if the 
PAM system malfunctions or is damaged. Activity may continue for 30 
minutes without PAM while the PAM operator diagnoses the issue. If the 
diagnosis indicates that the PAM system must be repaired to solve the 
problem, operations may continue for an additional two hours without 
acoustic monitoring under the following conditions:
    (A) Daylight hours and sea state is less than or equal to Beaufort 
sea state 4;
    (B) No marine mammals (excluding small delphinids) detected solely 
by PAM in the exclusion zone in the previous two hours;
    (C) NMFS is notified via email as soon as practicable with the time 
and location in which operations began without an active PAM system; 
and
    (D) Operations with an active acoustic source, but without an 
operating PAM system, do not exceed a cumulative total of four hours in 
any 24 hour period.
    (e) Exclusion Zone and buffer zone--PSOs shall establish and 
monitor a 500 m exclusion zone (EZ) and 1,000 m buffer zone. The zones 
shall be based upon radial distance from any element of the airgun 
array (rather than being based on the center of the array or around the 
vessel itself). During use of the acoustic source, occurrence of marine 
mammals outside the EZ but within 1,000 m from any element of the 
airgun array shall be communicated to the operator to prepare for 
potential further mitigation measures as described below. During use of 
the acoustic source, occurrence of marine mammals within the EZ, or on 
a course to enter the EZ, shall trigger further mitigation measures as 
described below.
    (i) Ramp-up--A ramp-up procedure, involving a step-wise increase in 
the number of airguns firing and total array volume until all 
operational airguns are activated and the full volume is achieved, is 
required at all times as part of the activation of the acoustic source. 
Ramp-up shall begin by activating a single airgun of the smallest 
volume in the array and shall continue in stages by doubling the number 
of active elements at the commencement of each stage, with each stage 
of approximately the same duration.
    (ii) If the airgun array has been powered down or shut down due to 
a marine mammal detection, ramp-up shall not occur until all marine 
mammals have cleared the EZ. A marine mammal is considered to have 
cleared the EZ if:

[[Page 34380]]

    (A) It has been visually observed to have left the EZ
    (B) It has not been observed within the EZ, for 15 minutes (in the 
case of small odontocetes) or for 30 minutes (in the case of mysticetes 
and large odontocetes including sperm, pygmy sperm, dwarf sperm, and 
beaked whales).
    (iii) Thirty minutes of pre-clearance observation of the 500 m EZ 
and 1,000 m buffer zone are required prior to ramp-up for any power 
down or shutdown of longer than 30 minutes. This pre-clearance period 
may occur during any vessel activity. If any marine mammal (including 
delphinids) is observed within or approaching the 500 m EZ during the 
30 minute pre-clearance period, ramp-up may not begin until the 
animal(s) has been observed exiting the buffer zone or until an 
additional time period has elapsed with no further sightings (i.e., 15 
minutes for small odontocetes and 30 minutes for all other species).
    (iv) During ramp-up, PSOs shall monitor the 500 m EZ and 1,000 m 
buffer zone. Ramp-up may not be initiated if any marine mammal 
(including delphinids) is observed within or approaching the 500 m EZ. 
If a marine mammal is observed within or approaching the 500 m EZ 
during ramp-up, a power down or shutdown shall be implemented as though 
the full array were operational. Ramp-up may not begin again until the 
animal(s) has been observed exiting the 500 m EZ or until an additional 
time period has elapsed with no further sightings (i.e., 15 minutes for 
small odontocetes and 30 minutes for all other species).
    (v) If the airgun array has been shut down for reasons other than 
mitigation (e.g., mechanical difficulty) for a period of less than 30 
minutes, it may be activated again without ramp-up if PSOs have 
maintained constant visual and acoustic observation and no visual 
detections of any marine mammal have occurred within the buffer zone 
and no acoustic detections have occurred.
    (vi) Ramp-up shall only occur at night and at times of poor 
visibility where operational planning cannot reasonably avoid such 
circumstances. Ramp-up may occur at night and during poor visibility if 
the 500 m EZ and 1,000 m buffer zone have been continually monitored by 
visual PSOs for 30 minutes prior to ramp-up with no marine mammal 
detections and if acoustic monitoring has occurred for 30 minutes prior 
to ramp-up with no acoustic detections during that period.
    (vii) The vessel operator must notify a designated PSO of the 
planned start of ramp-up as agreed-upon with the lead PSO; the 
notification time should not be less than 60 minutes prior to the 
planned ramp-up. A designated PSO must be notified again immediately 
prior to initiating ramp-up procedures and the operator must receive 
confirmation from the PSO to proceed.
    (f) Power Down Requirements--UH shall power-down the airgun array 
if a PSO detects a marine mammal within, approaching, or entering the 
500 m EZ. A power down involves a decrease in the number of operational 
airguns. During a power down, one 100-in \3\ airgun shall be 
continuously operated.
    (i) Any PSO on duty has the authority to call for power down of the 
airgun array (visual PSOs on duty should be in agreement on the need 
for power down before requiring such action). When there is certainty 
regarding the need for mitigation action on the basis of either visual 
or acoustic detection alone, the relevant PSO(s) must call for such 
action immediately.
    (ii) When both visual and acoustic PSOs are on duty, all detections 
must be immediately communicated to the remainder of the on-duty PSO 
team for potential verification of visual observations by the acoustic 
PSO or of acoustic detections by visual PSOs and initiation of dialogue 
as necessary.
    (iii) The operator must establish and maintain clear lines of 
communication directly between PSOs on duty and crew controlling the 
airgun array to ensure that power down commands are conveyed swiftly 
while allowing PSOs to maintain watch.
    (iv) When power down is called for by a PSO, the power down must 
occur and any dispute resolved only following power down.
    (v) The power down requirement is waived for dolphins of the 
following genera: Steno, Tursiops, Stenella and Lagenodelphis. The 
power down waiver only applies if animals are traveling, including 
approaching the vessel. If animals are stationary and the vessel 
approaches the animals, the power down requirement applies. If there is 
uncertainty regarding identification (i.e., whether the observed 
animal(s) belongs to the group described above) or whether the animals 
are traveling, power down must be implemented.
    (vi) Upon implementation of a power down, the source may be 
reactivated under the conditions described at 4(e)(vi). Where there is 
no relevant zone (e.g., shutdown due to observation of a calf), a 30-
minute clearance period must be observed following the last observation 
of the animal(s).
    (vii) Power down of the acoustic source is required upon 
observation of a whale (i.e., sperm whale or any baleen whale) with 
calf at any distance, with ``calf'' defined as an animal less than two-
thirds the body size of an adult observed to be in close association 
with an adult.
    (viii) Power down of the acoustic source is required upon 
observation of an aggregation (i.e., six or more animals) of large 
whales of any species (i.e., sperm whale or any baleen whale) that does 
not appear to be traveling (e.g., feeding, socializing, etc.).
    (ix) When only the acoustic PSO is on duty and a detection is made, 
if there is uncertainty regarding species identification or distance to 
the vocalizing animal(s), the airgun array must be powered down as a 
precaution.
    (g) Shutdown requirements--An exclusion zone of 100 m for the 
single 100-in\3\ airgun shall be established and monitored by PSOs. If 
a marine mammal is observed within, entering, or approaching the 100 m 
exclusion zone for the single 100-in\3\ airgun, whether during 
implementation of a power down or during operation of the full airgun 
array, all airguns including the 100-in\3\ airgun shall be shut down.
    (i) Upon implementation of a shutdown, the source may be 
reactivated under the conditions described at 4(e).
    (ii) Measures described for power downs under 4(f)(i-v) shall also 
apply in the case of a shutdown.
    (h) Vessel Strike Avoidance--Vessel operator and crew must maintain 
a vigilant watch for all marine mammals and slow down or stop the 
vessel or alter course, as appropriate, to avoid striking any marine 
mammal. A visual observer aboard the vessel must monitor a vessel 
strike avoidance zone around the vessel according to the parameters 
stated below. Visual observers monitoring the vessel strike avoidance 
zone can be either third-party observers or crew members, but crew 
members responsible for these duties must be provided sufficient 
training to distinguish marine mammals from other phenomena.
    (i) The vessel must maintain a minimum separation distance of 100 m 
from large whales. The following avoidance measures must be taken if a 
large whale is within 100 m of the vessel:
    (A) The vessel must reduce speed and shift the engine to neutral, 
and must not engage the engines until the whale has moved outside of 
the vessel's path and the minimum separation distance has been 
established.
    (B) If the vessel is stationary, the vessel must not engage engines 
until the whale(s) has moved out of the vessel's path and beyond 100 m.

[[Page 34381]]

    (ii) The vessel must maintain a minimum separation distance of 50 m 
from all other marine mammals, with an exception made for animals 
described in 4(g)(v) that approach the vessel. If an animal is 
encountered during transit, the vessel shall attempt to remain parallel 
to the animal's course, avoiding excessive speed or abrupt changes in 
course.
    (iii) Vessel speeds must be reduced to 10 knots or less when 
mother/calf pairs, pods, or large assemblages of cetaceans are observed 
near the vessel.
    (i) Miscellaneous Protocols
    (i) The airgun array must be deactivated when not acquiring data or 
preparing to acquire data, except as necessary for testing. Unnecessary 
use of the acoustic source shall be avoided. Notified operational 
capacity (not including redundant backup airguns) must not be exceeded 
during the survey, except where unavoidable for source testing and 
calibration purposes. All occasions where activated source volume 
exceeds notified operational capacity must be noticed to the PSO(s) on 
duty and fully documented. The lead PSO must be granted access to 
relevant instrumentation documenting acoustic source power and/or 
operational volume.
    (ii) Testing of the acoustic source involving all elements requires 
normal mitigation protocols (e.g., ramp-up). Testing limited to 
individual source elements or strings does not require ramp-up but does 
require pre-clearance.
    5. Monitoring Requirements
    The holder of this Authorization is required to conduct marine 
mammal monitoring during survey activity. Monitoring shall be conducted 
in accordance with the following requirements:
    (a) The operator must provide bigeye binoculars (e.g., 25x150; 2.7 
view angle; individual ocular focus; height control) of appropriate 
quality (i.e., Fujinon or equivalent) solely for PSO use. These shall 
be pedestal-mounted on the deck at the most appropriate vantage point 
that provides for optimal sea surface observation, PSO safety, and safe 
operation of the vessel. The operator must also provide a night-vision 
device suited for the marine environment for use during nighttime ramp-
up pre-clearance, at the discretion of the PSOs. At minimum, the device 
should feature automatic brightness and gain control, bright light 
protection, infrared illumination, and optics suited for low-light 
situations.
    (b) PSOs must also be equipped with reticle binoculars (e.g., 7x50) 
of appropriate quality (i.e., Fujinon or equivalent), GPS, digital 
single-lens reflex camera of appropriate quality (i.e., Canon or 
equivalent), compass, and any other tools necessary to adequately 
perform necessary tasks, including accurate determination of distance 
and bearing to observed marine mammals.
    (c) PSO Qualifications
    (i) PSOs must have successfully completed relevant training, 
including completion of all required coursework and passing a written 
and/or oral examination developed for the training program.
    (ii) PSOs must have successfully attained a bachelor's degree from 
an accredited college or university with a major in one of the natural 
sciences and a minimum of 30 semester hours or equivalent in the 
biological sciences and at least one undergraduate course in math or 
statistics. The educational requirements may be waived if the PSO has 
acquired the relevant skills through alternate experience. Requests for 
such a waiver must include written justification. Alternate experience 
that may be considered includes, but is not limited to (1) secondary 
education and/or experience comparable to PSO duties; (2) previous work 
experience conducting academic, commercial, or government-sponsored 
marine mammal surveys; or (3) previous work experience as a PSO; the 
PSO should demonstrate good standing and consistently good performance 
of PSO duties.
    (d) Data Collection--PSOs must use standardized data forms, whether 
hard copy or electronic. PSOs shall record detailed information about 
any implementation of mitigation requirements, including the distance 
of animals to the acoustic source and description of specific actions 
that ensued, the behavior of the animal(s), any observed changes in 
behavior before and after implementation of mitigation, and if shutdown 
was implemented, the length of time before any subsequent ramp-up of 
the acoustic source to resume survey. If required mitigation was not 
implemented, PSOs should submit a description of the circumstances. We 
require that, at a minimum, the following information be reported:
    (i) PSO names and affiliations
    (ii) Dates of departures and returns to port with port name
    (iii) Dates and times (Greenwich Mean Time) of survey effort and 
times corresponding with PSO effort
    (iv) Vessel location (latitude/longitude) when survey effort begins 
and ends; vessel location at beginning and end of visual PSO duty 
shifts
    (v) Vessel heading and speed at beginning and end of visual PSO 
duty shifts and upon any line change
    (vi) Environmental conditions while on visual survey (at beginning 
and end of PSO shift and whenever conditions change significantly), 
including wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea state, Beaufort wind 
force, swell height, weather conditions, cloud cover, sun glare, and 
overall visibility to the horizon
    (vii) Factors that may be contributing to impaired observations 
during each PSO shift change or as needed as environmental conditions 
change (e.g., vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions)
    (viii) Survey activity information, such as acoustic source power 
output while in operation, number and volume of airguns operating in 
the array, tow depth of the array, and any other notes of significance 
(i.e., pre-ramp-up survey, ramp-up, shutdown, testing, shooting, ramp-
up completion, end of operations, streamers, etc.)
    (ix) If a marine mammal is sighted, the following information 
should be recorded:
    (A) Watch status (sighting made by PSO on/off effort, 
opportunistic, crew, alternate vessel/platform)
    (B) PSO who sighted the animal
    (C) Time of sighting
    (D) Vessel location at time of sighting
    (E) Water depth
    (F) Direction of vessel's travel (compass direction)
    (G) Direction of animal's travel relative to the vessel
    (H) Pace of the animal
    (I) Estimated distance to the animal and its heading relative to 
vessel at initial sighting
    (J) Identification of the animal (e.g., genus/species, lowest 
possible taxonomic level, or unidentified); also note the composition 
of the group if there is a mix of species
    (K) Estimated number of animals (high/low/best)
    (L) Estimated number of animals by cohort (adults, yearlings, 
juveniles, calves, group composition, etc.)
    (M) Description (as many distinguishing features as possible of 
each individual seen, including length, shape, color, pattern, scars or 
markings, shape and size of dorsal fin, shape of head, and blow 
characteristics)
    (N) Detailed behavior observations (e.g., number of blows, number 
of surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving, feeding, traveling; as 
explicit and detailed as possible; note any observed changes in 
behavior)
    (O) Animal's closest point of approach (CPA) and/or closest 
distance from the center point of the acoustic source;
    (P) Platform activity at time of sighting (e.g., deploying, 
recovering,

[[Page 34382]]

testing, shooting, data acquisition, other)
    (Q) Description of any actions implemented in response to the 
sighting (e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up, speed or course alteration, 
etc.); time and location of the action should also be recorded
    (x) If a marine mammal is detected while using the PAM system, the 
following information should be recorded:
    (A) An acoustic encounter identification number, and whether the 
detection was linked with a visual sighting
    (B) Time when first and last heard
    (C) Types and nature of sounds heard (e.g., clicks, whistles, 
creaks, burst pulses, continuous, sporadic, strength of signal, etc.)
    (D) Any additional information recorded such as water depth of the 
hydrophone array, bearing of the animal to the vessel (if 
determinable), species or taxonomic group (if determinable), and any 
other notable information.
    6. Reporting
    (a) UH shall submit a draft comprehensive report on all activities 
and monitoring results within 90 days of the completion of the survey 
or expiration of the IHA, whichever comes sooner. The report must 
describe all activities conducted and sightings of marine mammals near 
the activities, must provide full documentation of methods, results, 
and interpretation pertaining to all monitoring, and must summarize the 
dates and locations of survey operations and all marine mammal 
sightings (dates, times, locations, activities, associated survey 
activities). Geospatial data regarding locations where the acoustic 
source was used must be provided as an ESRI shapefile with all 
necessary files and appropriate metadata. In addition to the report, 
all raw observational data shall be made available to NMFS. The report 
must summarize the data collected as required under condition 5(d) of 
this IHA. The draft report must be accompanied by a certification from 
the lead PSO as to the accuracy of the report, and the lead PSO may 
submit directly to NMFS a statement concerning implementation and 
effectiveness of the required mitigation and monitoring. A final report 
must be submitted within 30 days following resolution of any comments 
from NMFS on the draft report.
    (b) Reporting injured or dead marine mammals:
    (i) In the event that the specified activity clearly causes the 
take of a marine mammal in a manner not prohibited by this IHA (if 
issued), such as serious injury or mortality, UH shall immediately 
cease the specified activities and immediately report the incident to 
NMFS. The report must include the following information:
    (A) Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
    (B) Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
    (C) Description of the incident;
    (D) Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the 
incident;
    (E) Water depth;
    (F) Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction, 
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
    (G) Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours 
preceding the incident;
    (H) Species identification or description of the animal(s) 
involved;
    (I) Fate of the animal(s); and
    (J) Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
    Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the 
circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS will work with UH to 
determine what measures are necessary to minimize the likelihood of 
further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. UH may not resume 
their activities until notified by NMFS.
    (ii) In the event that UH discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead observer determines that the cause of the injury 
or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (e.g., in less 
than a moderate state of decomposition), UH shall immediately report 
the incident to NMFS. The report must include the same information 
identified in condition 6(b)(i) of this IHA. Activities may continue 
while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS will work 
with UH to determine whether additional mitigation measures or 
modifications to the activities are appropriate.
    (iii) In the event that UH discovers an injured or dead marine 
mammal, and the lead observer determines that the injury or death is 
not associated with or related to the specified activities (e.g., 
previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced 
decomposition, or scavenger damage), UH shall report the incident to 
NMFS within 24 hours of the discovery. UH shall provide photographs or 
video footage or other documentation of the sighting to NMFS.
    7. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if 
the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein, or if 
NMFS determines the authorized taking is having more than a negligible 
impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals.

Request for Public Comments

    We request comment on our analyses, the draft authorization, and 
any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for the proposed 
seismic survey by UH. Please include with your comments any supporting 
data or literature citations to help inform our final decision on the 
request for MMPA authorization.

    Dated: July 19, 2017.
Catherine Marzin,
Acting Deputy Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine 
Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2017-15455 Filed 7-21-17; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 3510-22-P



                                                   34352                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                   DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE                                   information or otherwise sensitive or                 National Environmental Policy Act
                                                                                                            protected information.
                                                   National Oceanic and Atmospheric                                                                                  To comply with the National
                                                                                                            FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:                      Environmental Policy Act of 1969
                                                   Administration                                           Jordan Carduner, Office of Protected                  (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and
                                                   RIN 0648–XF330                                           Resources, NMFS, (301) 427–8401.                      NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)
                                                                                                            Electronic copies of the application and              216–6A, NMFS must review our
                                                   Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental                       supporting documents, as well as a list               proposed action (i.e., the issuance of an
                                                   To Specified Activities; Taking Marine                   of the references cited in this document,             incidental harassment authorization)
                                                   Mammals Incidental to a Geophysical                      may be obtained online at:                            with respect to potential impacts on the
                                                   Survey in the Central Pacific Ocean                      www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/                         human environment. Accordingly,
                                                   AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries                       incidental/research.htm. In case of                   NMFS is preparing an Environmental
                                                   Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and                     problems accessing these documents,                   Assessment (EA) to consider the
                                                   Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),                       please call the contact listed above.                 environmental impacts associated with
                                                   Commerce.                                                SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                            the issuance of the proposed IHA.
                                                   ACTION: Notice; proposed incidental                                                                            NMFS’ EA is available at
                                                                                                            Background                                            www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
                                                   harassment authorization; request for
                                                   comments.                                                   Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the               incidental/research.htm. We will review
                                                                                                            MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct                  all comments submitted in response to
                                                   SUMMARY:    NMFS has received a request                  the Secretary of Commerce (as delegated               this notice prior to concluding our
                                                   from the University of Hawaii (UH) for                   to NMFS) to allow, upon request, the                  NEPA process or making a final
                                                   authorization to take marine mammals                     incidental, but not intentional, taking of            decision on the IHA request.
                                                   incidental to a marine geophysical                       small numbers of marine mammals by                    Summary of Request
                                                   survey in the Central Pacific Ocean.                     U.S. citizens who engage in a specified
                                                   Pursuant to the Marine Mammal                            activity (other than commercial fishing)                On March 15, 2016, NMFS received a
                                                   Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is                           within a specified geographical region if             request from the UH for an IHA to take
                                                   requesting comments on its proposal to                   certain findings are made and either                  marine mammals incidental to
                                                   issue an incidental harassment                           regulations are issued or, if the taking is           conducting a marine geophysical survey
                                                   authorization (IHA) to incidentally take                 limited to harassment, a notice of a                  in the Central Pacific Ocean. On May
                                                   marine mammals during the specified                      proposed authorization is provided to                 16, 2017, we deemed UH’s application
                                                   activities. NMFS will consider public                    the public for review.                                for authorization to be adequate and
                                                   comments prior to making any final                          An authorization for incidental                    complete. UH’s request is for take of a
                                                   decision on the issuance of the                          takings shall be granted if NMFS finds                small number of 24 species of marine
                                                   requested MMPA authorization and                         that the taking will have a negligible                mammals by Level B harassment and
                                                   agency responses will be summarized in                   impact on the species or stock(s), will               Level A harassment. Neither UH nor
                                                   the final notice of our decision.                        not have an unmitigable adverse impact                NMFS expects mortality to result from
                                                   DATES: Comments and information must                     on the availability of the species or                 this activity, and, therefore, an IHA is
                                                   be received no later than August 23,                     stock(s) for subsistence uses (where                  appropriate. The planned activity is not
                                                   2017.                                                    relevant), and if the permissible                     expected to exceed one year, hence, we
                                                                                                            methods of taking and requirements                    do not expect subsequent MMPA
                                                   ADDRESSES:   Comments should be                                                                                incidental harassment authorizations
                                                   addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief,                      pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
                                                                                                            and reporting of such takings are set                 would be issued for this particular
                                                   Permits and Conservation Division,                                                                             activity.
                                                   Office of Protected Resources, National                  forth.
                                                   Marine Fisheries Service. Physical                          NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible                      Description of Proposed Activity
                                                   comments should be sent to 1315 East-                    impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact
                                                                                                            resulting from the specified activity that            Overview
                                                   West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910
                                                   and electronic comments should be sent                   cannot be reasonably expected to, and is                UH, in collaboration with the Japan
                                                   to ITP.Carduner@noaa.gov.                                not reasonably likely to, adversely affect            Agency for Marine-Earth Science and
                                                      Instructions: NMFS is not responsible                 the species or stock through effects on               Technology (JAMSTEC), proposes to
                                                   for comments sent by any other method,                   annual rates of recruitment or survival.              conduct a marine seismic survey north
                                                   to any other address or individual, or                      The MMPA states that the term ‘‘take’’             of Hawaii in the Central Pacific Ocean
                                                   received after the end of the comment                    means to harass, hunt, capture, kill or               over the course of five and a half days
                                                   period. Comments received                                attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill             in September 2017. The proposed
                                                   electronically, including all                            any marine mammal.                                    survey would occur north of the
                                                   attachments, must not exceed a 25-                          Except with respect to certain                     Hawaiian Islands, in the approximate
                                                   megabyte file size. Attachments to                       activities not pertinent here, the MMPA               area 22.6–25.0° N. and 153.5–157.4° W.
                                                   electronic comments will be accepted in                  defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of                 (See Figure 1 in IHA application). The
                                                   Microsoft Word or Excel or Adobe PDF                     pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)              project area is partly within the
                                                   file formats only. All comments                          has the potential to injure a marine                  exclusive economic zone (EEZ) of the
                                                   received are a part of the public record                 mammal or marine mammal stock in the                  United States and partly in adjacent
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   and will generally be posted online at                   wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has                international waters. Water depths in
                                                   www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/                            the potential to disturb a marine                     the area range from 4000 to 5000 m. The
                                                   incidental/research.htm without                          mammal or marine mammal stock in the                  survey would involve one source vessel,
                                                   change. All personal identifying                         wild by causing disruption of behavioral              the Japan-flagged R/V (research vessel)
                                                   information (e.g., name, address)                        patterns, including, but not limited to,              Kairei. The Kairei would deploy a 32-
                                                   voluntarily submitted by the commenter                   migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,              airgun array with a total volume of
                                                   may be publicly accessible. Do not                       feeding, or sheltering (Level B                       ∼7800 cubic inches (in3) as an energy
                                                   submit confidential business                             harassment).                                          source.


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices                                               34353

                                                   Dates and Duration                                       the seafloor and generally consists of a                 and airgun array would then be
                                                     The seismic survey would be carried                    steel cylinder that is charged with high-                deployed, and seismic operations would
                                                   out for approximately five and a half                    pressure air. Release of the compressed                  commence. After completion of seismic
                                                   days, including three and half days                      air into the water column generates a                    operations, the OBSs would be
                                                   within the Hawaiian Islands EEZ and                      signal that reflects (or refracts) off the               recovered by UH via a separate vessel;
                                                                                                            seafloor and/or subsurface layers having                 the recovery cruise would be funded by
                                                   two days in international waters. The
                                                                                                            acoustic impedance contrast. When                        the National Science Foundation.
                                                   survey would start on approximately
                                                                                                            fired, a brief (∼0.1 second) pulse of                       Survey protocols generally involve a
                                                   September 15, 2017. Exact dates of the                                                                            predetermined set of survey, or track,
                                                   activities are not known as they are                     sound is emitted by all airguns nearly
                                                                                                            simultaneously. The airguns are silent                   lines. The seismic acquisition vessel
                                                   dependent on logistics and weather                                                                                (source vessel) travels down a linear
                                                   conditions. Seismic activities would                     during the intervening periods with the
                                                                                                            array typically fired on a fixed distance                track for some distance until a line of
                                                   occur 24 hours per day during the                                                                                 data is acquired, then turn and acquire
                                                   proposed survey.                                         (or shot point) interval. The return
                                                                                                            signal is recorded by a listening device                 data on a different track. In the case of
                                                   Specific Geographic Region                               and later analyzed with computer                         the proposed survey, the two shorter
                                                                                                            interpretation and mapping systems                       north-south lines would each be
                                                      The survey would encompass the
                                                                                                            used to depict the subsurface.                           surveyed once, while the longer west-
                                                   approximate area 22.6–25.0° N. and
                                                                                                               The airgun array to be used would                     east line would be surveyed twice (see
                                                   153.5–157.4° W. in the central Pacific                                                                            Figure 1 in the IHA application).
                                                   Ocean north of Hawaii, partly within                     consist of 32 Bolt Annular Port airguns,
                                                                                                            with a total volume of ∼7800 in3. The                       In addition to the operations of the
                                                   the Hawaiian Islands EEZ and partly in                                                                            airgun array, a SeaBeam 3012
                                                   international waters. Water depth in the                 airguns would be configured as four
                                                                                                            identical linear arrays or ‘‘strings’’ (See              multibeam echosounder (MBES) would
                                                   survey area ranges from approximately                                                                             also be operated from the Kairei
                                                   4000 to 5000 m. Representative survey                    Figure 2 in the IHA application for a
                                                                                                            visual representation of the strings).                   continuously throughout the survey.
                                                   track lines are shown in Figure 1 in the                                                                          The MBES would operate at 12 kilohertz
                                                   IHA application. However, some                           Each string would have 8 airguns; the
                                                                                                            first and last airguns in the strings                    (kHz) and would be hull-mounted on
                                                   deviation in actual track lines could be                                                                          the Kairei. The transmitting beamwidth
                                                   necessary for reasons such as poor data                  would be spaced 10 m apart. All 8
                                                                                                            airguns in each string would be fired                    of the MBES would be 2° fore–aft and
                                                   quality, inclement weather, or                                                                                    150° (max.) athwartship, or 120° (in
                                                   mechanical issues with the research                      simultaneously. The 4 airgun strings
                                                                                                            would be towed behind the Kairei and                     water up to 4500 m deep), and 100° (in
                                                   vessel and/or equipment. The Kairei                                                                               water up to 8000 m).
                                                   would likely depart from Honolulu,                       would be distributed across an area ∼40
                                                                                                            m × 10 m. The shot interval would be                        Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and
                                                   Hawaii and return to Honolulu.                                                                                    reporting measures are described in
                                                                                                            ∼22 seconds. The firing pressure of the
                                                   Detailed Description of Specific Activity                array would be ∼2000 psi. During firing,                 detail later in this document (please see
                                                                                                            a brief (∼0.1 s) pulse of sound would be                 ‘‘Proposed Mitigation’’ and ‘‘Proposed
                                                      Conventional seismic methodology                                                                               Monitoring and Reporting’’).
                                                   would be used to image a typical/stable                  emitted. The airguns would be silent
                                                   oceanic crust, mantle, and the boundary                  during the intervening periods. The                      Description of Marine Mammals in the
                                                   between the Earth’s crust and the                        array would be towed at a depth of 10                    Area of Specified Activities
                                                   mantle (called the Mohorovičić                         m. It is expected that the aigun array                      Section 4 of the application
                                                   discontinuity (Moho)). The data                          would be active 24 hours per day during                  summarizes available information
                                                   obtained from the survey would be used                   seismic activities. Specifications of the                regarding status and trends, distribution
                                                   to help better inform and further refine                 Kairei’s airgun array are shown in Table                 and habitat preferences, and behavior
                                                   planning efforts for a proposed ‘‘Project                1. Source levels of the Kairei’s airgun                  and life history, of the potentially
                                                   Mohole’’ under consideration for                         array are shown in Table 6.                              affected species. Additional information
                                                   scheduling by the International Ocean                                                                             regarding population trends and threats
                                                   Discovery Program (IODP). The total                      TABLE 1—SPECIFICATIONS OF THE R/V                        may be found in NMFS’ Stock
                                                   survey effort would consist of ∼1083                            KAIREI AIRGUN ARRAY                               Assessment Reports (SAR;
                                                   kilometers (km) of transect lines (Figure                                                                         www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/sars/), and more
                                                   1 in IHA application).                                   Number of airguns ....         32.                       general information about these species
                                                      The R/V Kairei has a length of 106.0                  Tow depth of energy            10 meters (m).            (e.g., physical and behavioral
                                                                                                              source.
                                                   meters (m), a beam of 16.0 m, and a                                                                               descriptions) may be found on NMFS’
                                                                                                            Dominant frequency             2–120 Hz.
                                                   maximum draft of 4.7 m. Its propulsion                     components.                                            Web site (www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/
                                                   system consists of two diesel engines,                   Total volume .............     ∼7800 in.3                species/mammals/).
                                                   each producing 2206 kW, which drive                      Pulse duration ...........     ∼0.1 second.                 Table 2 lists all species with expected
                                                   the two propellers at 600 revolutions                    Shot interval ..............   ∼22 seconds.              potential for occurrence in the central
                                                   per minute (rpm). The operation speed                                                                             Pacific Ocean and summarizes
                                                   during seismic acquisition would be                        The receiving system would consist of                  information related to the population or
                                                   ∼8.3 km/hour (∼4.5 knots (kn)). When                     one 6 km long hydrophone streamer and                    stock, including regulatory status under
                                                   not towing seismic survey gear, the                      ocean bottom seismometers (OBSs). As                     the MMPA and ESA and potential
                                                   Kairei typically cruises at 30 km/hour                   the airgun array is towed along the                      biological removal (PBR), where known.
                                                   (∼16.2 kn) and has a range of ∼18,000
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                            survey lines, the hydrophone streamer                    For taxonomy, we follow Committee on
                                                   km.                                                      would receive the returning acoustic                     Taxonomy (2016). PBR is defined by the
                                                      During the survey, the Kairei would                   signals and transfer the data to the on-                 MMPA as the maximum number of
                                                   deploy an airgun array (i.e., a certain                  board processing system. The OBSs                        animals, not including natural
                                                   number of airguns of varying sizes in a                  would record the returning acoustic                      mortalities, that may be removed from a
                                                   certain arrangement) as an energy                        signals internally for later analysis.                   marine mammal stock while allowing
                                                   source (Table 1). An airgun is a device                  Upon arrival at the survey area, two                     that stock to reach or maintain its
                                                   used to emit acoustic energy pulses into                 OBSs would be deployed. The streamer                     optimum sustainable population (as


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00003    Fmt 4701     Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                   34354                             Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                   described in NMFS’ SARs). While no                           the total number of individuals that                         extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed
                                                   mortality is anticipated or authorized                       make up a given stock or the total                           stocks in this region are assessed in
                                                   here, PBR and annual serious injury and                      number estimated within a particular                         NMFS’ U.S. Pacific SARs (e.g., Carretta
                                                   mortality from anthropogenic sources                         study or survey area. NMFS’ stock                            et al. 2017). All values presented in
                                                   are included here as gross indicators of                     abundance estimates for most species                         Table 2 are the most recent available at
                                                   the status of the species and other                          represent the total estimate of                              the time of publication and are available
                                                   threats.                                                     individuals within the geographic area,                      in the 2016 SARs (Carretta et al. 2017),
                                                     Marine mammal abundance estimates                          if known, that comprises that stock. For                     available online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/
                                                   presented in this document represent                         some species, this geographic area may                       pr/sars, except where noted otherwise.

                                                                                      TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD OCCUR IN THE PROJECT AREA
                                                                                                                         ESA/MMPA              Stock abundance 2                                           Relative
                                                                                                                           status;              (CV, Nmin, most               PBR 4
                                                                    Species                             Stock                                                                                           occurrence in
                                                                                                                          strategic            recent abundance                                          project area
                                                                                                                           (Y/N) 1                  survey) 3

                                                                                             Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Mysticeti (baleen whales)
                                                                                                                              Family: Balaenopteridae
                                                   Humpback whale (Megaptera                  Central North Pa-          -/-; N .......   10,103 (0.300; 7,890;             83 .........    Seasonal; throughout known breed-
                                                     novaeangliae) 5.                           cific.                                      2006).                                            ing grounds during winter and
                                                                                                                                                                                              spring (most common November
                                                                                                                                                                                              through April).
                                                   Blue whale (Balaenoptera                   Central North Pa-          E/D; Y ....      81 (1.14; 38; 2010) ..........    0.1 ........    Seasonal; infrequent winter migrant;
                                                     musculus).                                 cific.                                                                                        few sightings, mainly fall and win-
                                                                                                                                                                                              ter; considered rare.
                                                   Fin whale (Balaenoptera                    Hawaii .................   E/D; Y ....      58 (1.12; 27; 2010) ..........    0.1 ........    Seasonal, mainly fall and winter;
                                                     physalus).                                                                                                                               considered rare.
                                                   Sei whale (Balaenoptera bore-              Hawaii .................   E/D; Y ....      178 (0.90; 93; 2010) ........     0.2 ........    Rare; limited sightings of seasonal
                                                     alis).                                                                                                                                   migrants that feed at higher lati-
                                                                                                                                                                                              tudes.
                                                   Bryde’s whale (Balaenoptera                Hawaii .................   -/-; N .......   798 (0.28; 633; 2010) ......      6.3 ........    Uncommon; distributed throughout
                                                     brydei/edeni).                                                                                                                           the Hawaiian Exclusive Economic
                                                                                                                                                                                              Zone.
                                                   Minke Whale (Balaenoptera                  Hawaii .................   -/-; N .......   n/a (n/a; n/a; 2010) ..........   Undet. ..       Seasonal, mainly fall and winter;
                                                     acutorostrata).                                                                                                                          considered rare.
                                                                          Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
                                                                                                                                Family: Physeteridae
                                                   Sperm whale (Physeter            Hawaii ................. E/D; Y .... 3,354 (0.34; 2,539; 2010) 10.2 ...... Widely distributed year round.
                                                     macrocephalus).
                                                                     Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
                                                                                                                                   Family: Kogiidae
                                                   Pygmy sperm       whale 6
                                                                        (Kogia                Hawaii .................   -/-; N .......   7,139 (2.91; n/a; 2006) ....      Undet. ..       Widely distributed year round.
                                                     breviceps).
                                                   Dwarf sperm whale 6 (Kogia                 Hawaii .................   -/-; N .......   17,519 (7.14; n/a; 2006) ..       Undet. ..       Widely distributed year round.
                                                     sima).
                                                                          Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
                                                                                                                                 Family: Delphinidae
                                                   Killer whale (Orcinus orca) ........       Hawaii .................   -/-; N .......   101 (1.00; 50; 2010) ........     1 ...........   Uncommon; infrequent sightings.
                                                   False killer whale (Pseudorca              Hawaii Pelagic ....        -/-; N .......   1,540 (0.66; 928; 2010) ...       9.3 ........    Regular.
                                                      crassidens).
                                                   Pygmy killer whale (Feresa                 Hawaii .................   -/-; N .......   3,433 (0.52; 2,274; 2010)         23 .........    Year-round resident.
                                                      attenuata).
                                                   Short-finned pilot whale                   Hawaii .................   -/-; N .......   12,422 (0.43; 8,872;              70 .........    Commonly observed around Main
                                                      (Globicephala macrorhynchus).                                                         2010).                                            Hawaiian Islands and North-
                                                                                                                                                                                              western Hawaiian Islands.
                                                   Melon headed whale                         Hawaiian Islands           -/-; N .......   5,794 (0.20; 4,904; 2010)         4 ...........   Regular.
                                                     (Peponocephala electra).
                                                   Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops               Hawaii pelagic .....       -/-; N .......   5,950 (0.59; 3,755; 2010)         38 .........    Common in deep offshore waters.
                                                     truncatus).
                                                   Pantropical spotted dolphin                Hawaii pelagic .....       -/-; N .......   15,917 (0.40; 11,508;             115 .......     Common; primary occurrence be-
                                                     (Stenella attenuata).                                                                  2010).                                            tween 100 and 4,000 m depth.
                                                   Striped dolphin (Stenella                  Hawaii .................   -/-; N .......   20,650 (0.36; 15,391;             154 .......     Occurs regularly year round but in-
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                     coeruleoala).                                                                          2010).                                            frequent sighting during survey.
                                                   Spinner dolphin 6 (Stenella                Hawaii pelagic .....       -/-; N .......   3,351 (0.74; n/a; 2006) ....      Undet. ..       Common year-round in offshore
                                                     longirostris).                                                                                                                           waters.
                                                   Rough-toothed dolphin (Steno               Hawaii .................   -/-; N .......   6,288 (0.39; 4,581; 2010)         46 .........    Common throughout the Main Ha-
                                                     bredanensis).                                                                                                                            waiian Islands and Hawaiian Is-
                                                                                                                                                                                              lands EEZ.
                                                   Fraser’s dolphin (Lagenodelphis            Hawaii .................   -/-; N .......   16,992 (0.66; 10,241;             102 .......     Tropical species only recently docu-
                                                     hosei).                                                                                2010).                                            mented within Hawaiian Islands
                                                                                                                                                                                              EEZ (2002 survey).



                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014     19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001    PO 00000    Frm 00004     Fmt 4701    Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM         24JYN2


                                                                                     Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices                                                         34355

                                                                              TABLE 2—MARINE MAMMALS THAT COULD OCCUR IN THE PROJECT AREA—Continued
                                                                                                                         ESA/MMPA              Stock abundance 2                                      Relative
                                                                                                                           status;              (CV, Nmin, most           PBR 4
                                                                    Species                             Stock                                                                                      occurrence in
                                                                                                                          strategic            recent abundance                                     project area
                                                                                                                           (Y/N) 1                  survey) 3

                                                   Risso’s dolphin (Grampus                   Hawaii .................   -/-; N .......   7,256 (0.41; 5,207; 2010)     42 .........   Previously considered rare but mul-
                                                     griseus).                                                                                                                           tiple sightings in Hawaiian Islands
                                                                                                                                                                                         EEZ during various surveys con-
                                                                                                                                                                                         ducted from 2002–2012.
                                                                          Order Cetartiodactyla—Cetacea—Superfamily Odontoceti (toothed whales, dolphins, and porpoises)
                                                                                                                                   Family: Ziphiidae
                                                   Cuvier’s beaked whale (Ziphius             Hawaii .................   -/-; N .......   1,941 (n/a; 1,142; 2010) ..   11.4 ......    Year-round occurrence but difficult
                                                     cavirostris).                                                                                                                       to detect due to diving behavior.
                                                   Blainville’s beaked whale                  Hawaii .................   -/-; N .......   2,338 (1.13; 1,088; 2010)     11 .........   Year-round occurrence but difficult
                                                     (Mesoplodon densirostris).                                                                                                          to detect due to diving behavior.
                                                   Longman’s beaked whale                     Hawaii .................   -/-; N .......   4,571 (0.65; 2,773; 2010)     28 .........   Considered rare; however, multiple
                                                     (Indopacetus pacificus).                                                                                                            sightings during 2010 survey.
                                                     1 Endangered Species Act (ESA) status: Endangered (E), Threatened (T)/MMPA status: Depleted (D). A dash (¥) indicates that the species is not listed under
                                                   the ESA or designated as depleted under the MMPA. Under the MMPA, a strategic stock is one for which the level of direct human-caused mortality exceeds PBR
                                                   (see footnote 3) or which is determined to be declining and likely to be listed under the ESA within the foreseeable future. Any species or stock listed under the
                                                   ESA is automatically designated under the MMPA as depleted and as a strategic stock.
                                                     2 Abundance estimates from Carretta et al. (2017) unless otherwise noted.
                                                     3 CV is coefficient of variation; N
                                                                                         min is the minimum estimate of stock abundance. In some cases, CV is not applicable. For certain stocks, abundance estimates
                                                   are actual counts of animals and there is no associated CV. The most recent abundance survey that is reflected in the abundance estimate is presented; there
                                                   may be more recent surveys that have not yet been incorporated into the estimate.
                                                     4 Potential biological removal (PBR), defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a
                                                   marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population size (OSP).
                                                     5 Values for humpback whale are from the 2015 Alaska SAR (Muto et al. 2015).
                                                     6 Values for spinner dolphin, dwarf and pygmy sperm whale are from Barlow et al. (2006).




                                                      All species that could potentially                        (Muto et al., 2015). Humpback whales                     and their movements tend to be more
                                                   occur in the proposed survey area are                        occur seasonally in Hawaii, with peak                    closely linked to areas of high primary
                                                   included in Table 2. We have reviewed                        sightings between December and May                       productivity, and hence prey, to meet
                                                   UH’s species descriptions, including life                    each year; however, sightings have                       their high energetic demands (Branch et
                                                   history information, distribution,                           occurred in other months in very low                     al. 2007). Generally, blue whales are
                                                   regional distribution, diving behavior,                      numbers. Most humpback whales                            seasonal migrants between high
                                                   and acoustics and hearing, for accuracy                      congregate off the island of Maui in the                 latitudes in the summer, where they
                                                   and completeness. We refer the reader                        shallow protected waters but can be                      feed, and low latitudes in the winter,
                                                   to Section 4 of UH’s IHA application,                        seen off all of the islands including the                where they mate and give birth (Lockyer
                                                   rather than reprinting the information                       Northwestern Hawaiian Islands (Baird                     and Brown 1981). Some individuals
                                                   here. Below, for the 24 species that are                     2016).                                                   may stay in low or high latitudes
                                                   likely to be taken by the activities                            Humpback whales were listed as                        throughout the year (Reilly and Thayer
                                                   described, we offer a brief introduction                     endangered under the Endangered                          1990; Watkins et al. 2000). Blue whales
                                                   to the species and relevant stock as well                    Species Conservation Act (ESCA) in                       belonging to the central Pacific stock
                                                   as available information regarding                           June 1970. In 1973, the ESA replaced                     appear to feed in summer southwest of
                                                   population trends and threats, and                           the ESCA, and humpbacks continued to                     Kamchatka, south of the Aleutians, and
                                                   describe any information regarding local                     be listed as endangered. NMFS recently                   in the Gulf of Alaska (Stafford 2003;
                                                   occurrence.                                                  evaluated the status of the species, and                 Watkins et al. 2000), and in winter
                                                                                                                on September 8, 2016, NMFS divided                       migrate to lower latitudes in the western
                                                   Humpback Whale
                                                                                                                the species into 14 distinct population                  and central Pacific, including Hawaii
                                                     Humpback whales are found                                  segments (DPS), removed the current                      (Stafford et al. 2001).
                                                   worldwide in all ocean basins. In                            species-level listing, and in its place
                                                   winter, most humpback whales occur in                        listed four DPSs as endangered and one                      From ship line-transect surveys, Wade
                                                   the subtropical and tropical waters of                       DPS as threatened (81 FR 62259;                          and Gerrodette (1993) estimated 1,400
                                                   the Northern and Southern Hemispheres                        September 8, 2016). The remaining nine                   blue whales for the eastern tropical
                                                   (Muto et al., 2015). These wintering                         DPSs were not listed. The Hawaii DPS                     Pacific. A 2010 shipboard line-transect
                                                   grounds are used for mating, giving                          is the only DPS that occurs in the survey                survey of the entire Hawaiian Islands
                                                   birth, and nursing new calves.                               area and is not listed under the ESA (81                 EEZ resulted in a summer/fall
                                                   Humpback whales migrate nearly 3,000                         FR 62259; September 8, 2016). The                        abundance estimate of 81 (CV = 1.14)
                                                   mi (4,830 km) from their winter                              Central North Pacific stock is still                     blue whales (Bradford et al. 2013). This
                                                   breeding grounds to their summer                             considered a depleted and strategic                      is currently the best available
                                                   foraging grounds in Alaska.                                  stock under the MMPA.                                    abundance estimate for this stock within
                                                                                                                                                                         the Hawaii EEZ, though the majority of
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                     There are five stocks of humpback
                                                   whales, one of which occurs in Hawaii:                       Blue Whale                                               blue whales would be expected to be at
                                                   The Central North Pacific Stock, which                         The blue whale has a cosmopolitan                      higher latitudes feeding grounds at this
                                                   consists of winter/spring populations in                     distribution and tends to be pelagic,                    time of year. Blue whales are listed as
                                                   the Hawaiian Islands, which migrate                          only coming nearshore to feed and                        endangered under the ESA, and the
                                                   primarily to northern British Columbia/                      possibly to breed (Jefferson et al. 2008).               Central North Pacific Stock of blue
                                                   Southeast Alaska, the Gulf of Alaska,                        Blue whale migration is less well                        whales is considered a depleted and
                                                   and the Bering Sea/Aleutian Islands                          defined than for some other rorquals,                    strategic stock under the MMPA.


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014     19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001    PO 00000    Frm 00005     Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM     24JYN2


                                                   34356                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                   Fin Whale                                                Bryde’s Whale                                         (Rankin et al. 2007). The minke whale
                                                      Fin whales are found throughout all                      The Bryde’s whale occurs in all                    is not listed under the ESA, and the
                                                   oceans from tropical to polar latitudes.                 tropical and warm temperate waters in                 Hawaii stock is not listed as depleted
                                                   They have been considered rare in                        the Pacific, Atlantic, and Indian oceans,             under the MMPA.
                                                   Hawaiian waters and are absent to rare                   between 40° N. and 40° S. (Kato and                   Sperm Whale
                                                   in eastern tropical Pacific waters                       Perrin 2009). Although there is a pattern                Sperm whales are widely distributed
                                                   (Hamilton et al. 2009). The fin whale                    of movement toward the Equator in the                 across the entire North Pacific and into
                                                   most commonly occurs offshore but can                    winter and the poles during the                       the southern Bering Sea in summer, but
                                                   also be found in coastal areas (Aguilar                  summer, Bryde’s whale does not                        the majority are thought to be south of
                                                   2009). Most populations migrate                          undergo long seasonal migrations,                     40° N. in winter (Rice 1974, 1989; Gosho
                                                   seasonally between temperate waters                      remaining in warm (>16 °C) water year-                et al. 1984; Miyashita et al. 1995). The
                                                   where mating and calving occur in                        round (Kato and Perrin 2009).                         Hawaii stock includes animals found
                                                   winter, and polar waters where feeding                      Bryde’s whales are known to occur in               both within the Hawaiian Islands EEZ
                                                   occurs in summer (Aguilar 2009).                         both shallow coastal and deeper                       and in adjacent high seas waters;
                                                   However, recent evidence suggests that                   offshore waters (Jefferson et al. 2008). In           however, because data on abundance,
                                                   some animals may remain at high                          Hawaii, Bryde’s whales are typically                  distribution, and human-caused impacts
                                                   latitudes in winter or low latitudes in                  seen offshore (e.g., Barlow et al. 2004;              are largely lacking for high seas waters,
                                                   summer (Edwards et al. 2015).                            Barlow 2006), but Hopkins et al. (2009)               the status of the Hawaii stock is
                                                      During spring and summer, fin whale                   reported a Bryde’s whale within 70 km                 evaluated based on data from U.S. EEZ
                                                   occurrence in Hawaii is considered rare                  of the Main Hawaiian Islands. During                  waters of the Hawaiian Islands (NMFS
                                                   (DoN 2005). There were 5 sightings of                    summer–fall surveys of the Hawaiian                   2005).
                                                   fin whales during summer–fall surveys                    Islands EEZ, 13 sightings were made in                   Sperm whales are widely distributed
                                                   in 2002, most to the northwest of the                    2002 (Barlow 2006) and 32 sightings                   in Hawaiian waters throughout the year
                                                   Main Hawaiian Islands (Barlow et al.                     were made during 2010 (Bradford et al.                (Mobley et al. 2000). During summer–
                                                   2004) and two sightings in the Hawaiian                  2013). Bryde’s whales were primarily                  fall surveys of the Hawaiian Islands
                                                   Islands EEZ during summer–fall 2010                      sighted in the western half of the                    EEZ, 43 sightings were made in 2002
                                                   (Bradford et al. 2013); there were no                    Hawaiian Islands EEZ, with the majority               (Barlow 2006) and 41 were made in
                                                   sightings in or near the proposed survey                 of sightings associated with the                      2010 (Bradford et al. 2013). Sightings
                                                   area (Carretta et al. 2015). Two                         Northwestern Hawaiian Islands; none                   were widely distributed across the EEZ
                                                   additional sightings in the EEZ were                     was made in or near the proposed                      during both surveys; numerous
                                                   made by observers on Hawaii-based                        survey area (Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow               sightings occurred in and adjacent to the
                                                   longline fishing vessels, including one                  2006; Bradford et al. 2013; Carretta et al.           proposed survey area (Barlow et al.
                                                   near the proposed survey area (Carretta                  2015). The Bryde’s whale is not listed                2004; Barlow 2006; Bradford et al.
                                                   et al. 2015). Fin whales are listed as                   under the ESA, and the Hawaii stock is                2013). Sperm whales are listed as
                                                   endangered under the ESA, and the                        not listed as depleted or strategic under             endangered under the ESA, and the
                                                   Hawaii stock of fin whales is considered                 the MMPA.                                             Hawaii stock is considered depleted and
                                                   depleted under the MMPA.                                                                                       strategic under the MMPA.
                                                                                                            Minke Whale
                                                   Sei Whale                                                   The minke whale has a cosmopolitan                 Pygmy Sperm Whale
                                                      The sei whale occurs in all ocean                     distribution ranging from the tropics                    Pygmy sperm whales are found in
                                                   basins (Horwood 2009) but appears to                     and subtropics to the ice edge in both                tropical and warm-temperate waters
                                                   prefer mid-latitude temperate waters                     hemispheres (Jefferson et al. 2008) and               throughout the world (Ross and
                                                   (Jefferson et al. 2008). It undertakes                   is thought to occur seasonally in                     Leatherwood 1994) and prefer deeper
                                                   seasonal migrations to feed in subpolar                  Hawaii, from November through March                   waters with observations of this species
                                                   latitudes during summer and returns to                   (Rankin and Barlow 2005), though their                in greater than 4,000 m depth (Baird et
                                                   lower latitudes during winter to calve                   migration routes or destinations are                  al., 2013). Sightings are rare of this
                                                   (Horwood 2009). The sei whale is                         unknown. While they are generally                     species. They are difficult to sight at sea,
                                                   pelagic and generally not found in                       believed to be uncommon in Hawaiian                   because of their dive behavior and
                                                   coastal waters (Harwood and Wilson                       waters, several studies using acoustic                perhaps because of their avoidance
                                                   2001). It occurs in deeper waters                        detections suggest that minke whales                  reactions to ships and behavior changes
                                                   characteristic of the continental shelf                  may be more common than previously                    in relation to survey aircraft (Würsig et
                                                   edge region (Hain et al. 1985) and in                    thought (Rankin et al. 2007; Oswald et                al. 1998). Both pygmy and dwarf sperm
                                                   other regions of steep bathymetric relief                al. 2011; Martin et al. 2012). Acoustic               whales are sighted primarily along the
                                                   such as seamounts and canyons                            detections have been recorded around                  continental shelf edge and slope and
                                                   (Kenney and Winn 1987; Gregr and                         the Hawaiian Islands during fall–spring               over deeper waters off the shelf (Hansen
                                                   Trites 2001).                                            surveys in 1997 and 2000–2006 (Rankin                 et al. 1994; Davis et al. 1998; Jefferson
                                                      Sei whales occur seasonally in Hawaii                 and Barlow 2005; Barlow et al. 2008;                  et al. 2008). There is a single stock of
                                                   in the winter and spring months and                      Rankin et al. 2008), and from seafloor                Pygmy sperm whales in Hawaii. Current
                                                   feed in higher latitude feeding grounds                  hydrophones positioned ∼50 km from                    abundance estimates for this stock are
                                                   in the summer and fall (Carretta et al.,                 the coast of Kauai during February–                   unknown. Pygmy sperm whales are not
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   2016). Sightings of this species are rare                April 2006 (Martin et al. 2012). Passive              listed as endangered or threatened
                                                   in Hawaii. The species stays offshore of                 acoustic detections of minke whales                   under the ESA, and the Hawaii stock is
                                                   the islands in deeper waters (Baird                      have been recorded at ALOHA station                   not considered strategic or designated as
                                                   2016). Sei whales are listed as                          (22.75° N., 158° W.) from October to                  depleted under the MMPA.
                                                   endangered under the ESA, and the                        May for decades (Oswald et al. 2011). A
                                                   Hawaii stock of sei whales is considered                 lack of sightings is likely related to                Dwarf Sperm Whale
                                                   a depleted and strategic stock under the                 misidentification or low detection                      Dwarf sperm whales are found
                                                   MMPA.                                                    capability in poor sighting conditions                throughout the world in tropical to


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices                                             34357

                                                   warm-temperate waters (Carretta et al.,                  temperate waters (Stacey et al. 1994). In             waters, ranging from 324 m to 4,400 m,
                                                   2014). They are usually found in waters                  the North Pacific, this species is well               with most sightings between 500 m and
                                                   deeper than 500 m, most often sighted                    known from southern Japan, Hawaii,                    3,000 m (Baird 2016). This stock forms
                                                   in depths between 500 and 1,000 m, but                   and the eastern tropical Pacific. The                 stable social groups, with average group
                                                   they have been documented in depths                      species generally inhabits deep, offshore             size of 18 individuals but may form
                                                   as shallow as 106 m and as deep as                       waters, but sometimes is found over the               large aggregations of close to 200
                                                   4,700 m (Baird 2016). This species is                    continental shelf and occasionally                    individuals (Baird 2016). Other research
                                                   often alone or in small groups of up to                  moves into very shallow water (Jefferson              suggests a larger average group size of
                                                   two to four individuals (Baird 2016).                    et al. 2008; Baird 2009).                             40.9 individuals (Bradford et al., 2017),
                                                   When there are more than two animals                        Telemetry, photo-identification, and               but most of these sightings were farther
                                                   together, they are often loosely                         genetic studies have identified three                 offshore in pelagic waters.
                                                   associated, with up to several hundred                   independent populations of false killer                  Short-finned pilot whales are
                                                   meters between pairs of individuals                      whales in Hawaiian waters: Main                       commonly observed around the main
                                                   (Baird 2016). There is one stock of dwarf                (insular) Hawaiian Islands,                           Hawaiian Islands and are also present
                                                   sperm whales in Hawaii. Sighting data                    Northwestern Hawaiian Islands, and                    around the Northwestern Hawaiian
                                                   suggests a small resident population off                 surrounding pelagic stock (Chivers et al.             Islands (Shallenberger 1981, Baird et al.
                                                   Hawaii Island (Baird 2016). It has been                  2010; Baird et al. 2010, 2013; Bradford               2013). Photo-identification and
                                                   suggested that this species is probably                  et al. 2014). Based on the ranges of these            telemetry studies suggest there may be
                                                   one of the more abundant species of                      stocks, only the Hawaii pelagic stock is              inshore and pelagic populations of short
                                                   cetaceans in Hawaiian waters (Baird                      expected to occur in the survey area                  finned pilot whales in Hawaiian waters.
                                                   2016), though there are no current                       (Carretta et al. 2017). False killer whales           Resighting and social network analyses
                                                   abundance estimates for this stock.                      are not listed as endangered or                       of individuals photographed off Hawaii
                                                   Dwarf sperm whales are not listed as                     threatened under the ESA (with the                    Island suggest the occurrence of one
                                                   endangered or threatened under the                       exception of the endangered Main                      large and several smaller social clusters
                                                   ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not                         Hawaiian Islands insular DPS which                    that use those waters, with some
                                                   designated as depleted or strategic                      does not occur in the survey area), and               individuals within the smaller social
                                                   under the MMPA.                                          the Hawaii pelagic stock is not                       clusters commonly resighted off Hawaii
                                                                                                            designated as depleted or strategic                   Island (Mahaffy 2012). Short-finned
                                                   Killer Whale                                                                                                   pilot whales are not listed as
                                                                                                            under the MMPA.
                                                      Killer whales have been observed in                                                                         endangered or threatened under the
                                                   all oceans and seas of the world                         Pygmy Killer Whale
                                                                                                                                                                  ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not
                                                   (Leatherwood and Dahlheim 1978).                            The pygmy killer whale has a                       considered a depleted or strategic stock
                                                   Although reported from tropical and                      worldwide distribution in tropical and                under the MMPA.
                                                   offshore waters (Heyning and Dahlheim                    subtropical waters (Donahue and
                                                   1988), killer whales prefer the colder                   Perryman 2009), generally not ranging                 Melon-Headed Whale
                                                   waters of both hemispheres, with                         south of 35° S. (Jefferson et al. 2008). In              Melon-headed whales are found in
                                                   greatest abundances found within 800                     warmer water, it is usually seen close to             tropical and warm-temperate waters
                                                   km of major continents (Mitchell 1975).                  the coast (Wade and Gerrodette 1993),                 throughout the world (Carretta et al.,
                                                   High densities of the species occur in                   but it is also found in deep waters. In               2016). The distribution of reported
                                                   high latitudes, especially in areas where                Hawaiian waters, the pygmy killer                     sightings suggests that the oceanic
                                                   prey is abundant.                                        whale is found in nearshore waters but                habitat of this species is primarily
                                                      Killer whales are considered rare in                  rarely offshore (Carretta et al. 2015).               equatorial waters (Perryman et al. 1994).
                                                   Hawaiian waters (Carretta et al. 2017).                  During small-boat surveys around the                  The species forms large groups, with
                                                   Twenty one sighting records were                         Hawaiian Islands in 2000–2012,                        average group size of almost 250
                                                   reported in Hawaiian waters between                      sightings were made in water up to                    individuals, with the largest group
                                                   1994 and 2004 (Baird et al. 2006).                       3,000 m deep (Baird et al. 2013).                     documented at close to 800 individuals
                                                   During summer–fall surveys of the                           Though a small resident population                 (Baird 2016).
                                                   Hawaiian Islands EEZ, two sightings                      occurs in the main Hawaiian Islands,                     There are two demographically-
                                                   were made in 2002 (Barlow et al. 2004;                   pygmy killer whales are relatively rare               independent populations in Hawaiian
                                                   Barlow 2006) and one was made in 2010                    in Hawaiian waters (McSweeney et al.                  waters, the Hawaiian Islands stock and
                                                   (Bradford et al. 2013), none near the                    2009). Satellite telemetry data from four             the Kohala resident stock (Carretta et al.,
                                                   proposed survey area (Barlow et al.                      tagged pygmy killer whales suggest the                2016). The Kohala resident stock have a
                                                   2004; Bradford et al. 2013; Carretta et al.              resident group remains within 20 km of                small range restricted to the shallow
                                                   2017). Numerous additional sightings in                  shore (Baird et al. 2011) so would be                 waters around Hawaii Island, whereas
                                                   and north of the EEZ have been made                      unlikely in the proposed survey area.                 the Hawaiian Islands stock are found
                                                   by observers on longliners, some in and                  Movements have been documented                        throughout the islands and offshore in
                                                   near the proposed survey area (Carretta                  between Hawaii Island and Oahu and                    pelagic areas (Carretta et al., 2016). As
                                                   et al. 2017). Killer whales are not listed               between Oahu and Lanai (Baird et al.                  such, only the Hawaiian Islands stock
                                                   as endangered or threatened under the                    2011a). Pygmy killer whales are not                   may be affected by the proposed
                                                   ESA (with the exception of the                           listed under the ESA, and the Hawaii                  activities. This stock prefers waters
                                                   endangered Southern Resident DPS                         stock is not listed as is not considered              deeper than 1,000 m (Baird 2016).
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   which does not occur in the survey                       a depleted or strategic stock under the               Satellite telemetry data revealed distant
                                                   area), and the Hawaii stock is not                       MMPA.                                                 pelagic movements, associated with
                                                   designated as depleted or strategic                                                                            feeding, nearly to the edge of the
                                                                                                            Short-Finned Pilot Whale                              Hawaiian Islands EEZ; the most distal
                                                   under the MMPA.
                                                                                                               Short-finned pilot whales are found in             telemetry locations were near the
                                                   False Killer Whale                                       all oceans, primarily in tropical and                 proposed survey area at ∼22.3° N.,
                                                     False killer whales are found                          warm-temperate waters (Carretta et al.,               154.0° W. (Oleson et al. 2013). Melon-
                                                   worldwide in tropical and warm-                          2016). The species prefers deeper                     headed whales are not listed as


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                   34358                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                   endangered or threatened under the                       the world (Carretta et al., 2016). This is            cetaceans in the proposed survey area
                                                   ESA and the Hawaiian Islands stock is                    a deep water species, preferring depths               (Barlow et al. 2004; Barlow 2006;
                                                   not considered a depleted or strategic                   greater than 3,500 m (Baird 2016).                    Bradford et al. 2013). During summer–
                                                   stock under the MMPA.                                    Striped dolphins occur primarily in                   fall surveys of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ
                                                                                                            pelagic waters, but have been observed                in 2002 and 2010, rough-toothed
                                                   Bottlenose Dolphin
                                                                                                            approaching shore where there is deep                 dolphins were observed throughout the
                                                      Bottlenose dolphins are widely                        water close to the coast (Jefferson et al.            EEZ and near the proposed survey area.
                                                   distributed throughout the world in                      2008). This species forms large groups,               The rough-toothed dolphin is not listed
                                                   tropical and warm-temperate waters                       with an average group size of 28                      as endangered or threatened under the
                                                   (Perrin et al. 2009). Generally, there are               individuals, and a maximum group size                 ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not
                                                   two distinct bottlenose dolphin                          of 100 individuals (Baird 2016).                      considered a depleted or strategic stock
                                                   ecotypes: One mainly found in coastal                       The striped dolphin is expected to be              under the MMPA.
                                                   waters and one mainly found in oceanic                   one of the most abundant cetaceans in
                                                   waters (Duffield et al. 1983; Hoelzel et                 the proposed survey area. It has been                 Fraser’s Dolphin
                                                   al. 1998; Walker et al. 1999). As well as                sighted near the proposed survey area                   Fraser’s dolphin are found in tropical
                                                   inhabiting different areas, these                        during summer–fall shipboard surveys                  waters (Carretta et al., 2011). This is a
                                                   ecotypes differ in their diving abilities                of the Hawaii Islands EEZ (Carretta et al.            deep water species occurring offshore of
                                                   (Klatsky 2004) and prey types (Mead                      2017). Striped dolphins are not listed as             the Hawaiian islands, with sightings
                                                   and Potter 1995).                                        endangered or threatened under the                    occurring in water depths between
                                                      There are four resident insular stocks                ESA, and the Hawaii stock of striped                  1,515 m and 4,600 m (Baird 2016). The
                                                   of bottlenose dolphins around the Main                   dolphins is not considered a depleted or              species forms large groups with average
                                                   Hawaiian Islands and one pelagic stock                   strategic stock under the MMPA.                       group sizes between 75 and 110
                                                   (Carretta et al., 2016). Photo-                                                                                individuals (Baird 2016). Fraser’s
                                                                                                            Spinner Dolphin                                       dolphin is one of the most abundant
                                                   identification studies have suggested
                                                   that the 1,000-m isobath serves as the                      Spinner dolphins are found in                      cetaceans in the Hawaiian Islands EEZ
                                                   boundary between resident insular                        tropical and warm-temperate waters                    (Barlow 2006; Bradford et al. 2013).
                                                   stocks of the Main Hawaiian Islands and                  worldwide (Carretta et al., 2016). They               Fraser’s dolphin is not listed as
                                                   the Hawaii pelagic stock (Martien et al.                 are pantropical in distribution,                      endangered or threatened under the
                                                   2012). Only the pelagic stock may be                     including oceanic tropical and sub-                   ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not
                                                   affected by the proposed activity.                       tropical waters between 40° N. and 40°                considered a depleted or strategic stock
                                                   Bottlenose dolphins are not listed as                    S. (Jefferson et al., 2008). Generally                under the MMPA.
                                                   endangered or threatened under the                       considered a pelagic species (Perrin
                                                                                                            2009b), spinner dolphins can also be                  Risso’s Dolphin
                                                   ESA, and the Hawaii pelagic stock is not
                                                   considered a depleted or strategic stock                 found in coastal waters and around                      Risso’s dolphins are found in tropical
                                                   under the MMPA.                                          oceanic islands (Rice 1998). There are                to warm-temperate waters (Carretta et
                                                                                                            six separate stocks managed within the                al., 2016). The species occurs from
                                                   Pantropical Spotted Dolphin                              Hawaiian Islands EEZ (Carretta et al.                 coastal to deep water but is most often
                                                      Pantropical spotted dolphins are                      2017); only individuals of the Hawaii                 found in depths greater than 3,000 m
                                                   primarily found in tropical and                          pelagic stock are expected to overlap                 with the highest sighting rate in depths
                                                   subtropical waters worldwide (Perrin et                  with the proposed survey area. Spinner                greater than 4,500 m (Baird 2016). It
                                                   al. 2009). There are two forms of                        dolphins have been sighted near the                   occurs between 60° N. and 60° S. where
                                                   pantropical spotted dolphin: Coastal                     proposed survey area during summer–                   surface water temperatures are at least
                                                   and offshore. Pantropical spotted                        fall surveys of the Hawaiian Islands EEZ              10ßC (Kruse et al. 1999). The species
                                                   dolphins prefer deeper waters between                    (Carretta et al. 2017). The spinner                   forms small groups with an average
                                                   1,500 m and 3,000 m and forms large                      dolphin is not listed as endangered or                group size of 4 individuals, and a
                                                   groups with average group size of 60                     threatened under the ESA, and the                     maximum group size of 25 individuals
                                                   individuals, with the largest group                      Hawaii pelagic stock is not considered                off the coast of Hawaii (Baird 2016).
                                                   estimated at 400 individuals (Baird                      a depleted or strategic stock under the               Risso’s dolphins are not listed as
                                                   2016).                                                   MMPA.                                                 endangered or threatened under the
                                                      Pantropical spotted dolphins are                                                                            ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not
                                                   common and abundant throughout the                       Rough-Toothed Dolphin                                 considered a depleted or strategic stock
                                                   Hawaiian archipelago (Baird et al.                         Rough-toothed dolphins are found in                 under the MMPA.
                                                   2013). It is expected that it would be                   tropical and warm-temperate waters
                                                                                                            (Carretta et al., 2016). While there is               Longman’s Beaked Whale
                                                   one of the most abundant cetaceans in
                                                   the proposed survey area. There are four                 evidence for two island-associated                       The Longman’s beaked whale, also
                                                   resident coastal stocks in Hawaii in                     stocks and one pelagic stock in Hawaii,               known as Indo-Pacific beaked whale, is
                                                   addition to the Hawaii pelagic stock.                    there is only one stock designated for                considered one of the least known
                                                   Due to their ranges, only the pelagic                    Hawaii (Carretta et al., 2016). Most                  cetacean species (Carretta et al., 2016).
                                                   stock is likely to be encountered in the                 sightings of this species off Kauai are in            Longman’s beaked whales are found in
                                                   project area (Carretta et al., 2016).                    water depths of less than 1,000 m;                    tropical waters from the eastern Pacific
                                                   Pantropical spotted dolphins are not                     however, it is the most often sighted                 westward through the Indian Ocean to
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   listed as endangered or threatened                       species in depths greater than 3,000 m                the eastern coast of Africa (Carretta et
                                                   under the ESA, and the Hawaii pelagic                    (Baird 2016). This species forms stable               al., 2016). The species occurs is most
                                                   stock is not considered a depleted or                    associations as part of larger groups,                often sighted in waters with
                                                   strategic stock under the MMPA.                          with average group sizes of 11 animals                temperatures ≥26° C and depth >2,000
                                                                                                            and maximum group sizes, observed off                 m, and sightings have also been
                                                   Striped Dolphin                                          Kauai, of 140 individuals (Baird 2016).               reported along the continental slope
                                                     Striped dolphins are found in tropical                   The rough-toothed dolphin is                        (Anderson et al. 2006; Pitman 2009).
                                                   to warm-temperate waters throughout                      expected to be one of the most abundant               Group sizes range from 18 to 110


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices                                             34359

                                                   individuals (Baird 2016). The                            population (Baird et al. 2011). The                   logarithmic unit that accounts for large
                                                   Longman’s beaked whale is not listed as                  Hawaii stock of Blainville’s beaked                   variations in amplitude; therefore, a
                                                   endangered or threatened under the                       whales includes animals found both                    relatively small change in dB
                                                   ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not                         within the Hawaiian Islands EEZ and in                corresponds to large changes in sound
                                                   considered a depleted or strategic stock                 adjacent high seas waters. The                        pressure. The source level (SL)
                                                   under the MMPA.                                          Blainville’s beaked whale is not listed as            represents the SPL referenced at a
                                                                                                            endangered or threatened under the                    distance of 1 m from the source
                                                   Cuvier’s Beaked Whale
                                                                                                            ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not                      (referenced to 1 mPa) while the received
                                                     Cuvier’s beaked whale is the most                      considered a depleted or strategic stock              level is the SPL at the listener’s position
                                                   widespread of the beaked whales                          under the MMPA.                                       (referenced to 1 mPa).
                                                   occurring in almost all temperate,                                                                                Root mean square (rms) is the
                                                   subtropical, and tropical waters and                     Potential Effects of Specified Activities             quadratic mean sound pressure over the
                                                   even some sub-polar and polar waters                     on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat                   duration of an impulse. Root mean
                                                   (MacLeod et al. 2006). It is found in                       This section includes a summary and                square is calculated by squaring all of
                                                   deep water over and near the                             discussion of the ways that components                the sound amplitudes, averaging the
                                                   continental slope (Jefferson et al. 2008).               of the specified activity may impact                  squares, and then taking the square root
                                                   In the eastern tropical Pacific, the mean                marine mammals and their habitat. The                 of the average (Urick, 1983). Root mean
                                                   water depth for sighted Cuvier’s beaked                  ‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental                        square accounts for both positive and
                                                   whales was ∼3.4 km (Ferguson et al.                      Harassment’’ section later in this                    negative values; squaring the pressures
                                                   2006). During small-boat surveys around                  document includes a quantitative                      makes all values positive so that they
                                                   the Hawaiian Islands in 2000–2012,                       analysis of the number of individuals                 may be accounted for in the summation
                                                   sightings were made in water depths of                   that are expected to be taken by this                 of pressure levels (Hastings and Popper,
                                                   500–4000 m (Baird et al. 2013).                          activity. The ‘‘Negligible Impact                     2005). This measurement is often used
                                                   Summer/fall shipboard surveys of the                     Analysis and Determination’’ section                  in the context of discussing behavioral
                                                   waters within the U.S. EEZ of the                        considers the content of this section, the            effects, in part because behavioral
                                                   Hawaiian Islands resulted in 4 sightings                 ‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental                        effects, which often result from auditory
                                                   in 2002 and 22 in 2010, including                        Harassment’’ section, and the ‘‘Proposed              cues, may be better expressed through
                                                   markedly higher sighting rates during                    Mitigation’’ section, to draw                         averaged units than by peak pressures.
                                                   nearshore surveys in the Northwestern                    conclusions regarding the likely impacts                 Sound exposure level (SEL;
                                                   Hawaiian Islands. (Barlow 2006,                          of these activities on the reproductive               represented as dB re 1 mPa2-s) represents
                                                   Bradford et al. 2013). Resighting and                    success or survivorship of individuals                the total energy contained within a puls
                                                   movement data of individual Cuvier’s                     and how those impacts on individuals                  and considers both intensity and
                                                   beaked whales suggest the existence of                   are likely to impact marine mammal                    duration of exposure. Peak sound
                                                   insular and offshore populations of this                 species or stocks.                                    pressure (also referred to as zero-to-peak
                                                   species in Hawaiian waters. A 21-yr                                                                            sound pressure or 0-p) is the maximum
                                                                                                            Description of Active Acoustic Sound
                                                   study off Hawaii Island suggests long-                                                                         instantaneous sound pressure
                                                                                                            Sources
                                                   term site fidelity and year-round                                                                              measurable in the water at a specified
                                                   occurrence (McSweeney et al. 2007).                         This section contains a brief technical            distance from the source and is
                                                   The Cuvier’s beaked whale is not listed                  background on sound, the                              represented in the same units as the rms
                                                   as endangered or threatened under the                    characteristics of certain sound types,               sound pressure. Another common
                                                   ESA, and the Hawaii stock is not                         and on metrics used in this proposal                  metric is peak-to-peak sound pressure
                                                   considered a depleted or strategic stock                 inasmuch as the information is relevant               (pk-pk), which is the algebraic
                                                   under the MMPA.                                          to the specified activity and to a                    difference between the peak positive
                                                                                                            discussion of the potential effects of the            and peak negative sound pressures.
                                                   Blainville’s Beaked Whale                                specified activity on marine mammals                  Peak-to-peak pressure is typically
                                                      Blainville’s beaked whale is found in                 found later in this document.                         approximately 6 dB higher than peak
                                                   tropical and warm temperate waters of                       Sound travels in waves, the basic                  pressure (Southall et al., 2007).
                                                   all oceans; it has the widest distribution               components of which are frequency,                       When underwater objects vibrate or
                                                   throughout the world of all                              wavelength, velocity, and amplitude.                  activity occurs, sound-pressure waves
                                                   mesoplodont species and appears to be                    Frequency is the number of pressure                   are created. These waves alternately
                                                   common (Pitman 2009b). Recent                            waves that pass by a reference point per              compress and decompress the water as
                                                   analysis of Blainville’s beaked whale                    unit of time and is measured in hertz                 the sound wave travels. Underwater
                                                   resightings and movements near the                       (Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is              sound waves radiate in a manner similar
                                                   main Hawaiian Islands suggest the                        the distance between two peaks or                     to ripples on the surface of a pond and
                                                   existence of insular and pelagic                         corresponding points of a sound wave                  may be either directed in a beam or
                                                   populations of this species in Hawaiian                  (length of one cycle). Higher frequency               beams or may radiate in all directions
                                                   waters (McSweeney et al. 2007, Schorr                    sounds have shorter wavelengths than                  (omnidirectional sources), as is the case
                                                   et al. 2009, Baird et al. 2013). Photo-                  lower frequency sounds, and typically                 for pulses produced by the airgun arrays
                                                   identification of individual Blainville’s                attenuate (decrease) more rapidly,                    considered here. The compressions and
                                                   beaked whales from Hawaii Island since                   except in certain cases in shallower                  decompressions associated with sound
                                                   1986 reveal repeated use of this area by                 water. Amplitude is the height of the                 waves are detected as changes in
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   individuals for over 17 years (Baird et                  sound pressure wave or the ‘‘loudness’’               pressure by aquatic life and man-made
                                                   al. 2011) and 75% of individuals seen                    of a sound and is typically described                 sound receptors such as hydrophones.
                                                   off Hawaii Island link by association                    using the relative unit of the decibel                   Even in the absence of sound from the
                                                   into a single social network (Baird et al.               (dB). A sound pressure level (SPL) in dB              specified activity, the underwater
                                                   2013). Those individuals seen farthest                   is described as the ratio between a                   environment is typically loud due to
                                                   from shore and in deep water (≤2100m)                    measured pressure and a reference                     ambient sound. Ambient sound is
                                                   have not been resighted, suggesting they                 pressure (for underwater sound, this is               defined as environmental background
                                                   may be part of an offshore, pelagic                      1 microPascal (mPa)) and is a                         sound levels lacking a single source or


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                   34360                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                   point (Richardson et al., 1995), and the                 through the environment. In turn, sound                 Airgun arrays produce pulsed signals
                                                   sound level of a region is defined by the                propagation is dependent on the                       with energy in a frequency range from
                                                   total acoustical energy being generated                  spatially and temporally varying                      about 10–2,000 Hz, with most energy
                                                   by known and unknown sources. These                      properties of the water column and sea                radiated at frequencies below 200 Hz.
                                                   sources may include physical (e.g.,                      floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a               The amplitude of the acoustic wave
                                                   wind and waves, earthquakes, ice,                        result of the dependence on a large                   emitted from the source is equal in all
                                                   atmospheric sound), biological (e.g.,                    number of varying factors, ambient                    directions (i.e., omnidirectional), but
                                                   sounds produced by marine mammals,                       sound levels can be expected to vary                  airgun arrays do possess some
                                                   fish, and invertebrates), and                            widely over both coarse and fine spatial              directionality due to different phase
                                                   anthropogenic (e.g., vessels, dredging,                  and temporal scales. Sound levels at a                delays between guns in different
                                                   construction) sound. A number of                         given frequency and location can vary                 directions. Airgun arrays are typically
                                                   sources contribute to ambient sound,                     by 10–20 dB from day to day                           tuned to maximize functionality for data
                                                   including the following (Richardson et                   (Richardson et al., 1995). The result is              acquisition purposes, meaning that
                                                   al., 1995):                                              that, depending on the source type and                sound transmitted in horizontal
                                                      • Wind and waves: The complex                         its intensity, sound from a given activity            directions and at higher frequencies is
                                                   interactions between wind and water                      may be a negligible addition to the local             minimized to the extent possible.
                                                   surface, including processes such as                     environment or could form a distinctive                 As described above, a SeaBeam 3012
                                                   breaking waves and wave-induced                          signal that may affect marine mammals.                MBES would also be operated from the
                                                   bubble oscillations and cavitation, are a                Details of source types are described in              Kairei continuously throughout the
                                                   main source of naturally occurring                       the following text.                                   survey. Due to the lower source level of
                                                   ambient sound for frequencies between                       Sounds are often considered to fall                the MBES relative to the Kairei’s airgun
                                                   200 Hz and 50 kHz (Mitson, 1995). In                     into one of two general types: Pulsed                 array (241 dB re 1 mPa · m for the MBES
                                                   general, ambient sound levels tend to                    and non-pulsed (defined in the                        versus 259 dB re 1 mPa · m (rms) for the
                                                   increase with increasing wind speed                      following). The distinction between                   airgun array), the sounds from the
                                                   and wave height. Surf sound becomes                      these two sound types is important                    MBES are expected to be effectively
                                                   important near shore, with                               because they have differing potential to              subsumed by the sounds from the
                                                   measurements collected at a distance of                  cause physical effects, particularly with             airgun array. In addition, given the
                                                   8.5 km from shore showing an increase                    regard to hearing (e.g., Ward, 1997 in                movement and speed of the vessel, the
                                                   of 10 dB in the 100 to 700 Hz band                       Southall et al., 2007). Please see                    intermittent and narrow downward-
                                                   during heavy surf conditions.                            Southall et al. (2007) for an in-depth                directed nature of the sounds emitted by
                                                      • Precipitation: Sound from rain and                                                                        the MBES would result in no more than
                                                                                                            discussion of these concepts.
                                                   hail impacting the water surface can                                                                           one or two brief ping exposures of any
                                                   become an important component of total                      Pulsed sound sources (e.g., airguns,
                                                                                                                                                                  individual marine mammal, if any
                                                   sound at frequencies above 500 Hz, and                   explosions, gunshots, sonic booms,
                                                                                                                                                                  exposure were to occur. For these
                                                   possibly down to 100 Hz during quiet                     impact pile driving) produce signals                  reasons, any marine mammal that was
                                                   times.                                                   that are brief (typically considered to be            exposed to sounds from the MBES
                                                      • Biological: Marine mammals can                      less than one second), broadband, atonal              would already have been exposed to
                                                   contribute significantly to ambient                      transients (ANSI, 1986, 2005; Harris,                 sounds from the airgun array, which are
                                                   sound levels, as can some fish and                       1998; NIOSH, 1998; ISO, 2003) and                     expected to propagate further in the
                                                   snapping shrimp. The frequency band                      occur either as isolated events or                    water. As such, the MBES is not
                                                   for biological contributions is from                     repeated in some succession. Pulsed                   expected to result in the take of any
                                                   approximately 12 Hz to over 100 kHz.                     sounds are all characterized by a                     marine mammal that has not already
                                                      • Anthropogenic: Sources of ambient                   relatively rapid rise from ambient                    been taken by the sounds from the
                                                   sound related to human activity include                  pressure to a maximal pressure value                  airgun array, and therefore we do not
                                                   transportation (surface vessels),                        followed by a rapid decay period that                 consider noise from the MBES further in
                                                   dredging and construction, oil and gas                   may include a period of diminishing,                  this analysis.
                                                   drilling and production, seismic                         oscillating maximal and minimal
                                                   surveys, sonar, explosions, and ocean                    pressures, and generally have an                      Acoustic Effects
                                                   acoustic studies. Vessel noise typically                 increased capacity to induce physical                    Here, we first provide background
                                                   dominates the total ambient sound for                    injury as compared with sounds that                   information on marine mammal hearing
                                                   frequencies between 20 and 300 Hz. In                    lack these features.                                  before discussing the potential effects of
                                                   general, the frequencies of                                 Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal,                    the use of active acoustic sources on
                                                   anthropogenic sounds are below 1 kHz                     narrowband, or broadband, brief or                    marine mammals.
                                                   and, if higher frequency sound levels                    prolonged, and may be either                             Marine Mammal Hearing—Hearing is
                                                   are created, they attenuate rapidly.                     continuous or non-continuous (ANSI,                   the most important sensory modality for
                                                   Sound from identifiable anthropogenic                    1995; NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-                marine mammals underwater, and
                                                   sources other than the activity of                       pulsed sounds can be transient signals                exposure to anthropogenic sound can
                                                   interest (e.g., a passing vessel) is                     of short duration but without the                     have deleterious effects. To
                                                   sometimes termed background sound, as                    essential properties of pulses (e.g., rapid           appropriately assess the potential effects
                                                   opposed to ambient sound.                                rise time). Examples of non-pulsed                    of exposure to sound, it is necessary to
                                                      The sum of the various natural and                    sounds include those produced by                      understand the frequency ranges marine
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   anthropogenic sound sources at any                       vessels, aircraft, machinery operations               mammals are able to hear. Current data
                                                   given location and time—which                            such as drilling or dredging, vibratory               indicate that not all marine mammal
                                                   comprise ‘‘ambient’’ or ‘‘background’’                   pile driving, and active sonar systems                species have equal hearing capabilities
                                                   sound—depends not only on the source                     (such as those used by the U.S. Navy).                (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok
                                                   levels (as determined by current                         The duration of such sounds, as                       and Ketten, 1999; Au and Hastings,
                                                   weather conditions and levels of                         received at a distance, can be greatly                2008). To reflect this, Southall et al.
                                                   biological and human activity) but also                  extended in a highly reverberant                      (2007) recommended that marine
                                                   on the ability of sound to propagate                     environment.                                          mammals be divided into functional


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices                                      34361

                                                   hearing groups based on directly                          TABLE 3—MARINE FUNCTIONAL MAM-                 responses, depending on received
                                                   measured or estimated hearing ranges                       MAL HEARING GROUPS AND THEIR                  levels, duration of exposure, behavioral
                                                   on the basis of available behavioral                       GENERALIZED HEARING RANGES—                   context, and various other factors. The
                                                   response data, audiograms derived                          Continued                                     potential effects of underwater sound
                                                   using auditory evoked potential                                                                          from active acoustic sources can
                                                   techniques, anatomical modeling, and                                               Generalized hearing   potentially result in one or more of the
                                                                                                                  Hearing group                             following: Temporary or permanent
                                                   other data. Note that no direct                                                          range *
                                                   measurements of hearing ability have                                                                     hearing impairment, non-auditory
                                                                                                            Mid-frequency (MF)       150 Hz to 160 kHz.     physical or physiological effects,
                                                   been successfully completed for                             cetaceans (dol-                              behavioral disturbance, stress, and
                                                   mysticetes (i.e., low-frequency                             phins, toothed                               masking (Richardson et al., 1995;
                                                   cetaceans). Subsequently, NMFS (2016)                       whales, beaked                               Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al.,
                                                   described generalized hearing ranges for                    whales, bottlenose
                                                                                                                                                            2007; Southall et al., 2007; Götz et al.,
                                                   these marine mammal hearing groups.                         whales).
                                                                                                            High-frequency (HF)      275 Hz to 160 kHz.     2009). The degree of effect is
                                                   Generalized hearing ranges were chosen                                                                   intrinsically related to the signal
                                                                                                               cetaceans (true
                                                   based on the approximately 65 dB                                                                         characteristics, received level, distance
                                                                                                               porpoises, Kogia,
                                                   threshold from the normalized                               river dolphins,                              from the source, and duration of the
                                                   composite audiograms, with the                              cephalorhynchid,                             sound exposure. In general, sudden,
                                                   exception for lower limits for low-                         Lagenorhynchus                               high level sounds can cause hearing
                                                   frequency cetaceans where the lower                         cruciger and L.                              loss, as can longer exposures to lower
                                                   bound was deemed to be biologically                         australis).                                  level sounds. Temporary or permanent
                                                   implausible and the lower bound from                     Phocid pinnipeds         50 Hz to 86 kHz.       loss of hearing will occur almost
                                                                                                               (PW) (underwater)
                                                   Southall et al. (2007) retained. Pinniped                   (true seals).
                                                                                                                                                            exclusively for noise within an animal’s
                                                   functional hearing is not discussed here,                Otariid pinnipeds        60 Hz to 39 kHz.       hearing range. We first describe specific
                                                   as no pinnipeds are expected to be                          (OW) (underwater)                            manifestations of acoustic effects before
                                                   affected by the specified activity. The                     (sea lions and fur                           providing discussion specific to the use
                                                   functional groups and the associated                        seals).                                      of airgun arrays.
                                                   frequencies are indicated below (note                                                                       Richardson et al. (1995) described
                                                                                                              * Represents the generalized hearing range zones of increasing intensity of effect
                                                   that these frequency ranges correspond                   for the entire group as a composite (i.e., all
                                                   to the range for the composite group,                    species within the group), where individual that might be expected to occur, in
                                                                                                            species’ hearing ranges are typically not as relation to distance from a source and
                                                   with the entire range not necessarily                    broad. Generalized hearing range chosen assuming that the signal is within an
                                                   reflecting the capabilities of every                     based on ∼65 dB threshold from normalized animal’s hearing range. First is the area
                                                   species within that group):                              composite audiogram, with the exception for
                                                                                                            lower limits for LF cetaceans (Southall et al., within which the acoustic signal would
                                                      • Low-frequency cetaceans                             2007) and PW pinniped (approximation).          be audible (potentially perceived) to the
                                                   (mysticetes): Generalized hearing is                                                                     animal, but not strong enough to elicit
                                                                                                               For more detail concerning these             any overt behavioral or physiological
                                                   estimated to occur between
                                                                                                            groups and associated frequency ranges, response. The next zone corresponds
                                                   approximately 7 Hz and 35 kHz, with                      please see NMFS (2016) for a review of
                                                   best hearing estimated to be from 100                                                                    with the area where the signal is audible
                                                                                                            available information. Twenty four              to the animal and of sufficient intensity
                                                   Hz to 8 kHz;                                             marine mammal species (all cetaceans)           to elicit behavioral or physiological
                                                      • Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger                     have the reasonable potential to co-            responsiveness. Third is a zone within
                                                   toothed whales, beaked whales, and                       occur with the proposed survey                  which, for signals of high intensity, the
                                                   most delphinids): Generalized hearing is                 activities. Please refer to Table 2. Of the received level is sufficient to potentially
                                                   estimated to occur between                               cetacean species that may be present,           cause discomfort or tissue damage to
                                                   approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz,                        six are classified as low-frequency             auditory or other systems. Overlaying
                                                   with best hearing from 10 to less than                   cetaceans (i.e., all mysticete species), 16 these zones to a certain extent is the
                                                   100 kHz;                                                 are classified as mid-frequency                 area within which masking (i.e., when a
                                                                                                            cetaceans (i.e., all delphinid and ziphiid sound interferes with or masks the
                                                      • High-frequency cetaceans
                                                                                                            species and the sperm whale), and two           ability of an animal to detect a signal of
                                                   (porpoises, river dolphins, and members                  are classified as high-frequency
                                                   of the genera Kogia and                                                                                  interest that is above the absolute
                                                                                                            cetaceans (i.e., Kogia spp.).                   hearing threshold) may occur; the
                                                   Cephalorhynchus; including two                              Potential Effects of Underwater
                                                   members of the genus Lagenorhynchus,                                                                     masking zone may be highly variable in
                                                                                                            Sound—Please refer to the information           size.
                                                   on the basis of recent echolocation data                 given previously (‘‘Description of Active          We describe the more severe effects
                                                   and genetic data): Generalized hearing                   Acoustic Sources’’) regarding sound,            certain non-auditory physical or
                                                   is estimated to occur between                            characteristics of sound types, and             physiological effects only briefly as we
                                                   approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz.                        metrics used in this document. Note             do not expect that use of airgun arrays
                                                                                                            that, in the following discussion, we           are reasonably likely to result in such
                                                     TABLE 3—MARINE FUNCTIONAL MAM-                         refer in many cases to a recent review          effects (see below for further
                                                      MAL HEARING GROUPS AND THEIR                          article concerning studies of noise-            discussion). Potential effects from
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                      GENERALIZED HEARING RANGES                            induced hearing loss conducted from             impulsive sound sources can range in
                                                                                                            1996–2015 (i.e., Finneran, 2015). For           severity from effects such as behavioral
                                                       Hearing group            Generalized hearing         study-specific citations, please see that       disturbance or tactile perception to
                                                                                     range *                work. Anthropogenic sounds cover a              physical discomfort, slight injury of the
                                                                                                            broad range of frequencies and sound            internal organs and the auditory system,
                                                   Low frequency (LF)          7 Hz to 35 kHz.              levels and can have a range of highly           or mortality (Yelverton et al., 1973).
                                                     cetaceans (baleen
                                                                                                            variable impacts on marine life, from           Non-auditory physiological effects or
                                                     whales).
                                                                                                            none or minor to potentially severe             injuries that theoretically might occur in


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                   34362                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                   marine mammals exposed to high level                     (Southall et al., 2007). Given the higher             patterns must be learned, which is less
                                                   underwater sound or as a secondary                       level of sound or longer exposure                     likely in wild animals than for the
                                                   effect of extreme behavioral reactions                   duration necessary to cause PTS as                    captive animals considered in this
                                                   (e.g., change in dive profile as a result                compared with TTS, it is considerably                 study). The authors note that the failure
                                                   of an avoidance reaction) caused by                      less likely that PTS could occur.                     to induce more significant auditory
                                                   exposure to sound include neurological                      For mid-frequency cetaceans in                     effects likely due to the intermittent
                                                   effects, bubble formation, resonance                     particular, potential protective                      nature of exposure, the relatively low
                                                   effects, and other types of organ or                     mechanisms may help limit onset of                    peak pressure produced by the acoustic
                                                   tissue damage (Cox et al., 2006; Southall                TTS or prevent onset of PTS. Such                     source, and the low-frequency energy in
                                                   et al., 2007; Zimmer and Tyack, 2007;                    mechanisms include dampening of                       airgun pulses as compared with the
                                                   Tal et al., 2015). The survey activities                 hearing, auditory adaptation, or                      frequency range of best sensitivity for
                                                   considered here do not involve the use                   behavioral amelioration (e.g., Nachtigall             dolphins and other mid-frequency
                                                   of devices such as explosives or mid-                    and Supin, 2013; Miller et al., 2012;                 cetaceans.
                                                   frequency tactical sonar that are                        Finneran et al., 2015; Popov et al.,                     Currently, TTS data only exist for four
                                                   associated with these types of effects.                  2016).                                                species of cetaceans (bottlenose
                                                      1. Threshold Shift—Marine mammals                        TTS is the mildest form of hearing                 dolphin, beluga whale, harbor porpoise,
                                                   exposed to high-intensity sound, or to                   impairment that can occur during                      and Yangtze finless porpoise) exposed
                                                   lower-intensity sound for prolonged                      exposure to sound (Kryter, 1985). While               to a limited number of sound sources
                                                   periods, can experience hearing                          experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold               (i.e., mostly tones and octave-band
                                                   threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of               rises, and a sound must be at a higher                noise) in laboratory settings (Finneran,
                                                   hearing sensitivity at certain frequency                 level in order to be heard. In terrestrial            2015). In general, harbor porpoises have
                                                   ranges (Finneran, 2015). TS can be                       and marine mammals, TTS can last from                 a lower TTS onset than other measured
                                                   permanent (PTS), in which case the loss                  minutes or hours to days (in cases of                 cetacean species (Finneran, 2015).
                                                   of hearing sensitivity is not fully                      strong TTS). In many cases, hearing                   Additionally, the existing marine
                                                   recoverable, or temporary (TTS), in                      sensitivity recovers rapidly after                    mammal TTS data come from a limited
                                                   which case the animal’s hearing                          exposure to the sound ends. Few data                  number of individuals within these
                                                   threshold would recover over time                        on sound levels and durations necessary               species. There are no data available on
                                                   (Southall et al., 2007). Repeated sound                  to elicit mild TTS have been obtained                 noise-induced hearing loss for
                                                   exposure that leads to TTS could cause                   for marine mammals.                                   mysticetes.
                                                   PTS. In severe cases of PTS, there can                      Marine mammal hearing plays a                         Critical questions remain regarding
                                                   be total or partial deafness, while in                   critical role in communication with                   the rate of TTS growth and recovery
                                                   most cases the animal has an impaired                    conspecifics, and interpretation of                   after exposure to intermittent noise and
                                                   ability to hear sounds in specific                       environmental cues for purposes such                  the effects of single and multiple pulses.
                                                   frequency ranges (Kryter, 1985).                         as predator avoidance and prey capture.               Data at present are also insufficient to
                                                      When PTS occurs, there is physical                    Depending on the degree (elevation of                 construct generalized models for
                                                   damage to the sound receptors in the ear                 threshold in dB), duration (i.e., recovery            recovery and determine the time
                                                   (i.e., tissue damage), whereas TTS                       time), and frequency range of TTS, and                necessary to treat subsequent exposures
                                                   represents primarily tissue fatigue and                  the context in which it is experienced,               as independent events. More
                                                   is reversible (Southall et al., 2007). In                TTS can have effects on marine                        information is needed on the
                                                   addition, other investigators have                       mammals ranging from discountable to                  relationship between auditory evoked
                                                   suggested that TTS is within the normal                  serious. For example, a marine mammal                 potential and behavioral measures of
                                                   bounds of physiological variability and                  may be able to readily compensate for                 TTS for various stimuli. For summaries
                                                   tolerance and does not represent                         a brief, relatively small amount of TTS               of data on TTS in marine mammals or
                                                   physical injury (e.g., Ward, 1997).                      in a non-critical frequency range that                for further discussion of TTS onset
                                                   Therefore, NMFS does not consider TTS                    occurs during a time where ambient                    thresholds, please see Southall et al.
                                                   to constitute auditory injury.                           noise is lower and there are not as many              (2007), Finneran and Jenkins (2012),
                                                      Relationships between TTS and PTS                     competing sounds present.                             Finneran (2015), and NMFS (2016).
                                                   thresholds have not been studied in                      Alternatively, a larger amount and                       2. Behavioral Effects—Behavioral
                                                   marine mammals, and there is no PTS                      longer duration of TTS sustained during               disturbance may include a variety of
                                                   data for cetaceans but such relationships                time when communication is critical for               effects, including subtle changes in
                                                   are assumed to be similar to those in                    successful mother/calf interactions                   behavior (e.g., minor or brief avoidance
                                                   humans and other terrestrial mammals.                    could have more serious impacts.                      of an area or changes in vocalizations),
                                                   PTS typically occurs at exposure levels                     Finneran et al. (2015) measured                    more conspicuous changes in similar
                                                   at least several decibels above (a 40–dB                 hearing thresholds in three captive                   behavioral activities, and more
                                                   threshold shift approximates PTS onset;                  bottlenose dolphins before and after                  sustained and/or potentially severe
                                                   e.g., Kryter et al., 1966; Miller, 1974)                 exposure to ten pulses produced by a                  reactions, such as displacement from or
                                                   that inducing mild TTS (a 6–dB                           seismic airgun in order to study TTS                  abandonment of high-quality habitat.
                                                   threshold shift approximates TTS onset;                  induced after exposure to multiple                    Behavioral responses to sound are
                                                   e.g., Southall et al. 2007). Based on data               pulses. Exposures began at relatively                 highly variable and context-specific and
                                                   from terrestrial mammals, a                              low levels and gradually increased over               any reactions depend on numerous
                                                   precautionary assumption is that the                     a period of several months, with the                  intrinsic and extrinsic factors (e.g.,
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   PTS thresholds for impulse sounds                        highest exposures at peak SPLs from                   species, state of maturity, experience,
                                                   (such as airgun pulses as received close                 196 to 210 dB and cumulative                          current activity, reproductive state,
                                                   to the source) are at least 6 dB higher                  (unweighted) SELs from 193–195 dB.                    auditory sensitivity, time of day), as
                                                   than the TTS threshold on a peak-                        No substantial TTS was observed. In                   well as the interplay between factors
                                                   pressure basis and PTS cumulative                        addition, behavioral reactions were                   (e.g., Richardson et al., 1995; Wartzok et
                                                   sound exposure level thresholds are 15                   observed that indicated that animals can              al., 2003; Southall et al., 2007; Weilgart,
                                                   to 20 dB higher than TTS cumulative                      learn behaviors that effectively mitigate             2007; Archer et al., 2010). Behavioral
                                                   sound exposure level thresholds                          noise exposures (although exposure                    reactions can vary not only among


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices                                             34363

                                                   individuals but also within an                           the stock or population. However, if a                affected. The sperm whales exhibited 19
                                                   individual, depending on previous                        sound source displaces marine                         percent less vocal (buzz) rate during full
                                                   experience with a sound source,                          mammals from an important feeding or                  exposure relative to post exposure, and
                                                   context, and numerous other factors                      breeding area for a prolonged period,                 the whale that was approached most
                                                   (Ellison et al., 2012), and can vary                     impacts on individuals and populations                closely had an extended resting period
                                                   depending on characteristics associated                  could be significant (e.g., Lusseau and               and did not resume foraging until the
                                                   with the sound source (e.g., whether it                  Bejder, 2007; Weilgart, 2007; NRC,                    airguns had ceased firing. The
                                                   is moving or stationary, number of                       2005). However, there are broad                       remaining whales continued to execute
                                                   sources, distance from the source).                      categories of potential response, which               foraging dives throughout exposure;
                                                   Please see Appendices B–C of Southall                    we describe in greater detail here, that              however, swimming movements during
                                                   et al. (2007) for a review of studies                    include alteration of dive behavior,                  foraging dives were 6 percent lower
                                                   involving marine mammal behavioral                       alteration of foraging behavior, effects to           during exposure than control periods
                                                   responses to sound.                                      breathing, interference with or alteration            (Miller et al., 2009). These data raise
                                                      Habituation can occur when an                         of vocalization, avoidance, and flight.               concerns that seismic surveys may
                                                   animal’s response to a stimulus wanes                       Changes in dive behavior can vary                  impact foraging behavior in sperm
                                                   with repeated exposure, usually in the                   widely, and may consist of increased or               whales, although more data are required
                                                   absence of unpleasant associated events                  decreased dive times and surface                      to understand whether the differences
                                                   (Wartzok et al., 2003). Animals are most                 intervals as well as changes in the rates             were due to exposure or natural
                                                   likely to habituate to sounds that are                   of ascent and descent during a dive (e.g.,            variation in sperm whale behavior
                                                   predictable and unvarying. It is                         Frankel and Clark, 2000; Ng and Leung,                (Miller et al., 2009).
                                                   important to note that habituation is                    2003; Nowacek et al.; 2004; Goldbogen                    Variations in respiration naturally
                                                   appropriately considered as a                            et al., 2013a, b). Variations in dive                 vary with different behaviors and
                                                   ‘‘progressive reduction in response to                   behavior may reflect interruptions in                 alterations to breathing rate as a
                                                   stimuli that are perceived as neither                    biologically significant activities (e.g.,            function of acoustic exposure can be
                                                   aversive nor beneficial,’’ rather than as,               foraging) or they may be of little                    expected to co-occur with other
                                                   more generally, moderation in response                   biological significance. The impact of an             behavioral reactions, such as a flight
                                                   to human disturbance (Bejder et al.,                     alteration to dive behavior resulting                 response or an alteration in diving.
                                                   2009). The opposite process is                           from an acoustic exposure depends on                  However, respiration rates in and of
                                                   sensitization, when an unpleasant                        what the animal is doing at the time of               themselves may be representative of
                                                   experience leads to subsequent                           the exposure and the type and                         annoyance or an acute stress response.
                                                   responses, often in the form of                          magnitude of the response.                            Various studies have shown that
                                                   avoidance, at a lower level of exposure.                    Disruption of feeding behavior can be              respiration rates may either be
                                                   As noted, behavioral state may affect the                difficult to correlate with anthropogenic             unaffected or could increase, depending
                                                   type of response. For example, animals                   sound exposure, so it is usually inferred             on the species and signal characteristics,
                                                   that are resting may show greater                        by observed displacement from known                   again highlighting the importance in
                                                   behavioral change in response to                         foraging areas, the appearance of                     understanding species differences in the
                                                   disturbing sound levels than animals                     secondary indicators (e.g., bubble nets               tolerance of underwater noise when
                                                   that are highly motivated to remain in                   or sediment plumes), or changes in dive               determining the potential for impacts
                                                   an area for feeding (Richardson et al.,                  behavior. As for other types of                       resulting from anthropogenic sound
                                                   1995; NRC, 2003; Wartzok et al., 2003).                  behavioral response, the frequency,                   exposure (e.g., Kastelein et al., 2001,
                                                   Controlled experiments with captive                      duration, and temporal pattern of signal              2005, 2006; Gailey et al., 2007; Gailey et
                                                   marine mammals have showed                               presentation, as well as differences in               al., 2016).
                                                   pronounced behavioral reactions,                         species sensitivity, are likely                          Marine mammals vocalize for
                                                   including avoidance of loud sound                        contributing factors to differences in                different purposes and across multiple
                                                   sources (Ridgway et al., 1997). Observed                 response in any given circumstance                    modes, such as whistling, echolocation
                                                   responses of wild marine mammals to                      (e.g., Croll et al., 2001; Nowacek et al.;            click production, calling, and singing.
                                                   loud pulsed sound sources (typically                     2004; Madsen et al., 2006; Yazvenko et                Changes in vocalization behavior in
                                                   seismic airguns or acoustic harassment                   al., 2007). A determination of whether                response to anthropogenic noise can
                                                   devices) have been varied but often                      foraging disruptions incur fitness                    occur for any of these modes and may
                                                   consist of avoidance behavior or other                   consequences would require                            result from a need to compete with an
                                                   behavioral changes suggesting                            information on or estimates of the                    increase in background noise or may
                                                   discomfort (Morton and Symonds, 2002;                    energetic requirements of the affected                reflect increased vigilance or a startle
                                                   see also Richardson et al., 1995;                        individuals and the relationship                      response. For example, in the presence
                                                   Nowacek et al., 2007). However, many                     between prey availability, foraging effort            of potentially masking signals,
                                                   delphinids approach acoustic source                      and success, and the life history stage of            humpback whales and killer whales
                                                   vessels with no apparent discomfort or                   the animal.                                           have been observed to increase the
                                                   obvious behavioral change (e.g.,                            Visual tracking, passive acoustic                  length of their songs (Miller et al., 2000;
                                                   Barkaszi et al., 2012).                                  monitoring, and movement recording                    Fristrup et al., 2003; Foote et al., 2004),
                                                      Available studies show wide variation                 tags were used to quantify sperm whale                while right whales have been observed
                                                   in response to underwater sound;                         behavior prior to, during, and following              to shift the frequency content of their
                                                   therefore, it is difficult to predict                    exposure to airgun arrays at received                 calls upward while reducing the rate of
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   specifically how any given sound in a                    levels in the range 140–160 dB at                     calling in areas of increased
                                                   particular instance might affect marine                  distances of 7–13 km, following a phase-              anthropogenic noise (Parks et al., 2007).
                                                   mammals perceiving the signal. If a                      in of sound intensity and full array                  In some cases, animals may cease sound
                                                   marine mammal does react briefly to an                   exposures at 1–13 km (Madsen et al.,                  production during production of
                                                   underwater sound by changing its                         2006; Miller et al., 2009). Sperm whales              aversive signals (Bowles et al., 1994).
                                                   behavior or moving a small distance, the                 did not exhibit horizontal avoidance                     Cerchio et al. (2014) used passive
                                                   impacts of the change are unlikely to be                 behavior at the surface. However,                     acoustic monitoring to document the
                                                   significant to the individual, let alone                 foraging behavior may have been                       presence of singing humpback whales


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                   34364                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                   off the coast of northern Angola and to                  output in an effort to compensate for                 of increased vigilance, it may come at
                                                   opportunistically test for the effect of                 noise before ceasing vocalization effort              the cost of decreased attention to other
                                                   seismic survey activity on the number of                 and ultimately deflecting from the                    critical behaviors such as foraging or
                                                   singing whales. Two recording units                      acoustic source (Blackwell et al., 2013,              resting). These effects have generally not
                                                   were deployed between March and                          2015). These studies demonstrate that                 been demonstrated for marine
                                                   December 2008 in the offshore                            even low levels of noise received far                 mammals, but studies involving fish
                                                   environment; numbers of singers were                     from the source can induce changes in                 and terrestrial animals have shown that
                                                   counted every hour. Generalized                          vocalization and/or behavior for                      increased vigilance may substantially
                                                   Additive Mixed Models were used to                       mysticetes.                                           reduce feeding rates (e.g., Beauchamp
                                                   assess the effect of survey day                             Avoidance is the displacement of an                and Livoreil, 1997; Fritz et al., 2002;
                                                   (seasonality), hour (diel variation),                    individual from an area or migration                  Purser and Radford, 2011). In addition,
                                                   moon phase, and received levels of                       path as a result of the presence of a                 chronic disturbance can cause
                                                   noise (measured from a single pulse                      sound or other stressors, and is one of               population declines through reduction
                                                   during each ten minute sampled period)                   the most obvious manifestations of                    of fitness (e.g., decline in body
                                                   on singer number. The number of                          disturbance in marine mammals                         condition) and subsequent reduction in
                                                   singers significantly decreased with                     (Richardson et al., 1995). For example,               reproductive success, survival, or both
                                                   increasing received level of noise,                      gray whales are known to change                       (e.g., Harrington and Veitch, 1992; Daan
                                                   suggesting that humpback whale                           direction—deflecting from customary                   et al., 1996; Bradshaw et al., 1998).
                                                   breeding activity was disrupted to some                  migratory paths—in order to avoid noise               However, Ridgway et al. (2006) reported
                                                   extent by the survey activity.                           from seismic surveys (Malme et al.,                   that increased vigilance in bottlenose
                                                      Castellote et al. (2012) reported                     1984). Humpback whales showed                         dolphins exposed to sound over a five-
                                                   acoustic and behavioral changes by fin                   avoidance behavior in the presence of                 day period did not cause any sleep
                                                   whales in response to shipping and                       an active seismic array during                        deprivation or stress effects.
                                                   airgun noise. Acoustic features of fin                   observational studies and controlled                     Many animals perform vital functions,
                                                   whale song notes recorded in the                         exposure experiments in western                       such as feeding, resting, traveling, and
                                                   Mediterranean Sea and northeast                          Australia (McCauley et al., 2000).                    socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour
                                                   Atlantic Ocean were compared for areas                   Avoidance may be short-term, with                     cycle). Disruption of such functions
                                                   with different shipping noise levels and                 animals returning to the area once the                resulting from reactions to stressors
                                                   traffic intensities and during a seismic                 noise has ceased (e.g., Bowles et al.,                such as sound exposure are more likely
                                                   airgun survey. During the first 72 h of                  1994; Goold, 1996; Stone et al., 2000;                to be significant if they last more than
                                                   the survey, a steady decrease in song                    Morton and Symonds, 2002; Gailey et                   one diel cycle or recur on subsequent
                                                   received levels and bearings to singers                  al., 2007). Longer-term displacement is               days (Southall et al., 2007).
                                                   indicated that whales moved away from                    possible, however, which may lead to                  Consequently, a behavioral response
                                                   the acoustic source and out of the study                 changes in abundance or distribution                  lasting less than one day and not
                                                   area. This displacement persisted for a                  patterns of the affected species in the               recurring on subsequent days is not
                                                   time period well beyond the 10-day                       affected region if habituation to the                 considered particularly severe unless it
                                                   duration of seismic airgun activity,                     presence of the sound does not occur                  could directly affect reproduction or
                                                   providing evidence that fin whales may                   (e.g., Bejder et al., 2006; Teilmann et al.,          survival (Southall et al., 2007). Note that
                                                   avoid an area for an extended period in                  2006).                                                there is a difference between multi-day
                                                   the presence of increased noise. The                        A flight response is a dramatic change             substantive behavioral reactions and
                                                   authors hypothesize that fin whale                       in normal movement to a directed and                  multi-day anthropogenic activities. For
                                                   acoustic communication is modified to                    rapid movement away from the                          example, just because an activity lasts
                                                   compensate for increased background                      perceived location of a sound source.                 for multiple days does not necessarily
                                                   noise and that a sensitization process                   The flight response differs from other                mean that individual animals are either
                                                   may play a role in the observed                          avoidance responses in the intensity of               exposed to activity-related stressors for
                                                   temporary displacement.                                  the response (e.g., directed movement,                multiple days or, further, exposed in a
                                                      Seismic pulses at average received                    rate of travel). Relatively little                    manner resulting in sustained multi-day
                                                   levels of 131 dB re 1 mPa2-s caused blue                 information on flight responses of                    substantive behavioral responses.
                                                   whales to increase call production (Di                   marine mammals to anthropogenic                          Stone (2015) reported data from at-sea
                                                   Iorio and Clark, 2010). In contrast,                     signals exist, although observations of               observations during 1,196 seismic
                                                   McDonald et al. (1995) tracked a blue                    flight responses to the presence of                   surveys from 1994 to 2010. When large
                                                   whale with seafloor seismometers and                     predators have occurred (Connor and                   arrays of airguns (considered to be 500
                                                   reported that it stopped vocalizing and                  Heithaus, 1996). The result of a flight               in3 or more) were firing, lateral
                                                   changed its travel direction at a range of               response could range from brief,                      displacement, more localized
                                                   10 km from the acoustic source vessel                    temporary exertion and displacement                   avoidance, or other changes in behavior
                                                   (estimated received level 143 dB pk-pk).                 from the area where the signal provokes               were evident for most odontocetes.
                                                   Blackwell et al. (2013) found that                       flight to, in extreme cases, marine                   However, significant responses to large
                                                   bowhead whale call rates dropped                         mammal strandings (Evans and                          arrays were found only for the minke
                                                   significantly at onset of airgun use at                  England, 2001). However, it should be                 whale and fin whale. Behavioral
                                                   sites with a median distance of 41–45                    noted that response to a perceived                    responses observed included changes in
                                                   km from the survey. Blackwell et al.                     predator does not necessarily invoke                  swimming or surfacing behavior, with
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   (2015) expanded this analysis to show                    flight (Ford and Reeves, 2008), and                   indications that cetaceans remained
                                                   that whales actually increased calling                   whether individuals are solitary or in                near the water surface at these times.
                                                   rates as soon as airgun signals were                     groups may influence the response.                    Cetaceans were recorded as feeding less
                                                   detectable before ultimately decreasing                     Behavioral disturbance can also                    often when large arrays were active.
                                                   calling rates at higher received levels                  impact marine mammals in more subtle                  Behavioral observations of gray whales
                                                   (i.e., 10-minute SELcum of ∼127 dB).                     ways. Increased vigilance may result in               during a seismic survey monitored
                                                   Overall, these results suggest that                      costs related to diversion of focus and               whale movements and respirations
                                                   bowhead whales may adjust their vocal                    attention (i.e., when a response consists             pre-, during and post-seismic survey


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices                                             34365

                                                   (Gailey et al., 2016). Behavioral state                  responses due to exposure to                          not considered a physiological effect,
                                                   and water depth were the best ‘natural’                  anthropogenic sounds or other stressors               but rather a potential behavioral effect.
                                                   predictors of whale movements and                        and their effects on marine mammals                      The frequency range of the potentially
                                                   respiration and, after considering                       have also been reviewed (Fair and                     masking sound is important in
                                                   natural variation, none of the response                  Becker, 2000; Romano et al., 2002b)                   determining any potential behavioral
                                                   variables were significantly associated                  and, more rarely, studied in wild                     impacts. For example, low-frequency
                                                   with seismic survey or vessel sounds.                    populations (e.g., Romano et al., 2002a).             signals may have less effect on high-
                                                      3. Stress Responses—An animal’s                       For example, Rolland et al. (2012) found              frequency echolocation sounds
                                                   perception of a threat may be sufficient                 that noise reduction from reduced ship                produced by odontocetes but are more
                                                   to trigger stress responses consisting of                traffic in the Bay of Fundy was                       likely to affect detection of mysticete
                                                   some combination of behavioral                           associated with decreased stress in                   communication calls and other
                                                   responses, autonomic nervous system                      North Atlantic right whales. These and                potentially important natural sounds
                                                   responses, neuroendocrine responses, or                  other studies lead to a reasonable                    such as those produced by surf and
                                                   immune responses (e.g., Seyle, 1950;                     expectation that some marine mammals                  some prey species. The masking of
                                                   Moberg, 2000). In many cases, an                         will experience physiological stress                  communication signals by
                                                   animal’s first and sometimes most                        responses upon exposure to acoustic                   anthropogenic noise may be considered
                                                   economical (in terms of energetic costs)                 stressors and that it is possible that                as a reduction in the communication
                                                   response is behavioral avoidance of the                  some of these would be classified as                  space of animals (e.g., Clark et al., 2009)
                                                   potential stressor. Autonomic nervous                    ‘‘distress.’’ In addition, any animal                 and may result in energetic or other
                                                   system responses to stress typically                     experiencing TTS would likely also                    costs as animals change their
                                                   involve changes in heart rate, blood                     experience stress responses (NRC,                     vocalization behavior (e.g., Miller et al.,
                                                   pressure, and gastrointestinal activity.                 2003).                                                2000; Foote et al., 2004; Parks et al.,
                                                   These responses have a relatively short                     4. Auditory Masking—Sound can                      2007; Di Iorio and Clark, 2009; Holt et
                                                   duration and may or may not have a                       disrupt behavior through masking, or                  al., 2009). Masking can be reduced in
                                                   significant long-term effect on an                       interfering with, an animal’s ability to              situations where the signal and noise
                                                   animal’s fitness.                                        detect, recognize, or discriminate                    come from different directions
                                                      Neuroendocrine stress responses often                                                                       (Richardson et al., 1995), through
                                                                                                            between acoustic signals of interest (e.g.,
                                                   involve the hypothalamus-pituitary-                                                                            amplitude modulation of the signal, or
                                                                                                            those used for intraspecific
                                                   adrenal system. Virtually all                                                                                  through other compensatory behaviors
                                                                                                            communication and social interactions,
                                                   neuroendocrine functions that are                                                                              (Houser and Moore, 2014). Masking can
                                                                                                            prey detection, predator avoidance,
                                                   affected by stress—including immune                                                                            be tested directly in captive species
                                                                                                            navigation) (Richardson et al., 1995;
                                                   competence, reproduction, metabolism,                                                                          (e.g., Erbe, 2008), but in wild
                                                   and behavior—are regulated by pituitary                  Erbe et al., 2016). Masking occurs when
                                                                                                                                                                  populations it must be either modeled
                                                   hormones. Stress-induced changes in                      the receipt of a sound is interfered with
                                                                                                                                                                  or inferred from evidence of masking
                                                   the secretion of pituitary hormones have                 by another coincident sound at similar
                                                                                                                                                                  compensation. There are few studies
                                                   been implicated in failed reproduction,                  frequencies and at similar or higher
                                                                                                                                                                  addressing real-world masking sounds
                                                   altered metabolism, reduced immune                       intensity, and may occur whether the
                                                                                                                                                                  likely to be experienced by marine
                                                   competence, and behavioral disturbance                   sound is natural (e.g., snapping shrimp,
                                                                                                                                                                  mammals in the wild (e.g., Branstetter et
                                                   (e.g., Moberg, 1987; Blecha, 2000).                      wind, waves, precipitation) or                        al., 2013).
                                                   Increases in the circulation of                          anthropogenic (e.g., shipping, sonar,                    Masking affects both senders and
                                                   glucocorticoids are also equated with                    seismic exploration) in origin. The                   receivers of acoustic signals and can
                                                   stress (Romano et al., 2004).                            ability of a noise source to mask                     potentially have long-term chronic
                                                      The primary distinction between                       biologically important sounds depends                 effects on marine mammals at the
                                                   stress (which is adaptive and does not                   on the characteristics of both the noise              population level as well as at the
                                                   normally place an animal at risk) and                    source and the signal of interest (e.g.,              individual level. Low-frequency
                                                   ‘‘distress’’ is the cost of the response.                signal-to-noise ratio, temporal                       ambient sound levels have increased by
                                                   During a stress response, an animal uses                 variability, direction), in relation to each          as much as 20 dB (more than three times
                                                   glycogen stores that can be quickly                      other and to an animal’s hearing                      in terms of SPL) in the world’s ocean
                                                   replenished once the stress is alleviated.               abilities (e.g., sensitivity, frequency               from pre-industrial periods, with most
                                                   In such circumstances, the cost of the                   range, critical ratios, frequency                     of the increase from distant commercial
                                                   stress response would not pose serious                   discrimination, directional                           shipping (Hildebrand, 2009). All
                                                   fitness consequences. However, when                      discrimination, age or TTS hearing loss),             anthropogenic sound sources, but
                                                   an animal does not have sufficient                       and existing ambient noise and                        especially chronic and lower-frequency
                                                   energy reserves to satisfy the energetic                 propagation conditions.                               signals (e.g., from vessel traffic),
                                                   costs of a stress response, energy                          Under certain circumstances, marine                contribute to elevated ambient sound
                                                   resources must be diverted from other                    mammals experiencing significant                      levels, thus intensifying masking.
                                                   functions. This state of distress will last              masking could also be impaired from
                                                   until the animal replenishes its                         maximizing their performance fitness in               Ship Strike
                                                   energetic reserves sufficiently to restore               survival and reproduction. Therefore,                    Vessel collisions with marine
                                                   normal function.                                         when the coincident (masking) sound is                mammals, or ship strikes, can result in
                                                      Relationships between these                           man-made, it may be considered                        death or serious injury of the animal.
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   physiological mechanisms, animal                         harassment when disrupting or altering                Wounds resulting from ship strike may
                                                   behavior, and the costs of stress                        critical behaviors. It is important to                include massive trauma, hemorrhaging,
                                                   responses are well-studied through                       distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist                broken bones, or propeller lacerations
                                                   controlled experiments and for both                      after the sound exposure, from masking,               (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001). An animal
                                                   laboratory and free-ranging animals                      which occurs during the sound                         at the surface may be struck directly by
                                                   (e.g., Holberton et al., 1996; Hood et al.,              exposure. Because masking (without                    a vessel, a surfacing animal may hit the
                                                   1998; Jessop et al., 2003; Krausman et                   resulting in TS) is not associated with               bottom of a vessel, or an animal just
                                                   al., 2004; Lankford et al., 2005). Stress                abnormal physiological function, it is                below the surface may be cut by a


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                   34366                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                   vessel’s propeller. Superficial strikes                  summarized ship strikes of large whales               be discussed further in the following
                                                   may not kill or result in the death of the               worldwide from 1975–2003 and found                    analysis.
                                                   animal. These interactions are typically                 that most collisions occurred in the                     Stranding—When a living or dead
                                                   associated with large whales (e.g., fin                  open ocean and involved large vessels                 marine mammal swims or floats onto
                                                   whales), which are occasionally found                    (e.g., commercial shipping). Commercial               shore and becomes ‘‘beached’’ or
                                                   draped across the bulbous bow of large                   fishing vessels were responsible for                  incapable of returning to sea, the event
                                                   commercial ships upon arrival in port.                   three percent of recorded collisions,                 is a ‘‘stranding’’ (Geraci et al., 1999;
                                                   Although smaller cetaceans are more                      while no such incidents were reported                 Perrin and Geraci, 2002; Geraci and
                                                   maneuverable in relation to large vessels                for geophysical survey vessels during                 Lounsbury, 2005; NMFS, 2007). The
                                                   than are large whales, they may also be                  that time period.                                     legal definition for a stranding under the
                                                   susceptible to strike. The severity of                      It is possible for ship strikes to occur           MMPA is that ‘‘(A) a marine mammal is
                                                   injuries typically depends on the size                   while traveling at slow speeds. For                   dead and is (i) on a beach or shore of
                                                   and speed of the vessel, with the                        example, a hydrographic survey vessel                 the United States; or (ii) in waters under
                                                   probability of death or serious injury                   traveling at low speed (5.5 kn) while                 the jurisdiction of the United States
                                                   increasing as vessel speed increases                     conducting mapping surveys off the                    (including any navigable waters); or (B)
                                                   (Knowlton and Kraus, 2001; Laist et al.,                 central California coast struck and killed            a marine mammal is alive and is (i) on
                                                   2001; Vanderlaan and Taggart, 2007;                      a blue whale in 2009. The State of                    a beach or shore of the United States
                                                   Conn and Silber, 2013). Impact forces                    California determined that the whale                  and is unable to return to the water; (ii)
                                                   increase with speed, as does the                         had suddenly and unexpectedly                         on a beach or shore of the United States
                                                   probability of a strike at a given distance              surfaced beneath the hull, with the                   and, although able to return to the
                                                   (Silber et al., 2010; Gende et al., 2011).               result that the propeller severed the                 water, is in need of apparent medical
                                                      Pace and Silber (2005) also found that                whale’s vertebrae, and that this was an               attention; or (iii) in the waters under the
                                                   the probability of death or serious injury               unavoidable event. This strike                        jurisdiction of the United States
                                                   increased rapidly with increasing vessel                 represents the only such incident in                  (including any navigable waters), but is
                                                   speed. Specifically, the predicted                       approximately 540,000 hours of similar                unable to return to its natural habitat
                                                   probability of serious injury or death                   coastal mapping activity (p = 1.9 × 10¥6;             under its own power or without
                                                   increased from 45 to 75 percent as                       95% CI = 0 ¥5.5 × 10¥6; NMFS, 2013b).                 assistance.’’
                                                   vessel speed increased from 10 to 14 kn,                 In addition, a research vessel reported a                Marine mammals strand for a variety
                                                   and exceeded 90 percent at 17 kn.                        fatal strike in 2011 of a dolphin in the              of reasons, such as infectious agents,
                                                   Higher speeds during collisions result in                Atlantic, demonstrating that it is                    biotoxicosis, starvation, fishery
                                                   greater force of impact, but higher                      possible for strikes involving smaller                interaction, ship strike, unusual
                                                   speeds also appear to increase the                       cetaceans to occur. In that case, the                 oceanographic or weather events, sound
                                                   chance of severe injuries or death                       incident report indicated that an animal              exposure, or combinations of these
                                                   through increased likelihood of                          apparently was struck by the vessel’s                 stressors sustained concurrently or in
                                                   collision by pulling whales toward the                   propeller as it was intentionally                     series. However, the cause or causes of
                                                   vessel (Clyne, 1999; Knowlton et al.,                    swimming near the vessel. While                       most strandings are unknown (Geraci et
                                                   1995). In a separate study, Vanderlaan                   indicative of the type of unusual events              al., 1976; Eaton, 1979; Odell et al., 1980;
                                                   and Taggart (2007) analyzed the                          that cannot be ruled out, neither of these            Best, 1982). Numerous studies suggest
                                                   probability of lethal mortality of large                 instances represents a circumstance that              that the physiology, behavior, habitat
                                                   whales at a given speed, showing that                    would be considered reasonably                        relationships, age, or condition of
                                                   the greatest rate of change in the                       foreseeable or that would be considered               cetaceans may cause them to strand or
                                                   probability of a lethal injury to a large                preventable.                                          might pre-dispose them to strand when
                                                   whale as a function of vessel speed                         Although the likelihood of the vessel              exposed to another phenomenon. These
                                                   occurs between 8.6 and 15 kn. The                        striking a marine mammal is low, we                   suggestions are consistent with the
                                                   chances of a lethal injury decline from                  require a robust ship strike avoidance                conclusions of numerous other studies
                                                   approximately 80 percent at 15 kn to                     protocol (see ‘‘Proposed Mitigation’’),               that have demonstrated that
                                                   approximately 20 percent at 8.6 kn. At                   which we believe eliminates any                       combinations of dissimilar stressors
                                                   speeds below 11.8 kn, the chances of                     foreseeable risk of ship strike. We                   commonly combine to kill an animal or
                                                   lethal injury drop below 50 percent,                     anticipate that vessel collisions                     dramatically reduce its fitness, even
                                                   while the probability asymptotically                     involving a seismic data acquisition                  though one exposure without the other
                                                   increases toward one hundred percent                     vessel towing gear, while not                         does not produce the same result
                                                   above 15 kn.                                             impossible, represent unlikely,                       (Chroussos, 2000; Creel, 2005; DeVries
                                                      The Kairei travels at a speed of ∼8.3                 unpredictable events for which there are              et al., 2003; Fair and Becker, 2000; Foley
                                                   km/hour while towing seismic survey                      no preventive measures. Given the                     et al., 2001; Moberg, 2000; Relyea,
                                                   gear (LGL 2017). At this speed, both the                 required mitigation measures, the                     2005a; 2005b, Romero, 2004; Sih et al.,
                                                   possibility of striking a marine mammal                  relatively slow speed of the vessel                   2004).
                                                   and the possibility of a strike resulting                towing gear, the presence of bridge crew                 Use of military tactical sonar has been
                                                   in serious injury or mortality are                       watching for obstacles at all times                   implicated in a majority of investigated
                                                   discountable. At average transit speed,                  (including marine mammals), the                       stranding events, although one
                                                   the probability of serious injury or                     presence of marine mammal observers,                  stranding event was associated with the
                                                   mortality resulting from a strike is less                and the short duration of the survey (5.5             use of seismic airguns. This event
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   than 50 percent. However, the                            days), we believe that the possibility of             occurred in the Gulf of California,
                                                   likelihood of a strike actually happening                ship strike is discountable and, further,             coincident with seismic reflection
                                                   is again discountable. Ship strikes, as                  that were a strike of a large whale to                profiling by the R/V Maurice Ewing
                                                   analyzed in the studies cited above,                     occur, it would be unlikely to result in              operated by Columbia University’s
                                                   generally involve commercial shipping,                   serious injury or mortality. No                       Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory and
                                                   which is much more common in both                        incidental take resulting from ship                   involved two Cuvier’s beaked whales
                                                   space and time than is geophysical                       strike is anticipated, and this potential             (Hildebrand, 2004). The vessel had been
                                                   survey activity. Jensen and Silber (2004)                effect of the specified activity will not             firing an array of 20 airguns with a total


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices                                            34367

                                                   volume of 8,500 in3 (Hildebrand, 2004;                   mammals would depend greatly on the                   a 150 inch3 airgun decreased
                                                   Taylor et al., 2004). Most known                         size and location of a spill and                      zooplankton abundance when compared
                                                   stranding events have involved beaked                    meteorological conditions at the time of              with controls, as measured by sonar and
                                                   whales, though a small number have                       the spill. Spilled fuel would rapidly                 net tows, and caused a two- to threefold
                                                   involved deep-diving delphinids or                       spread to a layer of varying thickness                increase in dead adult and larval
                                                   sperm whales (e.g., Mazzariol et al.,                    and break up into narrow bands or                     zooplankton. Although no adult krill
                                                   2010; Southall et al., 2013). In general,                windrows parallel to the wind direction.              were present, the study found that all
                                                   long duration (∼1 second) and high-                      The rate at which the fuel spreads                    larval krill were killed after air gun
                                                   intensity sounds (≤235 dB SPL) have                      would be determined by the prevailing                 passage. Impacts were observed out to
                                                   been implicated in stranding events                      conditions such as temperature, water                 the maximum 1.2 km range sampled.
                                                   (Hildebrand, 2004). With regard to                       currents, tidal streams, and wind                        In general, impacts to marine mammal
                                                   beaked whales, mid-frequency sound is                    speeds. Lighter, volatile components of               prey are expected to be limited due to
                                                   typically implicated (when causation                     the fuel would evaporate to the                       the relatively small temporal and spatial
                                                   can be determined) (Hildebrand, 2004).                   atmosphere almost completely in a few                 overlap between the proposed survey
                                                   Although seismic airguns create                          days. Evaporation rate may increase as                and any areas used by marine mammal
                                                   predominantly low-frequency energy,                      the fuel spreads because of the                       prey species. The proposed survey
                                                   the signal does include a mid-frequency                  increased surface area of the slick.                  would occur over a relatively short time
                                                   component. We have considered the                        Rougher seas, high wind speeds, and                   period (5.5 days) and would occur over
                                                   potential for the proposed survey to                     high temperatures also tend to increase               a very small area relative to the area
                                                   result in marine mammal stranding and                    the rate of evaporation and the                       available as marine mammal habitat in
                                                   have concluded that, based on the best                   proportion of fuel lost by this process               the central Pacific Ocean. We do not
                                                   available information, stranding is not                  (Scholz et al., 1999). We do not                      have any information to suggest the
                                                   expected to occur.                                       anticipate potentially meaningful effects             proposed survey area represents a
                                                      Other Potential Impacts—Here, we                      to marine mammals as a result of any                  significant feeding area for any marine
                                                   briefly address the potential risks due to               contaminant spill resulting from the                  mammal, and we believe any impacts to
                                                   entanglement and contaminant spills.                     proposed survey activities, and                       marine mammals due to adverse affects
                                                   We are not aware of any records of                       contaminant spills are not discussed                  to their prey would be insignificant due
                                                   marine mammal entanglement in towed                      further in this document.                             to the limited spatial and temporal
                                                   arrays such as those considered here.                                                                          impact of the proposed survey.
                                                   The discharge of trash and debris is                     Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal                  However, adverse impacts may occur to
                                                   prohibited (33 CFR 151.51–77) unless it                  Habitat                                               a few species of fish and to zooplankton.
                                                   is passed through a machine that breaks                     Effects to Prey—Marine mammal prey                    Acoustic Habitat—Acoustic habitat is
                                                   up solids such that they can pass                        varies by species, season, and location               the soundscape—which encompasses
                                                   through a 25-mm mesh screen. All other                   and, for some, is not well documented.                all of the sound present in a particular
                                                   trash and debris must be returned to                     Fish react to sounds which are                        location and time, as a whole—when
                                                   shore for proper disposal with                           especially strong and/or intermittent                 considered from the perspective of the
                                                   municipal and solid waste. Some                          low-frequency sounds. Short duration,                 animals experiencing it. Animals
                                                   personal items may be accidentally lost                  sharp sounds can cause overt or subtle                produce sound for, or listen for sounds
                                                   overboard. However, U.S. Coast Guard                     changes in fish behavior and local                    produced by, conspecifics
                                                   and Environmental Protection Act                         distribution. Hastings and Popper (2005)              (communication during feeding, mating,
                                                   regulations require operators to become                  identified several studies that suggest               and other social activities), other
                                                   proactive in avoiding accidental loss of                 fish may relocate to avoid certain areas              animals (finding prey or avoiding
                                                   solid waste items by developing waste                    of sound energy. Additional studies                   predators), and the physical
                                                   management plans, posting                                have documented effects of pulsed                     environment (finding suitable habitats,
                                                   informational placards, manifesting                      sound on fish, although several are                   navigating). Together, sounds made by
                                                   trash sent to shore, and using special                   based on studies in support of                        animals and the geophysical
                                                   precautions such as covering outside                     construction projects (e.g., Scholik and              environment (e.g., produced by
                                                   trash bins to prevent accidental loss of                 Yan, 2001, 2002; Popper and Hastings,                 earthquakes, lightning, wind, rain,
                                                   solid waste. There are no meaningful                     2009). Sound pulses at received levels                waves) make up the natural
                                                   entanglement risks posed by the                          of 160 dB may cause subtle changes in                 contributions to the total acoustics of a
                                                   described activity, and entanglement                     fish behavior. SPLs of 180 dB may cause               place. These acoustic conditions,
                                                   risks are not discussed further in this                  noticeable changes in behavior (Pearson               termed acoustic habitat, are one
                                                   document.                                                et al., 1992; Skalski et al., 1992). SPLs             attribute of an animal’s total habitat.
                                                      Marine mammals could be affected by                   of sufficient strength have been known                   Soundscapes are also defined by, and
                                                   accidentally spilled diesel fuel from a                  to cause injury to fish and fish                      acoustic habitat influenced by, the total
                                                   vessel associated with proposed survey                   mortality. The most likely impact to fish             contribution of anthropogenic sound.
                                                   activities. Quantities of diesel fuel on                 from survey activities at the project area            This may include incidental emissions
                                                   the sea surface may affect marine                        would be temporary avoidance of the                   from sources such as vessel traffic, or
                                                   mammals through various pathways:                        area. The duration of fish avoidance of               may be intentionally introduced to the
                                                   surface contact of the fuel with skin and                a given area after survey effort stops is             marine environment for data acquisition
                                                   other mucous membranes, inhalation of                    unknown, but a rapid return to normal                 purposes (as in the use of airgun arrays).
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   concentrated petroleum vapors, or                        recruitment, distribution and behavior                Anthropogenic noise varies widely in its
                                                   ingestion of the fuel (direct ingestion or               is anticipated.                                       frequency content, duration, and
                                                   by the ingestion of oiled prey) (e.g.,                      Information on seismic airgun                      loudness and these characteristics
                                                   Geraci and St. Aubin, 1980, 1985, 1990).                 impacts to zooplankton, which                         greatly influence the potential habitat-
                                                   However, the likelihood of a fuel spill                  represent an important prey type for                  mediated effects to marine mammals
                                                   during any particular geophysical                        mysticetes, is limited. However,                      (please see also the previous discussion
                                                   survey is considered to be remote, and                   McCauley et al. (2017) reported that                  on masking under ‘‘Acoustic Effects’’),
                                                   the potential for impacts to marine                      experimental exposure to a pulse from                 which may range from local effects for


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                   34368                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                   brief periods of time to chronic effects                 nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering             behavioral context) and can be difficult
                                                   over large areas and for long durations.                 (Level B harassment).                                 to predict (Southall et al., 2007, Ellison
                                                   Depending on the extent of effects to                       Authorized takes would primarily be                et al., 2011). Based on the best available
                                                   habitat, animals may alter their                         by Level B harassment, as use of the                  science and the practical need to use a
                                                   communications signals (thereby                          seismic airguns have the potential to                 threshold based on a factor that is both
                                                   potentially expending additional                         result in disruption of behavioral                    predictable and measurable for most
                                                   energy) or miss acoustic cues (either                    patterns for individual marine                        activities, NMFS uses a generalized
                                                   conspecific or adventitious). For more                   mammals. There is also some potential                 acoustic threshold based on received
                                                   detail on these concepts see, e.g., Barber               for auditory injury (Level A harassment)              level to estimate the onset of behavioral
                                                   et al., 2010; Pijanowski et al., 2011;                   to result, primarily for mysticetes and               harassment. NMFS predicts that marine
                                                   Francis and Barber, 2013; Lillis et al.,                 high frequency cetaceans (i.e., kogiidae              mammals are likely to be behaviorally
                                                   2014.                                                    spp.), due to larger predicted auditory               harassed in a manner we consider to fall
                                                      Problems arising from a failure to                    injury zones for those functional hearing             under Level B harassment when
                                                   detect cues are more likely to occur                     groups. Auditory injury is unlikely to                exposed to underwater anthropogenic
                                                   when noise stimuli are chronic and                       occur for mid-frequency species given                 noise above received levels of 120 dB re
                                                   overlap with biologically relevant cues                  very small modeled zones of injury for                1 mPa (rms) for continuous (e.g.,
                                                   used for communication, orientation,                     those species. The proposed mitigation                vibratory pile-driving, drilling) and
                                                   and predator/prey detection (Francis                     and monitoring measures are expected                  above 160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) for non-
                                                   and Barber, 2013). Although the signals                  to minimize the severity of such taking               explosive impulsive (e.g., seismic
                                                   emitted by seismic airgun arrays are                     to the extent practicable.                            airguns) or intermittent (e.g., scientific
                                                   generally low frequency, they would                         As described previously, no mortality              sonar) sources. UH’s proposed activity
                                                   also likely be of short duration and                     is anticipated or proposed to be                      includes the use of impulsive seismic
                                                   transient in any given area due to the                   authorized for this activity. Below we                sources. Therefore, the 160 dB re 1 mPa
                                                   nature of these surveys. As described                    describe how the take is estimated.                   (rms) criteria is applicable for analysis
                                                   previously, exploratory surveys such as                     Described in the most basic way, we                of level B harassment.
                                                   these cover a large area but would be                    estimate take by considering: (1)
                                                                                                                                                                     Level A harassment for non-explosive
                                                   transient rather than focused in a given                 Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS
                                                                                                                                                                  sources— NMFS’ Technical Guidance
                                                   location over time and therefore would                   believes the best available science
                                                                                                                                                                  for Assessing the Effects of
                                                   not be considered chronic in any given                   indicates marine mammals will be
                                                                                                                                                                  Anthropogenic Sound on Marine
                                                   location.                                                behaviorally harassed or incur some
                                                                                                                                                                  Mammal Hearing (NMFS, 2016)
                                                      In summary, activities associated with                degree of permanent hearing
                                                                                                                                                                  identifies dual criteria to assess auditory
                                                   the proposed action are not likely to                    impairment; (2) the area or volume of
                                                                                                                                                                  injury (Level A harassment) to five
                                                   have a permanent, adverse effect on any                  water that will be ensonified above
                                                                                                                                                                  different marine mammal groups (based
                                                   fish habitat or populations of fish                      these levels in a day; (3) the density or
                                                                                                                                                                  on hearing sensitivity) as a result of
                                                   species or on the quality of acoustic                    occurrence of marine mammals within
                                                                                                                                                                  exposure to noise from two different
                                                   habitat. Thus, any impacts to marine                     these ensonified areas; and (4) and the
                                                                                                                                                                  types of sources (impulsive or non-
                                                   mammal habitat are not expected to                       number of days of activities. Below, we
                                                                                                                                                                  impulsive). The Technical Guidance
                                                   cause significant or long-term                           describe these components in more
                                                                                                                                                                  identifies the received levels, or
                                                   consequences for individual marine                       detail and present the exposure estimate
                                                                                                                                                                  thresholds, above which individual
                                                   mammals or their populations.                            and associated numbers of take
                                                                                                                                                                  marine mammals are predicted to
                                                                                                            proposed for authorization.
                                                   Estimated Take                                                                                                 experience changes in their hearing
                                                     This section provides an estimate of                   Acoustic Thresholds                                   sensitivity for all underwater
                                                   the number of incidental takes proposed                     Using the best available science,                  anthropogenic sound sources, reflects
                                                   for authorization through this IHA,                      NMFS has developed acoustic                           the best available science, and better
                                                   which will inform both NMFS’                             thresholds that identify the received                 predicts the potential for auditory injury
                                                   consideration of whether the number of                   level of underwater sound above which                 than does NMFS’ historical criteria.
                                                   takes is ‘‘small’’ and the negligible                    exposed marine mammals would be                          These thresholds were developed by
                                                   impact determination.                                    reasonably expected to be behaviorally                compiling and synthesizing the best
                                                     Harassment is the only type of take                    harassed (equated to Level B                          available science and soliciting input
                                                   expected to result from these activities.                harassment) or to incur PTS of some                   multiple times from both the public and
                                                   Except with respect to certain activities                degree (equated to Level A harassment).               peer reviewers to inform the final
                                                   not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the                    Level B Harassment for non-explosive               product, and are provided in Table 4
                                                   MMPA defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any                      sources— Though significantly driven                  below. The references, analysis, and
                                                   act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance                    by received level, the onset of                       methodology used in the development
                                                   which (i) has the potential to injure a                  behavioral disturbance from                           of the thresholds are described in NMFS
                                                   marine mammal or marine mammal                           anthropogenic noise exposure is also                  2016 Technical Guidance, which may
                                                   stock in the wild (Level A harassment);                  informed to varying degrees by other                  be accessed at: http://
                                                   or (ii) has the potential to disturb a                   factors related to the source (e.g.,                  www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/
                                                   marine mammal or marine mammal                           frequency, predictability, duty cycle),               guidelines.htm. As described above,
                                                   stock in the wild by causing disruption                  the environment (e.g., bathymetry), and               UH’s proposed activity includes the use
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   of behavioral patterns, including, but                   the receiving animals (hearing,                       of intermittent and impulsive seismic
                                                   not limited to, migration, breathing,                    motivation, experience, demography,                   sources.




                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                                                     Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices                                                                   34369

                                                              TABLE 4—THRESHOLDS IDENTIFYING THE ONSET OF PERMANENT THRESHOLD SHIFT IN MARINE MAMMALS
                                                                                                                                                                          PTS onset thresholds
                                                                               Hearing group
                                                                                                                                                     Impulsive*                                              Non-impulsive

                                                   Low-Frequency (LF) Cetaceans .............................................   Lpk,flat: 219 dB ........................................   LE,LF,24h: 199 dB
                                                                                                                                LE,LF,24h: 183 dB
                                                   Mid-Frequency (MF) Cetaceans .............................................   Lpk,flat: 230 dB ........................................   LE,   MF,24h:   198 dB
                                                                                                                                LE,MF,24h: 185 dB
                                                   High-Frequency (HF) Cetaceans ............................................   Lpk,flat: 202 dB ........................................   LE,HF,24h: 173 dB
                                                                                                                                LE, HF,24h: 155 dB
                                                      Note: * Dual metric acoustic thresholds for impulsive sounds: Use whichever results in the largest isopleth for calculating PTS onset. If a non-
                                                   impulsive sound has the potential of exceeding the peak sound pressure level thresholds associated with impulsive sounds, these thresholds
                                                   should also be considered.
                                                      Note: Peak sound pressure (Lpk) has a reference value of 1 μPa, and cumulative sound exposure level (LE) has a reference value of 1μPa2s.
                                                   In this Table, thresholds are abbreviated to reflect American National Standards Institute standards (ANSI 2013). However, peak sound pressure
                                                   is defined by ANSI as incorporating frequency weighting, which is not the intent for this Technical Guidance. Hence, the subscript ‘‘flat’’ is being
                                                   included to indicate peak sound pressure should be flat weighted or unweighted within the generalized hearing range. The subscript associated
                                                   with cumulative sound exposure level thresholds indicates the designated marine mammal auditory weighting function (LF, MF, and HF
                                                   cetaceans, and PW and OW pinnipeds) and that the recommended accumulation period is 24 hours. The cumulative sound exposure level
                                                   thresholds could be exceeded in a multitude of ways (i.e., varying exposure levels and durations, duty cycle). When possible, it is valuable for
                                                   action proponents to indicate the conditions under which these acoustic thresholds will be exceeded.


                                                   Ensonified Area                                                TABLE 5—PREDICTED RADIAL DIS-                                   that can be used in conjunction with
                                                                                                                  TANCES FROM R/V KAIREI SEISMIC                                  marine mammal density or occurrence
                                                     Here, we describe operational and                                                                                            to facilitate the estimation of take
                                                   environmental parameters of the activity
                                                                                                                  SOURCE    TO   ISOPLETH   COR-
                                                                                                                  RESPONDING TO LEVEL B HARASS-                                   numbers.
                                                   that will feed into estimating the area                                                                                           The values for SELcum and peak SPL
                                                   ensonified above the acoustic                                  MENT THRESHOLD
                                                                                                                                                                                  for the Kairei airgun array were derived
                                                   thresholds.                                                                                                                    from calculating the modified farfield
                                                                                                                                                           Predicted
                                                     The proposed survey would entail use                                                                 distance to             signature (Table 6). The farfield
                                                   of a 32-airgun array with a total                            Source and volume (in3)                 threshold (160            signature is often used as a theoretical
                                                                                                                                                         dB re 1 μPa)             representation of the source level. To
                                                   discharge of 7,800 in3 at a tow depth of                                                                   (m)
                                                   10 m. The distance to the predicted                                                                                            compute the farfield signature, the
                                                   isopleth corresponding to the threshold                     1 airgun, 100 ....................    722                          source level is estimated at a large
                                                   for Level B harassment (160 dB re 1 mPa)                    4 strings, 32 airguns,                9,289                        distance below the array (e.g., 9 km),
                                                   was calculated based on results of                            7,800.                                                           and this level is back projected
                                                   modeling performed by Lamont-Doherty                                                                                           mathematically to a notional distance of
                                                   Earth Observatory (LDEO) of Columbia                          Predicted distances to Level A                                   1 m from the array’s geometrical center.
                                                   University. Received sound levels were                     harassment isopleths, which vary based                              However, when the source is an array of
                                                                                                              on marine mammal hearing groups                                     multiple airguns separated in space, the
                                                   predicted by LDEO’s model (Diebold et
                                                                                                              (Table 3), were calculated based on                                 source level from the theoretical farfield
                                                   al. 2010) as a function of distance from
                                                                                                              modeling performed by LDEO using the                                signature is not necessarily the best
                                                   the full 32-airgun array as well as for a                  Nucleus software program and the                                    measurement of the source level that is
                                                   single 100 in3 airgun, which would be                      NMFS User Spreadsheet, described                                    physically achieved at the source
                                                   used during power-downs. The LDEO                          below. The updated acoustic thresholds                              (Tolstoy et al. 2009). Near the source (at
                                                   modeling approach uses ray tracing for                     for impulsive sounds (such as airguns)                              short ranges, distances <1 km), the
                                                   the direct wave traveling from the array                   contained in the Technical Guidance                                 pulses of sound pressure from each
                                                   to the receiver and its associated source                  (NMFS 2016) were presented as dual                                  individual airgun in the source array do
                                                   ghost (reflection at the air-water                         metric acoustic thresholds using both                               not stack constructively, as they do for
                                                   interface in the vicinity of the array), in                SELcum and peak sound pressure                                      the theoretical farfield signature. The
                                                   a constant-velocity half-space (infinite                   metrics. As dual metrics, NMFS                                      pulses from the different airguns spread
                                                   homogeneous ocean layer unbounded                          considers onset of PTS (Level A                                     out in time such that the source levels
                                                   by a seafloor). LDEO’s modeling                            harassment) to have occurred when                                   observed or modeled are the result of
                                                   methodology is described in greater                        either one of the two metrics is                                    the summation of pulses from a few
                                                   detail in the IHA application (LGL 2017)                   exceeded (i.e., metric resulting in the                             airguns, not the full array (Tolstoy et al.
                                                   and we refer to the reader to that                         largest isopleth). The SELcum metric                                2009). At larger distances, away from
                                                   document rather than repeating it here.                    considers both level and duration of                                the source array center, sound pressure
                                                   The estimated distances to the Level B                     exposure, as well as auditory weighting                             of all the airguns in the array stack
                                                   harassment isopleth for the Kairei’s full                  functions by marine mammal hearing                                  coherently, but not within one time
                                                   airgun array and for the single 100-in3                    group. In recognition of the fact that the                          sample, resulting in smaller source
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   airgun are shown in Table 5.                               requirement to calculate Level A                                    levels (a few dB) than the source level
                                                                                                              harassment ensonified areas could be                                derived from the farfield signature.
                                                                                                              more technically challenging to predict                             Because the farfield signature does not
                                                                                                              due to the duration component and the                               take into account the large array effect
                                                                                                              use of weighting functions in the new                               near the source and is calculated as a
                                                                                                              SELcum thresholds, NMFS developed an                                point source, the modified farfield
                                                                                                              optional User Spreadsheet that includes                             signature is a more appropriate measure
                                                                                                              tools to help predict a simple isopleth                             of the sound source level for distributed


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014    19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000    Frm 00019     Fmt 4701     Sfmt 4703      E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM            24JYN2


                                                   34370                                 Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                   sound sources, such as airgun arrays.                              directions (for example, see Figure 5 in                    subarrays which are modeled using the
                                                   UH used the acoustic modeling                                      the IHA application). The propagation                       NUCLEUS software to estimate the
                                                   developed by LDEO (same as used for                                modeling takes into account all airgun                      notional signature and MATLAB
                                                   Level B takes) with a small grid step of                           interactions at short distances from the                    software to calculate the pressure signal
                                                   1 m in both the inline and depth                                   source, including interactions between                      at each mesh point of a grid.

                                                         TABLE 6—MODELED SOURCE LEVELS FOR R/V KAIREI 7,800 IN 3 AIRGUN ARRAY AND 100 IN 3 AIRGUN BASED ON
                                                                                         MODIFIED FARFIELD SIGNATURE
                                                                                                                                                                 7,800 in 3       7,800 in 3       100 in 3 airgun   100 in 3 airgun
                                                                                                                                                                airgun array     airgun array
                                                                                      Functional hearing group                                                                                     (Peak SPLflat)      (SELcum)
                                                                                                                                                               (Peak SPLflat)      (SELcum)             (db)              (db)
                                                                                                                                                                    (db)             (db)

                                                   Low frequency cetaceans ................................................................................
                                                   (Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h: 183 dB) ..................................................................           256.36              235.01           229.46            208.41
                                                   Mid frequency cetaceans .................................................................................
                                                   (Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h: 185 dB) ..................................................................           245.59              235.12           229.47            208.44
                                                   High frequency cetaceans ...............................................................................
                                                   (Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h: 155 dB) ..................................................................           256.26              235.16           229.59            209.01



                                                      In order to more realistically                                  hearing group that could be directly                        SPL thresholds, modeling was run for a
                                                   incorporate the Technical Guidance’s                               incorporated within the User                                single shot and then a high pass filter
                                                   weighting functions over the seismic                               Spreadsheet (i.e., to override the                          was applied for each hearing group. A
                                                   array’s full acoustic band, unweighted                             Spreadsheet’s more simple weighting                         high pass filter is a type of band band-
                                                   spectrum data for the Kairei’s airgun                              factor adjustment). Using the User                          pass filter, which pass frequencies
                                                   array (modeled in 1 Hz bands) was used                             Spreadsheet’s ‘‘safe distance’’                             within a defined range without reducing
                                                   to make adjustments (dB) to the                                    methodology for mobile sources                              amplitude and attenuate frequencies
                                                   unweighted spectrum levels, by                                     (described by Sivle et al., 2014) with the                  outside that defined range (Yost 2007).
                                                   frequency, according to the weighting                              hearing group-specific weighted source                      Inputs to the User Spreadsheet are
                                                   functions for each relevant marine                                 levels, and inputs assuming spherical                       shown in Table 6; outputs from the User
                                                   mammal hearing group. These adjusted/                              spreading propagation, a source velocity
                                                                                                                                                                                  Spreadsheet in the form of estimated
                                                   weighted spectrum levels were then                                 of 2.315 meters/second, and shot
                                                                                                                                                                                  distances to Level A harassment
                                                   converted to pressures (micropascals) in                           interval of 21.59 seconds (LGL 2017),
                                                   order to integrate them over the entire                            potential radial distances to auditory                      isopleths are shown in Table 7. The
                                                   broadband spectrum, resulting in                                   injury zones were then calculated for                       User Spreadsheet used by UH is shown
                                                   broadband weighted source levels by                                SELcum thresholds. To estimate Peak                         in Table 3 of the IHA application.

                                                    TABLE 7—MODELED RADIAL DISTANCES FROM R/V KAIREI 7800 IN3 AIRGUN ARRAY AND 100 IN3 AIRGUN TO ISOPLETHS
                                                                             CORRESPONDING TO LEVEL A HARASSMENT THRESHOLDS
                                                                                                                                                                  7,800 in3        7,800 in3       100 in3 airgun    100 in3 airgun
                                                                                                                                                                airgun array     airgun array
                                                                                      Functional hearing group                                                                                     (Peak SPLflat)      (SELcum)
                                                                                                                                                               (peak SPLflat)      (SELcum)             (m)               (m)
                                                                                                                                                                     (m)              (m)

                                                   Low frequency cetaceans ................................................................................
                                                   (Lpk,flat: 219 dB; LE,LF,24h: 183 dB) ..................................................................              61.5              752.8               3.2             4.48
                                                   Mid frequency cetaceans .................................................................................
                                                   (Lpk,flat: 230 dB; LE,MF,24h: 185 dB) ..................................................................               0.0                0.0               0.0               n/a
                                                   High frequency cetaceans ...............................................................................
                                                   (Lpk,flat: 202 dB; LE,HF,24h: 155 dB) ..................................................................              14.5                1.7               3.7               n/a



                                                     Note that because of some of the                                 Spreadsheet predicts the closest                            calculated by Bradford et al. (2017) from
                                                   assumptions included in the methods                                distance at which a stationary animal                       summer–fall vessel-based surveys that
                                                   used, isopleths produced may be                                    would not incur PTS if the sound source                     are part of the Hawaiian Island Cetacean
                                                   overestimates to some degree, which                                traveled by the animal in a straight line                   Ecosystem Assessment Survey
                                                   will ultimately result in some degree of                           at a constant speed.                                        (HICEAS) were used. The surveys were
                                                   overestimate of Level A take. However,                             Marine Mammal Occurrence                                    conducted by NMFS’ Southwest
                                                   these tools offer the best way to predict                                                                                      Fisheries Science Center (SWFSC) and
                                                   appropriate isopleths when more                                      In this section we provide the                            Pacific Islands Fisheries Science Center
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                                      information about the presence, density,
                                                   sophisticated 3D modeling methods are                                                                                          (PIFSC) in 2010 using two NOAA
                                                                                                                      or group dynamics of marine mammals
                                                   not available, and NMFS continues to                                                                                           research vessels, one during August 13–
                                                                                                                      that will inform the take calculations.
                                                   develop ways to quantitatively refine                                The best available scientific                             December 1 and the other during
                                                   these tools and will qualitatively                                 information was considered in                               September 2–October 29. The densities
                                                   address the output where appropriate.                              conducting marine mammal exposure                           were estimated using a multiple-
                                                   For mobile sources, such as the                                    estimates (the basis for estimating take).                  covariate line-transect approach
                                                   proposed seismic survey, the User                                  For most cetacean species, densities                        (Buckland et al. 2001; Marques and


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014       19:14 Jul 21, 2017     Jkt 241001     PO 00000      Frm 00020      Fmt 4701     Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                                                             Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices                                                          34371

                                                   Buckland 2004). Density estimates for                                    estimates for humpback and minke                         within these respective areas, based on
                                                   pygmy and dwarf sperm whales and                                         whales were not available.                               estimated densities, are expected to be
                                                   spinner dolphins, which were not                                           There is some uncertainty related to                   incidentally taken by the proposed
                                                   calculated from the 2010 surveys, were                                   the estimated density data and the                       survey.
                                                   derived from the ‘‘Outer EEZ stratum’’                                   assumptions used in their calculations,                    To summarize, the estimated density
                                                   of the vessel-based HICEAS survey                                        as with all density data estimates.                      of each marine mammal species within
                                                   conducted in summer–fall 2002 by                                         However, the approach used is based on                   an area (animals/km2) is multiplied by
                                                   SWFSC (Barlow 2006) using line-                                          the best available data.                                 the daily ensonified areas (km2) that
                                                   transect methodology (Buckland et al.                                                                                             correspond to the Level A and Level B
                                                                                                                            Take Calculation and Estimation
                                                   2001). The density estimate for the false                                                                                         harassment thresholds for the species.
                                                   killer whale was based on the pelagic                                      Here we describe how the information                   The product (rounded) is the number of
                                                   stock density calculated by Bradford et                                  provided above is brought together to                    instances of take for each species within
                                                   al. (2015) using line-transect                                           produce a quantitative take estimate. In                 one day. The number of instances of
                                                   methodology (Buckland et al. 2001).                                      order to estimate the number of marine                   take for each species within one day is
                                                      All densities were corrected for                                      mammals predicted to be exposed to                       then multiplied by the number of survey
                                                   trackline detection probability bias (f(0))                              sound levels that would result in Level                  days (plus 25 percent contingency, as
                                                   and availability (g(0)) bias by the                                      B harassment or Level A harassment,                      described below). The result is an
                                                   authors. Bradford et al. (2017) used g(0)                                radial distances to predicted isopleths                  estimate of the number of instances that
                                                   values estimated by Barlow (2015),                                       corresponding to the Level A                             marine mammals are predicted to be
                                                   whose analysis indicated that g(0) had                                   harassment and Level B harassment                        exposed to airgun sounds above the
                                                   previously been overestimated,                                           thresholds are calculated, as described                  Level B harassment threshold and the
                                                   particularly for high sea states. Barlow                                 above. We then use those distances to                    Level A harassment threshold over the
                                                   (2006) used earlier estimates of g(0), so                                calculate the area(s) around the airgun                  duration of the proposed survey.
                                                   densities used here for pygmy and                                        array predicted to be ensonified to                      Estimated takes for all marine mammal
                                                   dwarf sperm whales and spinner                                           sound levels that exceed the Level A                     species are shown in Table 8.
                                                   dolphins likely are underestimates. The                                  and Level B harassment thresholds. The                     The proposed survey would occur
                                                   density for the ‘‘Sei or Bryde’s whale’’                                 total ensonified area for the survey is                  both within the U.S. EEZ and outside
                                                   category identified by Bradford et al.                                   then calculated, based on the areas                      the U.S. EEZ. We propose to authorize
                                                   (2017) was allocated between sei and                                     predicted to be ensonified around the                    incidental take that is expected to occur
                                                   Bryde’s whales according to their                                        array and the trackline distance. The                    as a result of the proposed survey both
                                                   proportionate densities. Density                                         marine mammals predicted to occur                        within and outside the U.S. EEZ.

                                                               TABLE 8—NUMBERS OF POTENTIAL INCIDENTAL TAKE OF MARINE MAMMALS PROPOSED FOR AUTHORIZATION
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Total
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Proposed
                                                                                                                                              Estimated and                                           Total proposed       Level A
                                                                                                                                                                  Estimated          Proposed
                                                                                         Species                                                proposed                                               Level A and      and Level B
                                                                                                                                                                 Level B takes     Level B takes
                                                                                                                                              Level A takes                                           Level B takes      takes as a
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       percentage of
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         population

                                                   Humpback whale 1 ...............................................................                         0                 0                 2                 2             <0.1
                                                   Minke whale 1 ......................................................................                     0                 0                 1                 1              n/a
                                                   Bryde’s whale .......................................................................                    2                25                25                27              3.4
                                                   Sei whale .............................................................................                  0                 6                 6                 6              3.4
                                                   Fin whale ..............................................................................                 0                 2                 2                 2              3.4
                                                   Blue whale 1 .........................................................................                   0                 1                 3                 3              3.7
                                                   Sperm whale ........................................................................                     0                51                51                51              1.5
                                                   Cuvier’s beaked whale .........................................................                          0                 8                 8                 8             <0.1
                                                   Longman’s beaked whale ....................................................                              0                85                85                85              1.9
                                                   Blainville’s beaked whale .....................................................                          0                76                76                76              3.3
                                                   Rough-toothed dolphin .........................................................                          0               812               812               812             12.9
                                                   Bottlenose dolphin ...............................................................                       0               246               246               246              4.1
                                                   Pantropical spotted dolphin .................................................                            0               639               639               639              4.0
                                                   Spinner dolphin 1 .................................................................                      0                23                32                32              0.9
                                                   Striped dolphin .....................................................................                    0               685               685               685              3.3
                                                   Fraser’s dolphin ...................................................................                     0               577               577               577              3.4
                                                   Risso’s dolphin .....................................................................                    0               130               130               130              1.8
                                                   Melon-headed whale ............................................................                          0                97                97                97              1.7
                                                   Pygmy killer whale ...............................................................                       0               119               119               119              3.5
                                                   False killer whale .................................................................                     0                16                16                16              1.0
                                                   Killer whale 1 ........................................................................                  0                 2                 5                 5              4.9
                                                   Short-finned pilot whale .......................................................                         0               218               218               218              1.8
                                                   Pygmy sperm whale ............................................................                           0                87                87                87              1.2
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   Dwarf sperm whale ..............................................................                         0               214               214               214              1.2
                                                     1 The proposed number of authorized takes (Level B harassment only) for these species has been increased from the calculated take to mean
                                                   group size. Sources for mean group sizes are as follows: blue whale (Bradford et al. 2017); minke whale (Jackson et al. 2008); humpback whale
                                                   (Mobley et al. 2001); spinner dolphin (Barlow 2006); killer whale (Bradford et al. 2017).




                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014        19:14 Jul 21, 2017        Jkt 241001      PO 00000       Frm 00021     Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                   34372                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                     Species With Take Estimates Less                       conditions (Rankin et al. 2007). Though               the nature of the potential adverse
                                                   Than Mean Group Size: Using the                          no density data are available, we believe             impact being mitigated (likelihood,
                                                   approach described above to estimate                     it is reasonable to conservatively assume             scope, range). It further considers the
                                                   take, the take estimates for the blue                    that UH’s proposed survey may                         likelihood that the measure will be
                                                   whale, killer whale, and spinner                         encounter and incidentally take minke                 effective if implemented (probability of
                                                   dolphin (Table 8) were less than the                     and humpback whales. We therefore                     accomplishing the mitigating result if
                                                   average group sizes estimated for these                  propose to authorize the take of the                  implemented as planned) the likelihood
                                                   species. However, information on the                     average (mean) group size (weighted by                of effective implementation (probability
                                                   social structures and life histories of                  effort and rounded up) for the                        implemented as planned), and
                                                   these species indicates it is common for                 humpback and minke whale (Table 8).                      (2) The practicability of the measures
                                                   them to be encountered in groups. As                        It should be noted that the proposed               for applicant implementation, which
                                                   the results of take calculations support                 take numbers shown in Table 8 are                     may consider such things as cost,
                                                   the likelihood that UH’s survey would                    believed to be conservative for several               impact on operations, and, in the case
                                                   be expected to encounter and to                          reasons. First, in the calculations of                of a military readiness activity,
                                                   incidentally take these species, and we                  estimated take, 25% has been added in                 personnel safety, practicality of
                                                   believe it is likely that these species                  the form of operational survey days                   implementation, and impact on the
                                                   may be encountered in groups, it is                      (equivalent to adding 25% to the                      effectiveness of the military readiness
                                                   reasonable to conservatively assume                      proposed line km to be surveyed) to                   activity.
                                                   that one group of each of these species                  account for the possibility of additional                UH has reviewed mitigation measures
                                                   will be taken during the proposed                        seismic operations associated with                    employed during seismic research
                                                   survey. We therefore propose to                          airgun testing, and repeat coverage of                surveys authorized by NMFS under
                                                   authorize the take of the average (mean)                 any areas where initial data quality is               previous incidental harassment
                                                   group size for the blue whale, killer                    sub-standard. Additionally, marine                    authorizations, as well as recommended
                                                   whale, and spinner dolphin to account                    mammals would be expected to move                     best practices in Richardson et al.
                                                   for the possibility that UH’s survey                     away from a sound source that                         (1995), Pierson et al. (1998), Weir and
                                                   encounters a group of any of these                       represents an aversive stimulus.                      Dolman (2007), Nowacek et al. (2013),
                                                   species (Table 8).                                       However, the extent to which marine                   Wright (2014), and Wright and
                                                                                                            mammals would move away from the                      Cosentino (2015), and has incorporated
                                                     Species With No Available Density                      sound source is difficult to quantify and
                                                   Data: No density data were available for                                                                       a suite of proposed mitigation measures
                                                                                                            is therefore not accounted for in take                into their project description based on
                                                   humpback and minke whales. Both                          estimates shown in Table 8.
                                                   species would typically be found further                                                                       the above sources.
                                                   north than the proposed survey area                      Proposed Mitigation                                      To reduce the potential for
                                                   during the time of year that the                                                                               disturbance from acoustic stimuli
                                                                                                              In order to issue an IHA under                      associated with the activities, UH has
                                                   proposed survey is planned to occur,                     Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA,
                                                   based on sightings data around the                                                                             proposed to implement the following
                                                                                                            NMFS must set forth the permissible                   mitigation measures for marine
                                                   Hawaiian Islands (Carretta et al. 2017).                 methods of taking pursuant to such
                                                   However, based on input from subject                                                                           mammals:
                                                                                                            activity, ‘‘and other means of effecting                 (1) Vessel-based visual mitigation
                                                   matter experts, we believe it is                         the least practicable impact on such                  monitoring;
                                                   reasonable to assume that both species                   species or stock and its habitat, paying                 (2) Vessel-based passive acoustic
                                                   may be encountered by UH during the                      particular attention to rookeries, mating             monitoring;
                                                   proposed survey. Humpback whales                         grounds, and areas of similar                            (3) Establishment of an exclusion
                                                   have typically not been observed in the                  significance, and on the availability of              zone;
                                                   project area in the fall (Carretta et al.                such species or stock for taking’’ for                   (4) Power down procedures;
                                                   2017). However, there are increasing                     certain subsistence uses (latter not                     (5) Shutdown procedures;
                                                   anecdotal reports of confirmed sightings                 applicable for this action). NMFS                        (6) Ramp-up procedures; and
                                                   of humpback whales from early                            regulations require applicants for                       (7) Ship strike avoidance measures.
                                                   September through October in areas                       incidental take authorizations to include
                                                   near the planned project area (pers.                                                                           Vessel-Based Visual Mitigation
                                                                                                            information about the availability and
                                                   comm. E. Lyman, NOAA Office of                                                                                 Monitoring
                                                                                                            feasibility (economic and technological)
                                                   National Marine Sanctuaries, to J.                       of equipment, methods, and manner of                     PSO observations would take place
                                                   Carduner, NMFS, June 20, 2017). Like                     conducting such activity or other means               during all daytime airgun operations
                                                   humpback whales, sightings data does                     of effecting the least practicable adverse            and nighttime start ups (if applicable) of
                                                   not indicate that minke whales would                     impact upon the affected species or                   the airguns. Airgun operations would be
                                                   typically be expected to be present in                   stocks and their habitat (50 CFR                      suspended when marine mammals are
                                                   the project area in the fall (Carretta et al.            216.104(a)(11)).                                      observed within, or about to enter,
                                                   2017). However, detections of minke                        In evaluating how mitigation may or                 designated Exclusion Zones (as
                                                   whales are common in passive acoustic                    may not be appropriate to ensure the                  described below). PSOs would also
                                                   recordings from various locations                        least practicable adverse impact on                   watch for marine mammals near the
                                                   around the main Hawaiian Islands,                        species or stocks and their habitat, as               seismic vessel for at least 30 minutes
                                                   including during the fall (pers. comm. E.                well as subsistence uses where                        prior to the planned start of airgun
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   Oleson, NOAA PIFSC, to J. Carduner,                      applicable, we carefully consider two                 operations. Observations would also be
                                                   NMFS, June 20, 2017). Additionally, as                   primary factors:                                      made during daytime periods when the
                                                   minke whales in the North Pacific do                       (1) The manner in which, and the                    Kairei is underway without seismic
                                                   not have a visible blow, they can be                     degree to which, the successful                       operations, such as during transits, to
                                                   easily missed by visual observers,                       implementation of the measure(s) is                   allow for comparison of sighting rates
                                                   suggesting a lack of sightings is likely                 expected to reduce impacts to marine                  and behavior with and without airgun
                                                   related to misidentification or low                      mammals, marine mammal species or                     operations and between acquisition
                                                   detection capability in poor sighting                    stocks, and their habitat. This considers             periods.


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices                                            34373

                                                      During seismic operations, four visual                at least one undergraduate course in                  PAM may not be possible if damage
                                                   PSOs would be based aboard the Kairei.                   math or statistics. The educational                   occurs to the array or back-up systems
                                                   PSOs would be appointed by JAMSTEC                       requirements may be waived if the PSO                 during operations. One PSO would
                                                   with NMFS approval. During the                           has acquired the relevant skills through              monitor the acoustic detection system at
                                                   majority of seismic operations, two                      alternate training, including (1)                     any one time, in shifts no longer than
                                                   PSOs would monitor for marine                            secondary education and/or experience                 six hours, by listening to the signals via
                                                   mammals around the seismic vessel.                       comparable to PSO duties; (2) previous                headphones and/or speakers and
                                                   Use of two simultaneous observers                        work experience conducting academic,                  watching the real-time spectrographic
                                                   would increase the effectiveness of                      commercial, or government-sponsored                   display for frequency ranges produced
                                                   detecting marine mammals around the                      marine mammal surveys; or (3) previous                by cetaceans.
                                                   source vessel. However, during meal                      work experience as a PSO; the PSO                       When a vocalization is detected,
                                                   times, only one PSO may be on duty.                      should demonstrate good standing and                  while visual observations are in
                                                   PSO(s) would be on duty in shifts of                     consistently good performance of PSO                  progress, the acoustic PSO would
                                                   duration no longer than 4 hours. Other                   duties.                                               contact the visual PSOs immediately, to
                                                   crew would also be instructed to assist                     In summary, a typical daytime cruise               alert them to the presence of marine
                                                   in detecting marine mammals and in                       would have scheduled two observers                    mammals (if they have not already been
                                                   implementing mitigation requirements                     (visual) on duty from the observation                 detected visually), in order to facilitate
                                                   (if practical). Before the start of the                  platform, and an acoustic observer on                 a power down or shut down, if required.
                                                   seismic survey, the crew would be given                  the passive acoustic monitoring system.               The information regarding the marine
                                                   additional instruction in detecting                                                                            mammal acoustic detection would be
                                                                                                            Vessel-Based Passive Acoustic
                                                   marine mammals and implementing                                                                                entered into a database.
                                                                                                            Mitigation Monitoring
                                                   mitigation requirements. The Kairei is a                                                                       Exclusion Zone and Buffer Zone
                                                   suitable platform for marine mammal                         Passive acoustic monitoring (PAM)
                                                   observations. When stationed on the                      would take place to complement the                       An exclusion zone is a defined area
                                                   observation platform, the PSO would                      visual monitoring program. Visual                     within which occurrence of a marine
                                                   have a good view around the entire                       monitoring typically is not effective                 mammal triggers mitigation action
                                                   vessel. During daytime, the PSO(s)                       during periods of poor visibility or at               intended to reduce the potential for
                                                   would scan the area around the vessel                    night, and even with good visibility, is              certain outcomes, e.g., auditory injury,
                                                   systematically with reticle binoculars                   unable to detect marine mammals when                  disruption of critical behaviors. The
                                                   (e.g., 7×50 Fujinon), Big-eye binoculars                 they are below the surface or beyond                  PSOs would establish a minimum
                                                   (25×150), and with the naked eye.                        visual range. Acoustic monitoring can                 exclusion zone with a 500 m radius for
                                                      The PSOs must have no tasks other                     be used in addition to visual                         the full array. The 500 m EZ would be
                                                   than to conduct observational effort,                    observations to improve detection,                    based on radial distance from any
                                                   record observational data, and                           identification, and localization of                   element of the airgun array (rather than
                                                   communicate with and instruct relevant                   cetaceans. The acoustic monitoring                    being based on the center of the array
                                                   vessel crew with regard to the presence                  would serve to alert visual observers (if             or around the vessel itself). With certain
                                                   of marine mammals and mitigation                         on duty) when vocalizing cetaceans are                exceptions (described below), if a
                                                   requirements. PSO resumes would be                       detected. It is only useful when marine               marine mammal appears within, enters,
                                                   provided to NMFS for approval. At least                  mammals vocalize, but it can be                       or appears on a course to enter this
                                                   two PSOs must have a minimum of 90                       effective either by day or by night and               zone, the acoustic source would be
                                                   days at-sea experience working as PSOs                   does not depend on good visibility. It                powered down (see Power Down
                                                   during a deep penetration seismic                        would be monitored in real time so that               Procedures below). In addition to the
                                                   survey, with no more than eighteen                       visual observers can be alerted when                  500 m EZ for the full array, a 100 m
                                                   months elapsed since the conclusion of                   marine mammals are detected                           exclusion zone would be established for
                                                   the at-sea experience. One                               acoustically.                                         the single 100 in3 airgun. With certain
                                                   ‘‘experienced’’ visual PSO would be                         The PAM system consists of hardware                exceptions (described below), if a
                                                   designated as the lead for the entire                    (i.e., hydrophones) and software. The                 marine mammal appears within, enters,
                                                   protected species observation team. The                  ‘‘wet end’’ of the system consists of a               or appears on a course to enter this zone
                                                   lead would coordinate duty schedules                     towed hydrophone array that is                        the acoustic source would be shut down
                                                   and roles for the PSO team and serve as                  connected to the vessel by a tow cable.               entirely (see Shutdown Procedures
                                                   primary point of contact for the vessel                  A deck cable would connect the tow                    below).
                                                   operator. The lead PSO would devise                      cable to the electronics unit on board                   Potential radial distances to auditory
                                                   the duty schedule such that                              where the acoustic station, signal                    injury zones were calculated on the
                                                   ‘‘experienced’’ PSOs are on duty with                    conditioning, and processing system                   basis of maximum peak pressure using
                                                   those PSOs with appropriate training                     would be located. The acoustic signals                values provided by the applicant (Table
                                                   but who have not yet gained relevant                     received by the hydrophones are                       7). The 500 m radial distance of the
                                                   experience, to the maximum extent                        amplified, digitized, and then processed              standard EZ is intended to be
                                                   practicable                                              by the software.                                      precautionary in the sense that it would
                                                      The PSOs must have successfully                          One acoustic PSO (in addition to the               be expected to contain sound exceeding
                                                   completed relevant training, including                   four visual PSOs) would be on board.                  peak pressure injury criteria for all
                                                   completion of all required coursework                    The towed hydrophones would be                        cetacean hearing groups, while also
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   and passing a written and/or oral                        monitored 24 hours per day (either by                 providing a consistent, reasonably
                                                   examination developed for the training                   the acoustic PSO or by a visual PSO                   observable zone within which PSOs
                                                   program, and must have successfully                      trained in the PAM system if the                      would typically be able to conduct
                                                   attained a bachelor’s degree from an                     acoustic PSO is on break) while at the                effective observational effort. Although
                                                   accredited college or university with a                  seismic survey area during airgun                     significantly greater distances may be
                                                   major in one of the natural sciences and                 operations, and during most periods                   observed from an elevated platform
                                                   a minimum of 30 semester hours or                        when the Kairei is underway while the                 under good conditions, we believe that
                                                   equivalent in the biological sciences and                airguns are not operating. However,                   500 m is likely regularly attainable for


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                   34374                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                   PSOs using the naked eye during typical                  occur on the basis of instantaneous                   500 m EZ, the airguns would be
                                                   conditions.                                              exposure; (2) provide additional                      powered down before the animal is
                                                      An appropriate EZ based on                            protection from the potential for more                within the 500 m EZ. Likewise, if a
                                                   cumulative sound exposure level                          severe behavioral reactions (e.g., panic,             mammal is already within the 500 m EZ
                                                   (SELcum) criteria would be dependent on                  antipredator response) for marine                     when first detected, the airguns would
                                                   the animal’s applied hearing range and                   mammals at relatively close range to the              be powered down immediately. During
                                                   how that overlaps with the frequencies                   acoustic source; (3) provide consistency              a power down of the airgun array, the
                                                   produced by the sound source of                          for PSOs, who need to monitor and                     100-in3 airgun would be operated.
                                                   interest (i.e., via marine mammal                        implement the exclusion zone; and (4)                    Following a power down, airgun
                                                   auditory weighting functions) (NMFS,                     to define a distance within which                     activity would not resume until the
                                                   2016), and may be larger in some cases                   detection probabilities are reasonably                marine mammal has cleared the 500 m
                                                   than the zones calculated on the basis                   high for most species under typical                   EZ. The animal would be considered to
                                                   of the peak pressure thresholds (and                     conditions.                                           have cleared the 500 m EZ if the
                                                   larger than 500 m) depending on the                         Our use of 500 m as the EZ is a                    following conditions have been met:
                                                   species in question and the                              reasonable combination of factors. This                  • It is visually observed to have
                                                   characteristics of the specific airgun                   zone would contain all potential                      departed the 500 m EZ, or
                                                   array. In particular, the EZ radii would                 auditory injury for all cetaceans (high-                 • it has not been seen within the 500
                                                   be larger for low-frequency cetaceans,                   frequency, mid-frequency and low-                     m EZ for 15 min in the case of small
                                                   because their most susceptible hearing                   frequency functional hearing groups) as               odontocetes, or
                                                   range overlaps the low frequencies                       assessed against peak pressure                           • it has not been seen within the 500
                                                   produced by airguns, but the zones                       thresholds (NMFS, 2016) (Table 7),                    m EZ for 30 min in the case of
                                                   would remain very small for mid-                         would contain all potential auditory                  mysticetes and large odontocetes,
                                                   frequency cetaceans (i.e., including the                 injury for high-frequency and mid-                    including sperm, pygmy sperm, dwarf
                                                   ‘‘small delphinoids’’ described below),                  frequency cetaceans as assessed against               sperm, and beaked whales.
                                                   whose range of best hearing largely does                 SELcum thresholds (NMFS, 2016) (Table                    This power down requirement would
                                                   not overlap with frequencies produced                    7), and has been proven to be                         be in place for all marine mammals,
                                                   by airguns.                                              practicable through past                              with the exception of small delphinoids
                                                      Consideration of exclusion zone                       implementation in seismic surveys                     under certain circumstances. As defined
                                                   distances is inherently an essentially                   conducted for the oil and gas industry                here, the small delphinoid group is
                                                   instantaneous proposition—a rule or set                  in the Gulf of Mexico (as regulated by                intended to encompass those members
                                                   of rules that requires mitigation action                 BOEM pursuant to the Outer                            of the Family Delphinidae most likely to
                                                   upon detection of an animal. This                        Continental Shelf Lands Act (OCSLA)                   voluntarily approach the source vessel
                                                   indicates that consideration of peak                     (43 U.S.C. 1331–1356)). In summary, a                 for purposes of interacting with the
                                                   pressure thresholds is most relevant, as                 practicable criterion such as this has the            vessel and/or airgun array (e.g., bow
                                                   compared with cumulative sound                           advantage of simplicity while still                   riding). This exception to the power
                                                   exposure level thresholds, as the latter                 providing in most cases a zone larger                 down requirement would apply solely
                                                   requires that an animal accumulate                       than relevant auditory injury zones,                  to specific genera of small dolphins—
                                                   some level of sound energy exposure                      given realistic movement of source and                Steno, Tursiops, Stenella and
                                                   over some period of time (e.g., 24                       receiver.                                             Lagenodelphis—and would only apply
                                                   hours). A PSO aboard a mobile source                        The PSOs would also establish and                  if the animals were traveling, including
                                                   will typically have no ability to monitor                monitor a 1,000-m buffer zone. During                 approaching the vessel. If, for example,
                                                   an animal’s position relative to the                     use of the acoustic source, occurrence of             an animal or group of animals is
                                                   acoustic source over relevant time                       marine mammals within the buffer zone                 stationary for some reason (e.g., feeding)
                                                   periods for purposes of understanding                    (but outside the exclusion zone) would                and the source vessel approaches the
                                                   whether auditory injury is likely to                     be communicated to the operator to                    animals, the power down requirement
                                                   occur on the basis of cumulative sound                   prepare for the potential power down or               applies. An animal with sufficient
                                                   exposure and, therefore, whether action                  shutdown of the acoustic source. The                  incentive to remain in an area rather
                                                   should be taken to avoid such potential.                 buffer zone is discussed further under                than avoid an otherwise aversive
                                                   Therefore, definition of an exclusion                    Ramp Up Procedures below.                             stimulus could either incur auditory
                                                   zone based on SELcum thresholds is of                                                                          injury or disruption of important
                                                                                                            Power Down Procedures                                 behavior. If there is uncertainty
                                                   questionable relevance given relative
                                                   motion of the source and receiver (i.e.,                   A power down involves decreasing                    regarding identification (i.e., whether
                                                   the animal). Cumulative SEL thresholds                   the number of airguns in use such that                the observed animal(s) belongs to the
                                                   are likely more relevant for purposes of                 the radius of the mitigation zone is                  group described above) or whether the
                                                   modeling the potential for auditory                      decreased to the extent that marine                   animals are traveling, the power down
                                                   injury than they are for informing real-                 mammals are no longer in, or about to                 would be implemented.
                                                   time mitigation. We recognize the                        enter, the 500 m EZ. During a power                      We propose this small delphinoid
                                                   importance of the accumulation of                        down, one 100-in3 airgun would be                     exception because power-down/
                                                   sound energy to an understanding of the                  operated. The continued operation of                  shutdown requirements for small
                                                   potential for auditory injury and that it                one 100-in3 airgun is intended to alert               delphinoids under all circumstances
                                                   is likely that, at least for low-frequency               marine mammals to the presence of the                 represent practicability concerns
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   cetaceans, some potential auditory                       seismic vessel in the area, and to allow              without likely commensurate benefits
                                                   injury is likely impossible to mitigate                  them to leave the area of the seismic                 for the animals in question. Small
                                                   and should be considered for                             vessel if they choose. In contrast, a                 delphinoids are generally the most
                                                   authorization.                                           shutdown occurs when all airgun                       commonly observed marine mammals
                                                      In summary, our intent in prescribing                 activity is suspended (shutdown                       in the specific geographic region and
                                                   a standard exclusion zone distance is to                 procedures are discussed below). If a                 would typically be the only marine
                                                   (1) encompass zones for most species                     marine mammal is detected outside the                 mammals likely to intentionally
                                                   within which auditory injury could                       500 m EZ but appears likely to enter the              approach the vessel. As described


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices                                              34375

                                                   below, auditory injury is extremely                      the 100 m EZ for the single 100-in3                   a marine mammal were detected by
                                                   unlikely to occur for mid-frequency                      airgun. Shutdown would be                             visual PSOs within or approaching the
                                                   cetaceans (e.g., delphinids), as this                    implemented if (1) an animal enters the               500 m EZ during ramp-up, a power
                                                   group is relatively insensitive to sound                 100 m EZ of the single 100-in3 airgun                 down (or shut down if appropriate)
                                                   produced at the predominant                              after a power down has been initiated,                would be implemented as though the
                                                   frequencies in an airgun pulse while                     or (2) an animal is initially seen within             full array were operational. Criteria for
                                                   also having a relatively high threshold                  the 100 m EZ of the single 100-in3                    clearing the EZ would be as described
                                                   for the onset of auditory injury (i.e.,                  airgun when more than one airgun                      above.
                                                   permanent threshold shift). Please see                   (typically the full array) is operating.                 Thirty minutes of pre-clearance
                                                   ‘‘Potential Effects of the Specified                     Airgun activity would not resume until                observation are required prior to ramp-
                                                   Activity on Marine Mammals’’ above for                   the marine mammal has cleared the 500                 up for any power down or shutdown of
                                                   further discussion of sound metrics and                  m EZ. Criteria for judging that the                   longer than 30 minutes (i.e., if the array
                                                   thresholds and marine mammal hearing.                    animal has cleared the EZ would be as                 were shut down during transit from one
                                                      A large body of anecdotal evidence                    described above.                                      line to another). This 30 minute pre-
                                                   indicates that small delphinoids                            The shutdown requirement, like the                 clearance period may occur during any
                                                   commonly approach vessels and/or                         power down requirement, would be                      vessel activity (i.e., transit). If a marine
                                                   towed arrays during active sound                         waived for dolphins of the following                  mammal were observed within or
                                                   production for purposes of bow riding,                   genera: Steno, Tursiops, Stenella and                 approaching the 500 m EZ during this
                                                   with no apparent effect observed in                      Lagenodelphis. The shutdown waiver                    pre-clearance period, ramp-up would
                                                   those delphinoids (e.g., Barkaszi et al.,                only applies if the animals are traveling,            not be initiated until all marine
                                                   2012). The potential for increased                       including approaching the vessel. If                  mammals cleared the EZ. Criteria for
                                                   shutdowns resulting from such a                          animals are stationary and the source                 clearing the EZ would be as described
                                                   measure would require the Kairei to                      vessel approaches the animals, the                    above. If the airgun array has been shut
                                                   revisit the missed track line to reacquire               shutdown requirement would apply. If                  down for reasons other than mitigation
                                                   data, resulting in an overall increase in                there is uncertainty regarding                        (e.g., mechanical difficulty) for a period
                                                   the total sound energy input to the                      identification (i.e., whether the observed            of less than 30 minutes, it may be
                                                   marine environment and an increase in                    animal(s) belongs to the group described              activated again without ramp-up if PSOs
                                                   the total duration over which the survey                 above) or whether the animals are                     have maintained constant visual and
                                                   is active in a given area. Although other                traveling, the shutdown would be                      acoustic observation and no visual
                                                   mid-frequency hearing specialists (e.g.,                 implemented.                                          detections of any marine mammal have
                                                   large delphinoids) are no more likely to                                                                       occurred within the buffer zone and no
                                                                                                            Ramp-Up Procedures
                                                   incur auditory injury than are small                                                                           acoustic detections have occurred.
                                                   delphinoids, they are much less likely                      Ramp-up of an acoustic source is                      Ramp-up would be planned to occur
                                                   to approach vessels. Therefore, retaining                intended to provide a gradual increase                during periods of good visibility when
                                                   a power-down/shutdown requirement                        in sound levels following a power down                possible. However, ramp-up would be
                                                   for large delphinoids would not have                     or shutdown, enabling animals to move                 allowed at night and during poor
                                                   similar impacts in terms of either                       away from the source if the signal is                 visibility if the 500 m EZ and 1,000 m
                                                   practicability for the applicant or                      sufficiently aversive prior to its reaching           buffer zone have been monitored by
                                                   corollary increase in sound energy                       full intensity. The ramp-up procedure                 visual PSOs for 30 minutes prior to
                                                   output and time on the water. We do                      involves a step-wise increase in the                  ramp-up and if acoustic monitoring has
                                                   anticipate some benefit for a power-                     number of airguns firing and total array              occurred for 30 minutes prior to ramp-
                                                   down/shutdown requirement for large                      volume until all operational airguns are              up with no acoustic detections during
                                                   delphinoids in that it simplifies                        activated and the full volume is                      that period.
                                                   somewhat the total range of decision-                    achieved. Ramp-up would be required                      The operator would be required to
                                                   making for PSOs and may preclude any                     after the array is powered down or shut               notify a designated PSO of the planned
                                                   potential for physiological effects other                down for any reason.                                  start of ramp-up as agreed-upon with
                                                   than to the auditory system as well as                      Ramp-up would begin by activating a                the lead PSO; the notification time
                                                   some more severe behavioral reactions                    single airgun of the smallest volume in               should not be less than 60 minutes prior
                                                   for any such animals in close proximity                  the array and would continue in stages                to the planned ramp-up. A designated
                                                   to the source vessel.                                    by doubling the number of active                      PSO must be notified again immediately
                                                      At any distance, power down of the                    elements at the commencement of each                  prior to initiating ramp-up procedures
                                                   acoustic source would also be required                   stage, with each stage of approximately               and the operator must receive
                                                   upon observation of a large whale (i.e.,                 the same duration. This approach to                   confirmation from the PSO to proceed.
                                                   sperm whale or any baleen whale) with                    ramp-up (increments of array elements)                The operator must provide information
                                                   a calf, or upon observation of an                        is proposed because it is relatively                  to PSOs documenting that appropriate
                                                   aggregation of large whales of any                       simple to implement for the operator                  procedures were followed. Following
                                                   species (i.e., sperm whale or any baleen                 and is intended to ensure a perceptible               deactivation of the array for reasons
                                                   whale) that does not appear to be                        increase in sound output per increment                other than mitigation, the operator
                                                   traveling (e.g., feeding, socializing, etc.).            while employing increments that                       would be required to communicate the
                                                   These would be the only two potential                    produce similar degrees of increase at                near-term operational plan to the lead
                                                   situations that would require power                      each step.                                            PSO with justification for any planned
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   down of the array for marine mammals                        If airguns have been powered down or               nighttime ramp-up.
                                                   observed beyond the 500 m exclusion                      shut down due to PSO detection of a                      Based on our evaluation of the
                                                   zone.                                                    marine mammal within or approaching                   applicant’s proposed measures, NMFS
                                                                                                            the 500 m EZ, ramp-up would not be                    has preliminarily determined that the
                                                   Shut Down Procedures                                     initiated until all marine mammals have               proposed mitigation measures provide
                                                     The single 100-in3 operating airgun                    cleared the EZ, during the day or night.              the means effecting the least practicable
                                                   would be shut down if a marine                           Visual and acoustic PSOs would be                     impact on the affected species or stocks
                                                   mammal is seen within or approaching                     required to monitor during ramp-up. If                and their habitat, paying particular


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                   34376                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                   attention to rookeries, mating grounds,                  power downs or shutdowns of the                       database. These procedures would allow
                                                   and areas of similar significance.                       airgun array, are described above and                 initial summaries of data to be prepared
                                                                                                            are not repeated here.                                during and shortly after the field
                                                   Proposed Monitoring and Reporting                          UH’s monitoring and reporting plan                  program and would facilitate transfer of
                                                      In order to issue an IHA for an                       includes the following measures:                      the data to statistical, graphical, and
                                                   activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the                                                                          other programs for further processing
                                                                                                            Vessel-Based Visual Monitoring
                                                   MMPA states that NMFS must set forth,                                                                          and archiving. The time, location,
                                                   ‘‘requirements pertaining to the                           As described above, PSO observations                heading, speed, activity of the vessel,
                                                   monitoring and reporting of such                         would take place during daytime airgun                sea state, visibility, and sun glare would
                                                   taking.’’ The MMPA implementing                          operations and nighttime start ups (if                also be recorded at the start and end of
                                                   regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13)                    applicable) of the airguns. During                    each observation watch, and during a
                                                   indicate that requests for authorizations                seismic operations, four visual PSOs                  watch whenever there is a change in one
                                                   must include the suggested means of                      would be based aboard the Kairei. PSOs                or more of the variables.
                                                   accomplishing the necessary monitoring                   would be appointed by JAMSTEC with                       Results from the vessel-based
                                                   and reporting that will result in                        NMFS approval. During the majority of                 observations would provide:
                                                   increased knowledge of the species and                   seismic operations, two PSOs would                       1. The basis for real-time mitigation
                                                   of the level of taking or impacts on                     monitor for marine mammals around                     (airgun power down or shut down).
                                                   populations of marine mammals that are                   the seismic vessel. Use of two                           2. Information needed to estimate the
                                                   expected to be present in the proposed                   simultaneous observers would increase                 number of marine mammals potentially
                                                   action area. Effective reporting is critical             the effectiveness of detecting animals                taken by harassment, which must be
                                                   both to compliance as well as ensuring                   around the source vessel. However,                    reported to NMFS.
                                                   that the most value is obtained from the                 during meal times, only one PSO may                      3. Data on the occurrence,
                                                   required monitoring.                                     be on duty. PSOs would be on duty in                  distribution, and activities of marine
                                                      Monitoring and reporting                              shifts of duration no longer than 4                   mammals and turtles in the area where
                                                   requirements prescribed by NMFS                          hours. Other crew would also be                       the seismic study is conducted.
                                                   should contribute to improved                            instructed to assist in detecting marine                 4. Information to compare the
                                                   understanding of one or more of the                      mammals and in implementing                           distance and distribution of marine
                                                   following:                                               mitigation requirements (if practical).               mammals and turtles relative to the
                                                      • Occurrence of marine mammal                         During daytime, PSOs would scan the                   source vessel at times with and without
                                                   species or stocks in the area in which                   area around the vessel systematically                 seismic activity.
                                                   take is anticipated (e.g., presence,                     with reticle binoculars (e.g., 7×50                      5. Data on the behavior and
                                                   abundance, distribution, density).                       Fujinon), Big-eye binoculars (25×150),                movement patterns of marine mammals
                                                      • Nature, scope, or context of likely                 and with the naked eye.                               and turtles seen at times with and
                                                   marine mammal exposure to potential                        PSOs would record data to estimate                  without seismic activity.
                                                   stressors/impacts (individual or                         the numbers of marine mammals
                                                                                                                                                                  Vessel-Based Passive Acoustic
                                                   cumulative, acute or chronic), through                   exposed to various received sound
                                                                                                                                                                  Monitoring
                                                   better understanding of: (1) Action or                   levels and to document apparent
                                                   environment (e.g., source                                disturbance reactions or lack thereof.                   PAM would take place to complement
                                                   characterization, propagation, ambient                   Data would be used to estimate numbers                the visual monitoring program as
                                                   noise); (2) affected species (e.g., life                 of animals potentially ‘taken’ by                     described above. Please see the
                                                   history, dive patterns); (3) co-occurrence               harassment (as defined in the MMPA).                  Proposed Mitigation section above for a
                                                   of marine mammal species with the                        They would also provide information                   description of the PAM system and the
                                                   action; or (4) biological or behavioral                  needed to order a power down or shut                  acoustic PSO’s duties. The acoustic PSO
                                                   context of exposure (e.g., age, calving or               down of the airguns when a marine                     would record data collected via the
                                                   feeding areas).                                          mammal or sea turtle is within or near                PAM system, including the following:
                                                      • Individual marine mammal                            the EZ.                                               An acoustic encounter identification
                                                   responses (behavioral or physiological)                    When a sighting is made, the                        number, whether it was linked with a
                                                   to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or                following information about the sighting              visual sighting, date, time when first
                                                   cumulative), other stressors, or                         would be recorded:                                    and last heard and whenever any
                                                   cumulative impacts from multiple                           1. Species, group size, age/size/sex                additional information was recorded,
                                                   stressors.                                               categories (if determinable), behavior                position and water depth when first
                                                      • How anticipated responses to                        when first sighted and after initial                  detected, bearing if determinable,
                                                   stressors impact either: (1) Long-term                   sighting, heading (if consistent), bearing            species or species group (e.g.,
                                                   fitness and survival of individual                       and distance from seismic vessel,                     unidentified dolphin, sperm whale),
                                                   marine mammals; or (2) populations,                      sighting cue, apparent reaction to the                types and nature of sounds heard (e.g.,
                                                   species, or stocks.                                      airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance,             clicks, continuous, sporadic, whistles,
                                                      • Effects on marine mammal habitat                    approach, paralleling, etc.), and                     creaks, burst pulses, strength of signal,
                                                   (e.g., marine mammal prey species,                       behavioral pace.                                      etc.), and any other notable information.
                                                   acoustic habitat, or other important                       2. Time, location, heading, speed,                  Acoustic detections would also be
                                                   physical components of marine                            activity of the vessel, sea state,                    recorded for further analysis.
                                                   mammal habitat).                                         visibility, and sun glare.
                                                      • Mitigation and monitoring                                                                                 Reporting
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                              All observations and power downs or
                                                   effectiveness.                                           shutdowns would be recorded in a                        A report would be submitted to NMFS
                                                      UH submitted a marine mammal                          standardized format. Data would be                    within 90 days after the end of the
                                                   monitoring and reporting plan in                         entered into an electronic database. The              cruise. The report would describe the
                                                   section XIII of their IHA application.                   accuracy of the data entry would be                   operations that were conducted and
                                                   Monitoring that is designed specifically                 verified by computerized data validity                sightings of marine mammals near the
                                                   to facilitate mitigation measures, such as               checks as the data are entered and by                 operations. The report would provide
                                                   monitoring of the EZ to inform potential                 subsequent manual checking of the                     full documentation of methods, results,


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices                                             34377

                                                   and interpretation pertaining to all                        NMFS does not anticipate that serious              temporary nature of the disturbance, the
                                                   monitoring. The 90-day report would                      injury or mortality would occur as a                  availability of similar habitat and
                                                   summarize the dates and locations of                     result of UH’s proposed seismic survey,               resources in the surrounding area, and
                                                   seismic operations, and all marine                       even in the absence of proposed                       the lack of important or unique marine
                                                   mammal sightings (dates, times,                          mitigation. Thus the proposed                         mammal habitat, the impacts to marine
                                                   locations, activities, associated seismic                authorization does not authorize any                  mammals and the food sources that they
                                                   survey activities). The report would also                mortality. As discussed in the Potential              utilize are not expected to cause
                                                   include estimates of the number and                      Effects section, non-auditory physical                significant or long-term consequences
                                                   nature of exposures that occurred above                  effects, stranding, and vessel strike are             for individual marine mammals or their
                                                   the harassment threshold based on PSO                    not expected to occur.                                populations. In addition, there are no
                                                   observations.                                               We propose to authorize a limited                  mating or calving areas known to be
                                                                                                            number of instances of Level A                        biologically important to marine
                                                   Negligible Impact Analysis and                           harassment of one marine mammal                       mammals within the proposed project
                                                   Determination                                            species (Table 8). However, we believe                area.
                                                      NMFS has defined negligible impact                    that any PTS incurred in marine                          The activity is expected to impact a
                                                   as ‘‘an impact resulting from the                        mammals as a result of the proposed                   very small percentage of all marine
                                                   specified activity that cannot be                        activity would be in the form of only a               mammal stocks that would be affected
                                                   reasonably expected to, and is not                       small degree of PTS and not total                     by UH’s proposed survey (less than 2
                                                   reasonably likely to, adversely affect the               deafness that would not be likely to                  percent for all marine mammal stocks).
                                                   species or stock through effects on                      affect the fitness of any individuals,                Additionally, the acoustic ‘‘footprint’’ of
                                                   annual rates of recruitment or survival’’                because of the constant movement of                   the proposed survey would be very
                                                   (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact                    both the Kairei and of the marine                     small relative to the ranges of all marine
                                                   finding is based on the lack of likely                   mammals in the project area, as well as               mammals that would potentially be
                                                   adverse effects on annual rates of                       the fact that the vessel is not expected              affected. Sound levels would increase in
                                                   recruitment or survival (i.e., population-               to remain in any one area in which                    the marine environment in a relatively
                                                   level effects). An estimate of the number                individual marine mammals would be                    small area surrounding the vessel
                                                   of takes alone is not enough information                 expected to concentrate for an extended               compared to the range of the marine
                                                   on which to base an impact                               period of time (i.e., since the duration of           mammals within the proposed survey
                                                   determination. In addition to                            exposure to loud sounds will be                       area. The seismic array would be active
                                                   considering estimates of the number of                   relatively short). Also, as described                 24 hours per day throughout the
                                                   marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’                   above, we expect that marine mammals                  duration of the proposed survey.
                                                   through harassment, NMFS considers                       would be likely to move away from a                   However, the very brief overall duration
                                                   other factors, such as the likely nature                 sound source that represents an aversive              of the proposed survey (5.5 days) would
                                                                                                            stimulus, especially at levels that would             further limit potential impacts that may
                                                   of any responses (e.g., intensity,
                                                                                                            be expected to result in PTS, given                   occur as a result of the proposed
                                                   duration), the context of any responses
                                                                                                            sufficient notice of the Kairei’s approach            activity.
                                                   (e.g., critical reproductive time or                                                                              The proposed mitigation measures are
                                                                                                            due to the vessel’s relatively low speed
                                                   location, migration), as well as effects                                                                       expected to reduce the number and/or
                                                                                                            when conducting seismic surveys. We
                                                   on habitat, and the likely effectiveness                                                                       severity of takes by allowing for
                                                                                                            expect that the majority of takes would
                                                   of the mitigation. We also assess the                                                                          detection of marine mammals in the
                                                                                                            be in the form of short-term Level B
                                                   number, intensity, and context of                                                                              vicinity of the vessel by visual and
                                                                                                            behavioral harassment in the form of
                                                   estimated takes by evaluating this                                                                             acoustic observers, and by minimizing
                                                                                                            temporary avoidance of the area or
                                                   information relative to population                                                                             the severity of any potential exposures
                                                                                                            decreased foraging (if such activity were
                                                   status. Consistent with the 1989                         occurring), reactions that are considered             via power downs and/or shutdowns of
                                                   preamble for NMFS’ implementing                          to be of low severity and with no lasting             the airgun array. Based on previous
                                                   regulations (54 FR 40338; September 29,                  biological consequences (e.g., Southall               monitoring reports for substantially
                                                   1989), the impacts from other past and                   et al., 2007).                                        similar activities that have been
                                                   ongoing anthropogenic activities are                        Potential impacts to marine mammal                 previously authorized by NMFS, we
                                                   incorporated into this analysis via their                habitat were discussed previously in                  expect that the proposed mitigation will
                                                   impacts on the environmental baseline                    this document (see Potential Effects of               be effective in preventing at least some
                                                   (e.g., as reflected in the regulatory status             the Specified Activity on Marine                      extent of potential PTS in marine
                                                   of the species, population size and                      Mammals and their Habitat). Marine                    mammals that may otherwise occur in
                                                   growth rate where known, ongoing                         mammal habitat may be impacted by                     the absence of the proposed mitigation.
                                                   sources of human-caused mortality, or                    elevated sound levels, but these impacts                 Of the marine mammal species under
                                                   ambient noise levels).                                   would be temporary. Feeding behavior                  our jurisdiction that are likely to occur
                                                      To avoid repetition, our analysis                     is not likely to be significantly                     in the project area, the following species
                                                   applies to all the species listed in Table               impacted, as marine mammals appear to                 are listed as endangered under the ESA:
                                                   2, given that NMFS expects the                           be less likely to exhibit behavioral                  Blue, fin, sei, and sperm whales. There
                                                   anticipated effects of the proposed                      reactions or avoidance responses while                are currently insufficient data to
                                                   seismic survey to be similar in nature.                  engaged in feeding activities                         determine population trends for blue,
                                                   Where there are meaningful differences                   (Richardson et al., 1995). Prey species               fin, sei, and sperm whales (Carretta et
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   between species or stocks, or groups of                  are mobile and are broadly distributed                al., 2016); however, we are proposing to
                                                   species, in anticipated individual                       throughout the project area; therefore,               authorize very small numbers of takes
                                                   responses to activities, impact of                       marine mammals that may be                            for these species (Table 8), relative to
                                                   expected take on the population due to                   temporarily displaced during survey                   their population sizes, therefore we do
                                                   differences in population status, or                     activities are expected to be able to                 not expect population-level impacts to
                                                   impacts on habitat, NMFS has identified                  resume foraging once they have moved                  any of these species. The other marine
                                                   species-specific factors to inform the                   away from areas with disturbing levels                mammal species that may be taken by
                                                   analysis.                                                of underwater noise. Because of the                   harassment during UH’s seismic survey


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                   34378                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                   are not listed as threatened or                          shutdowns, are expected to minimize                   Unmitigable Adverse Impact Analysis
                                                   endangered under the ESA. There is no                    potential impacts to marine mammals.                  and Determination
                                                   designated critical habitat for any ESA-                   Based on the analysis contained                        There are no relevant subsistence uses
                                                   listed marine mammals within the                         herein of the likely effects of the                   of the affected marine mammal stocks or
                                                   project area; and of the non-listed                      specified activity on marine mammals                  species implicated by this action.
                                                   marine mammals for which we propose                      and their habitat, and taking into                    Therefore, NMFS has preliminarily
                                                   to authorize take, none are considered                   consideration the implementation of the               determined that the total taking of
                                                   ‘‘depleted’’ or ‘‘strategic’’ by NMFS                    proposed monitoring and mitigation                    affected species or stocks would not
                                                   under the MMPA.                                          measures, NMFS preliminarily finds                    have an unmitigable adverse impact on
                                                      NMFS concludes that exposures to
                                                                                                            that the total marine mammal take from                the availability of such species or stocks
                                                   marine mammal species and stocks due
                                                                                                            the proposed activity will have a                     for taking for subsistence purposes.
                                                   to UH’s proposed seismic survey would
                                                                                                            negligible impact on all affected marine
                                                   result in only short-term (temporary and                                                                       Endangered Species Act (ESA)
                                                                                                            mammal species or stocks.
                                                   short in duration) effects to individuals                                                                         Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered
                                                   exposed. Animals may temporarily                         Small Numbers
                                                                                                                                                                  Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C.
                                                   avoid the immediate area, but are not                                                                          1531 et seq.) requires that each Federal
                                                   expected to permanently abandon the                         As noted above, only small numbers
                                                                                                            of incidental take may be authorized                  agency insure that any action it
                                                   area. Major shifts in habitat use,                                                                             authorizes, funds, or carries out is not
                                                   distribution, or foraging success are not                under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA
                                                                                                            for specified activities other than                   likely to jeopardize the continued
                                                   expected. NMFS does not anticipate the                                                                         existence of any endangered or
                                                   proposed take estimates to impact                        military readiness activities. The MMPA
                                                                                                            does not define small numbers; so, in                 threatened species or result in the
                                                   annual rates of recruitment or survival.                                                                       destruction or adverse modification of
                                                      In summary and as described above,                    practice, where estimated numbers are
                                                                                                            available, NMFS compares the number                   designated critical habitat. To ensure
                                                   the following factors primarily support
                                                                                                            of individuals taken to the most                      ESA compliance for the issuance of
                                                   our preliminary determination that the
                                                                                                            appropriate estimation of abundance of                IHAs, NMFS consults internally, in this
                                                   impacts resulting from this activity are
                                                                                                            the relevant species or stock in our                  case with the ESA Interagency
                                                   not expected to adversely affect the
                                                                                                            determination of whether an                           Cooperation Division, whenever we
                                                   marine mammal species or stocks
                                                                                                            authorization is limited to small                     propose to authorize take for
                                                   through effects on annual rates of
                                                                                                            numbers of marine mammals.                            endangered or threatened species.
                                                   recruitment or survival:
                                                      • No mortality is anticipated or                      Additionally, other qualitative factors                  The NMFS Permits and Conservation
                                                   authorized;                                              may be considered in the analysis, such               Division is proposing to authorize the
                                                      • The anticipated impacts of the                      as the temporal or spatial scale of the               incidental take of four species of marine
                                                   proposed activity on marine mammals                      activities. Table 8 provides numbers of               mammals which are listed under the
                                                   would primarily be temporary                             take by Level A harassment and Level                  ESA: the sei, fin, blue and sperm whale.
                                                   behavioral changes due to avoidance of                   B harassment proposed for                             We have requested initiation of Section
                                                   the area around the survey vessel. The                   authorization. These are the numbers                  7 consultation with the Interagency
                                                   relatively short duration of the proposed                we use for purposes of the small                      Cooperation Division for the issuance of
                                                   survey (5.5 days) would further limit the                numbers analysis.                                     this IHA. NMFS will conclude the ESA
                                                   potential impacts of any temporary                                                                             section 7 consultation prior to reaching
                                                                                                               The numbers of marine mammals that                 a determination regarding the proposed
                                                   behavioral changes that would occur;                     we propose for authorization to be
                                                      • PTS is only anticipated to occur for                taken, for all species and stocks, would
                                                                                                                                                                  issuance of the authorization.
                                                   one species and the number of instances                  be considered small relative to the                   Proposed Authorization
                                                   of PTS that may occur are expected to                    relevant stocks or populations
                                                   be very small in number (Table 8).                                                                               As a result of these preliminary
                                                                                                            (approximately 13 percent for rough-                  determinations, NMFS proposes to issue
                                                   Instances of PTS that are incurred in                    toothed dolphin, and less than five
                                                   marine mammals would be of a low                                                                               an IHA to UH for conducting a seismic
                                                                                                            percent for all other species and stocks).            survey in the central Pacific Ocean in
                                                   level, due to constant movement of the                   For the blue whale, killer whale,
                                                   vessel and of the marine mammals in                                                                            September, 2017, provided the
                                                                                                            humpback whale, minke whale and                       previously mentioned mitigation,
                                                   the area, and the nature of the survey                   spinner dolphin we propose to
                                                   design (not concentrated in areas of high                                                                      monitoring, and reporting requirements
                                                                                                            authorize take resulting from a single                are incorporated. This section contains
                                                   marine mammal concentration);                            exposure of one group of each species
                                                      • The availability of alternate areas of                                                                    a draft of the IHA itself. The wording
                                                                                                            or stock, as appropriate (using best                  contained in this section is proposed for
                                                   similar habitat value for marine                         available information on mean group
                                                   mammals to temporarily vacate the                                                                              inclusion in the IHA (if issued).
                                                                                                            size for these species or stocks). We                   1. This incidental harassment
                                                   survey area during the proposed survey                   believe that a single incident of take of
                                                   to avoid exposure to sounds from the                                                                           authorization (IHA) is valid for a period
                                                                                                            one group of any of these species                     of one year from the date of issuance.
                                                   activity;                                                represents take of small numbers for
                                                      • The proposed project area does not                                                                          2. This IHA is valid only for marine
                                                                                                            that species                                          geophysical survey activity, as specified
                                                   contain areas of significance for mating
                                                   or calving;                                                 Based on the analysis contained                    in the University of Hawaii’s (UH) IHA
                                                      • The potential adverse effects on fish
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                                                                            herein of the proposed activity                       application and using an array aboard
                                                   or invertebrate species that serve as prey               (including the proposed mitigation and                the R/V Kairei with characteristics
                                                   species for marine mammals from the                      monitoring measures) and the                          specified in the application, in the
                                                   proposed survey would be temporary                       anticipated take of marine mammals,                   Central Pacific Ocean.
                                                   and spatially limited;                                   NMFS preliminarily finds that small                     3. General Conditions
                                                      • The proposed mitigation measures,                   numbers of marine mammals will be                       (a) A copy of this IHA must be in the
                                                   including visual and acoustic                            taken relative to the population size of              possession of UH, the vessel operator
                                                   monitoring, power-downs, and                             the affected species or stocks.                       and other relevant personnel, the lead


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices                                             34379

                                                   protected species observer (PSO), and                    yet gained relevant experience, to the                determination by the PSO regarding
                                                   any other relevant designees of UH                       maximum extent practicable.                           species identification, distance, and
                                                   operating under the authority of this                       (c) Visual Observation                             bearing and the degree of confidence in
                                                   IHA.                                                        (i) During survey operations (e.g., any            the determination.
                                                      (b) The species authorized for taking                 day on which use of the acoustic source                  (iii) Survey activity may continue for
                                                   are listed in Table 8. The taking, by                    is planned to occur; whenever the                     brief periods of time if the PAM system
                                                   Level A and Level B harassment only,                     acoustic source is in the water, whether              malfunctions or is damaged. Activity
                                                   is limited to the species and numbers                    activated or not), two PSOs must be on                may continue for 30 minutes without
                                                   listed in Table 8. Any taking exceeding                  duty and conducting visual observations               PAM while the PAM operator diagnoses
                                                   the authorized amounts listed in Table                   at all times during daylight hours (i.e.,             the issue. If the diagnosis indicates that
                                                   8 is prohibited and may result in the                    from 30 minutes prior to sunrise                      the PAM system must be repaired to
                                                   modification, suspension, or revocation                  through 30 minutes following sunset)                  solve the problem, operations may
                                                   of this IHA.                                             with the limited exception of meal times              continue for an additional two hours
                                                      (c) The taking by serious injury or                   during which one PSO may be on duty.                  without acoustic monitoring under the
                                                   death of any species of marine mammal                       (ii) Visual monitoring must begin not              following conditions:
                                                   is prohibited and may result in the                      less than 30 minutes prior to ramp-up,                   (A) Daylight hours and sea state is less
                                                   modification, suspension, or revocation                  including for nighttime ramp-ups of the               than or equal to Beaufort sea state 4;
                                                                                                            airgun array, and must continue until                    (B) No marine mammals (excluding
                                                   of this IHA.
                                                                                                            one hour after use of the acoustic source             small delphinids) detected solely by
                                                      (d) During use of the airgun(s), if
                                                                                                            ceases or until 30 minutes past sunset.               PAM in the exclusion zone in the
                                                   marine mammal species other than
                                                                                                               (iii) Visual PSOs shall coordinate to              previous two hours;
                                                   those listed in Table 8 are detected by                                                                           (C) NMFS is notified via email as soon
                                                   PSOs, the acoustic source must be shut                   ensure 360° visual coverage around the
                                                                                                            vessel from the most appropriate                      as practicable with the time and
                                                   down to avoid unauthorized take.                                                                               location in which operations began
                                                      (e) UH shall ensure that the vessel                   observation posts and shall conduct
                                                                                                            visual observations using binoculars                  without an active PAM system; and
                                                   operator and other relevant vessel                                                                                (D) Operations with an active acoustic
                                                   personnel are briefed on all                             and the naked eye while free from
                                                                                                            distractions and in a consistent,                     source, but without an operating PAM
                                                   responsibilities, communication                                                                                system, do not exceed a cumulative total
                                                   procedures, marine mammal monitoring                     systematic, and diligent manner.
                                                                                                               (iv) Visual PSOs shall communicate                 of four hours in any 24 hour period.
                                                   protocol, operational procedures, and                                                                             (e) Exclusion Zone and buffer zone—
                                                                                                            all observations to the acoustic PSO,
                                                   IHA requirements prior to the start of                                                                         PSOs shall establish and monitor a 500
                                                                                                            including any determination by the PSO
                                                   survey activity, and when relevant new                                                                         m exclusion zone (EZ) and 1,000 m
                                                                                                            regarding species identification,
                                                   personnel join the survey operations.                                                                          buffer zone. The zones shall be based
                                                                                                            distance, and bearing and the degree of
                                                      4. Mitigation Requirements                                                                                  upon radial distance from any element
                                                                                                            confidence in the determination.
                                                      The holder of this Authorization is                      (v) Visual PSOs may be on watch for                of the airgun array (rather than being
                                                   required to implement the following                      a maximum of four consecutive hours                   based on the center of the array or
                                                   mitigation measures:                                     followed by a break of at least one hour              around the vessel itself). During use of
                                                      (a) UH must use five dedicated,                       between watches and may conduct a                     the acoustic source, occurrence of
                                                   trained, NMFS-approved Protected                         maximum of 12 hours observation per                   marine mammals outside the EZ but
                                                   Species Observers (PSOs), including                      24 hour period.                                       within 1,000 m from any element of the
                                                   four visual PSOs and one acoustic PSO.                      (vi) During good conditions (e.g.,                 airgun array shall be communicated to
                                                   The PSOs must have no tasks other than                   daylight hours; Beaufort sea state 3 or               the operator to prepare for potential
                                                   to conduct observational effort, record                  less), visual PSOs shall conduct                      further mitigation measures as described
                                                   observational data, and communicate                      observations when the acoustic source                 below. During use of the acoustic
                                                   with and instruct relevant vessel crew                   is not operating for comparison of                    source, occurrence of marine mammals
                                                   with regard to the presence of marine                    sighting rates and behavior with and                  within the EZ, or on a course to enter
                                                   mammals and mitigation requirements.                     without use of the acoustic source and                the EZ, shall trigger further mitigation
                                                   PSO resumes shall be provided to                         between acquisition periods, to the                   measures as described below.
                                                   NMFS for approval.                                       maximum extent practicable.                              (i) Ramp-up—A ramp-up procedure,
                                                      (b) At least two PSOs must have a                        (d) Acoustic Observation—The R/V                   involving a step-wise increase in the
                                                   minimum of 90 days at-sea experience                     Kairei must use a towed passive                       number of airguns firing and total array
                                                   working as PSOs during a deep                            acoustic monitoring (PAM) system,                     volume until all operational airguns are
                                                   penetration seismic survey, with no                      which must be monitored beginning at                  activated and the full volume is
                                                   more than eighteen months elapsed                        least 30 minutes prior to ramp-up and                 achieved, is required at all times as part
                                                   since the conclusion of the at-sea                       at all times during use of the acoustic               of the activation of the acoustic source.
                                                   experience. At least one of these must                   source.                                               Ramp-up shall begin by activating a
                                                   have relevant experience as a visual                        (i) One acoustic PSO (in addition to               single airgun of the smallest volume in
                                                   PSO and at least one must have relevant                  the four visual PSOs) must be on board                the array and shall continue in stages by
                                                   experience as an acoustic PSO. One                       to operate and oversee PAM operations.                doubling the number of active elements
                                                   ‘‘experienced’’ visual PSO shall be                      Either the acoustic PSO or a visual PSO               at the commencement of each stage,
                                                   designated as the lead for the entire                    with training in the PAM system must                  with each stage of approximately the
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   protected species observation team. The                  monitor the PAM system at all times                   same duration.
                                                   lead shall coordinate duty schedules                     while airguns are operating, and when                    (ii) If the airgun array has been
                                                   and roles for the PSO team and serve as                  possible during periods when the                      powered down or shut down due to a
                                                   primary point of contact for the vessel                  airguns are not operating, in shifts                  marine mammal detection, ramp-up
                                                   operator. The lead PSO shall devise the                  lasting no longer than six hours.                     shall not occur until all marine
                                                   duty schedule such that ‘‘experienced’’                     (ii) Acoustic PSOs shall communicate               mammals have cleared the EZ. A marine
                                                   PSOs are on duty with those PSOs with                    all detections to visual PSOs, when                   mammal is considered to have cleared
                                                   appropriate training but who have not                    visual PSOs are on duty, including any                the EZ if:


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                   34380                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                      (A) It has been visually observed to                  PSO; the notification time should not be              whale) with calf at any distance, with
                                                   have left the EZ                                         less than 60 minutes prior to the                     ‘‘calf’’ defined as an animal less than
                                                      (B) It has not been observed within                   planned ramp-up. A designated PSO                     two-thirds the body size of an adult
                                                   the EZ, for 15 minutes (in the case of                   must be notified again immediately                    observed to be in close association with
                                                   small odontocetes) or for 30 minutes (in                 prior to initiating ramp-up procedures                an adult.
                                                   the case of mysticetes and large                         and the operator must receive                            (viii) Power down of the acoustic
                                                   odontocetes including sperm, pygmy                       confirmation from the PSO to proceed.                 source is required upon observation of
                                                   sperm, dwarf sperm, and beaked                              (f) Power Down Requirements—UH                     an aggregation (i.e., six or more animals)
                                                   whales).                                                 shall power-down the airgun array if a                of large whales of any species (i.e.,
                                                      (iii) Thirty minutes of pre-clearance                 PSO detects a marine mammal within,                   sperm whale or any baleen whale) that
                                                   observation of the 500 m EZ and 1,000                    approaching, or entering the 500 m EZ.                does not appear to be traveling (e.g.,
                                                   m buffer zone are required prior to                      A power down involves a decrease in                   feeding, socializing, etc.).
                                                   ramp-up for any power down or                            the number of operational airguns.                       (ix) When only the acoustic PSO is on
                                                   shutdown of longer than 30 minutes.                      During a power down, one 100-in 3                     duty and a detection is made, if there is
                                                   This pre-clearance period may occur                      airgun shall be continuously operated.                uncertainty regarding species
                                                   during any vessel activity. If any marine                   (i) Any PSO on duty has the authority              identification or distance to the
                                                   mammal (including delphinids) is                         to call for power down of the airgun                  vocalizing animal(s), the airgun array
                                                   observed within or approaching the 500                   array (visual PSOs on duty should be in               must be powered down as a precaution.
                                                   m EZ during the 30 minute pre-                           agreement on the need for power down                     (g) Shutdown requirements—An
                                                   clearance period, ramp-up may not                        before requiring such action). When                   exclusion zone of 100 m for the single
                                                   begin until the animal(s) has been                       there is certainty regarding the need for             100-in3 airgun shall be established and
                                                   observed exiting the buffer zone or until                mitigation action on the basis of either              monitored by PSOs. If a marine mammal
                                                   an additional time period has elapsed                    visual or acoustic detection alone, the               is observed within, entering, or
                                                   with no further sightings (i.e., 15                      relevant PSO(s) must call for such                    approaching the 100 m exclusion zone
                                                   minutes for small odontocetes and 30                     action immediately.                                   for the single 100-in3 airgun, whether
                                                   minutes for all other species).                             (ii) When both visual and acoustic                 during implementation of a power down
                                                      (iv) During ramp-up, PSOs shall                       PSOs are on duty, all detections must be              or during operation of the full airgun
                                                   monitor the 500 m EZ and 1,000 m                         immediately communicated to the                       array, all airguns including the 100-in3
                                                   buffer zone. Ramp-up may not be                          remainder of the on-duty PSO team for                 airgun shall be shut down.
                                                   initiated if any marine mammal                           potential verification of visual                         (i) Upon implementation of a
                                                   (including delphinids) is observed                       observations by the acoustic PSO or of                shutdown, the source may be
                                                   within or approaching the 500 m EZ. If                   acoustic detections by visual PSOs and                reactivated under the conditions
                                                   a marine mammal is observed within or                    initiation of dialogue as necessary.                  described at 4(e).
                                                   approaching the 500 m EZ during ramp-                       (iii) The operator must establish and                 (ii) Measures described for power
                                                   up, a power down or shutdown shall be                    maintain clear lines of communication                 downs under 4(f)(i–v) shall also apply
                                                   implemented as though the full array                     directly between PSOs on duty and                     in the case of a shutdown.
                                                   were operational. Ramp-up may not                        crew controlling the airgun array to                     (h) Vessel Strike Avoidance—Vessel
                                                   begin again until the animal(s) has been                 ensure that power down commands are                   operator and crew must maintain a
                                                   observed exiting the 500 m EZ or until                   conveyed swiftly while allowing PSOs                  vigilant watch for all marine mammals
                                                   an additional time period has elapsed                    to maintain watch.                                    and slow down or stop the vessel or
                                                   with no further sightings (i.e., 15                         (iv) When power down is called for by              alter course, as appropriate, to avoid
                                                   minutes for small odontocetes and 30                     a PSO, the power down must occur and                  striking any marine mammal. A visual
                                                   minutes for all other species).                          any dispute resolved only following                   observer aboard the vessel must monitor
                                                      (v) If the airgun array has been shut                 power down.                                           a vessel strike avoidance zone around
                                                   down for reasons other than mitigation                      (v) The power down requirement is                  the vessel according to the parameters
                                                   (e.g., mechanical difficulty) for a period               waived for dolphins of the following                  stated below. Visual observers
                                                   of less than 30 minutes, it may be                       genera: Steno, Tursiops, Stenella and                 monitoring the vessel strike avoidance
                                                   activated again without ramp-up if PSOs                  Lagenodelphis. The power down waiver                  zone can be either third-party observers
                                                   have maintained constant visual and                      only applies if animals are traveling,                or crew members, but crew members
                                                   acoustic observation and no visual                       including approaching the vessel. If                  responsible for these duties must be
                                                   detections of any marine mammal have                     animals are stationary and the vessel                 provided sufficient training to
                                                   occurred within the buffer zone and no                   approaches the animals, the power                     distinguish marine mammals from other
                                                   acoustic detections have occurred.                       down requirement applies. If there is                 phenomena.
                                                      (vi) Ramp-up shall only occur at night                uncertainty regarding identification (i.e.,              (i) The vessel must maintain a
                                                   and at times of poor visibility where                    whether the observed animal(s) belongs                minimum separation distance of 100 m
                                                   operational planning cannot reasonably                   to the group described above) or                      from large whales. The following
                                                   avoid such circumstances. Ramp-up                        whether the animals are traveling,                    avoidance measures must be taken if a
                                                   may occur at night and during poor                       power down must be implemented.                       large whale is within 100 m of the
                                                   visibility if the 500 m EZ and 1,000 m                      (vi) Upon implementation of a power                vessel:
                                                   buffer zone have been continually                        down, the source may be reactivated                      (A) The vessel must reduce speed and
                                                   monitored by visual PSOs for 30                          under the conditions described at                     shift the engine to neutral, and must not
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   minutes prior to ramp-up with no                         4(e)(vi). Where there is no relevant zone             engage the engines until the whale has
                                                   marine mammal detections and if                          (e.g., shutdown due to observation of a               moved outside of the vessel’s path and
                                                   acoustic monitoring has occurred for 30                  calf), a 30-minute clearance period must              the minimum separation distance has
                                                   minutes prior to ramp-up with no                         be observed following the last                        been established.
                                                   acoustic detections during that period.                  observation of the animal(s).                            (B) If the vessel is stationary, the
                                                      (vii) The vessel operator must notify                    (vii) Power down of the acoustic                   vessel must not engage engines until the
                                                   a designated PSO of the planned start of                 source is required upon observation of                whale(s) has moved out of the vessel’s
                                                   ramp-up as agreed-upon with the lead                     a whale (i.e., sperm whale or any baleen              path and beyond 100 m.


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices                                            34381

                                                      (ii) The vessel must maintain a                       reflex camera of appropriate quality                     (vi) Environmental conditions while
                                                   minimum separation distance of 50 m                      (i.e., Canon or equivalent), compass, and             on visual survey (at beginning and end
                                                   from all other marine mammals, with an                   any other tools necessary to adequately               of PSO shift and whenever conditions
                                                   exception made for animals described in                  perform necessary tasks, including                    change significantly), including wind
                                                   4(g)(v) that approach the vessel. If an                  accurate determination of distance and                speed and direction, Beaufort sea state,
                                                   animal is encountered during transit,                    bearing to observed marine mammals.                   Beaufort wind force, swell height,
                                                   the vessel shall attempt to remain                          (c) PSO Qualifications                             weather conditions, cloud cover, sun
                                                   parallel to the animal’s course, avoiding                   (i) PSOs must have successfully                    glare, and overall visibility to the
                                                   excessive speed or abrupt changes in                     completed relevant training, including                horizon
                                                   course.                                                  completion of all required coursework                    (vii) Factors that may be contributing
                                                      (iii) Vessel speeds must be reduced to                and passing a written and/or oral                     to impaired observations during each
                                                   10 knots or less when mother/calf pairs,                 examination developed for the training                PSO shift change or as needed as
                                                   pods, or large assemblages of cetaceans                  program.                                              environmental conditions change (e.g.,
                                                   are observed near the vessel.                               (ii) PSOs must have successfully                   vessel traffic, equipment malfunctions)
                                                      (i) Miscellaneous Protocols                           attained a bachelor’s degree from an                     (viii) Survey activity information,
                                                      (i) The airgun array must be                          accredited college or university with a               such as acoustic source power output
                                                   deactivated when not acquiring data or                   major in one of the natural sciences and              while in operation, number and volume
                                                   preparing to acquire data, except as                     a minimum of 30 semester hours or                     of airguns operating in the array, tow
                                                   necessary for testing. Unnecessary use                   equivalent in the biological sciences and             depth of the array, and any other notes
                                                   of the acoustic source shall be avoided.                 at least one undergraduate course in                  of significance (i.e., pre-ramp-up survey,
                                                   Notified operational capacity (not                       math or statistics. The educational                   ramp-up, shutdown, testing, shooting,
                                                   including redundant backup airguns)                      requirements may be waived if the PSO                 ramp-up completion, end of operations,
                                                   must not be exceeded during the survey,                  has acquired the relevant skills through              streamers, etc.)
                                                   except where unavoidable for source                      alternate experience. Requests for such                  (ix) If a marine mammal is sighted,
                                                   testing and calibration purposes. All                    a waiver must include written                         the following information should be
                                                   occasions where activated source                         justification. Alternate experience that              recorded:
                                                   volume exceeds notified operational                      may be considered includes, but is not                   (A) Watch status (sighting made by
                                                   capacity must be noticed to the PSO(s)                   limited to (1) secondary education and/               PSO on/off effort, opportunistic, crew,
                                                   on duty and fully documented. The lead                   or experience comparable to PSO duties;               alternate vessel/platform)
                                                   PSO must be granted access to relevant                   (2) previous work experience                             (B) PSO who sighted the animal
                                                   instrumentation documenting acoustic                     conducting academic, commercial, or                      (C) Time of sighting
                                                   source power and/or operational                          government-sponsored marine mammal                       (D) Vessel location at time of sighting
                                                   volume.                                                  surveys; or (3) previous work experience                 (E) Water depth
                                                      (ii) Testing of the acoustic source                   as a PSO; the PSO should demonstrate                     (F) Direction of vessel’s travel
                                                   involving all elements requires normal                   good standing and consistently good                   (compass direction)
                                                   mitigation protocols (e.g., ramp-up).                    performance of PSO duties.                               (G) Direction of animal’s travel
                                                   Testing limited to individual source                        (d) Data Collection—PSOs must use                  relative to the vessel
                                                   elements or strings does not require                     standardized data forms, whether hard                    (H) Pace of the animal
                                                   ramp-up but does require pre-clearance.                  copy or electronic. PSOs shall record                    (I) Estimated distance to the animal
                                                      5. Monitoring Requirements                            detailed information about any                        and its heading relative to vessel at
                                                      The holder of this Authorization is                   implementation of mitigation                          initial sighting
                                                   required to conduct marine mammal                        requirements, including the distance of                  (J) Identification of the animal (e.g.,
                                                   monitoring during survey activity.                       animals to the acoustic source and                    genus/species, lowest possible
                                                   Monitoring shall be conducted in                         description of specific actions that                  taxonomic level, or unidentified); also
                                                   accordance with the following                            ensued, the behavior of the animal(s),                note the composition of the group if
                                                   requirements:                                            any observed changes in behavior before               there is a mix of species
                                                      (a) The operator must provide bigeye                  and after implementation of mitigation,                  (K) Estimated number of animals
                                                   binoculars (e.g., 25×150; 2.7 view angle;                and if shutdown was implemented, the                  (high/low/best)
                                                   individual ocular focus; height control)                 length of time before any subsequent                     (L) Estimated number of animals by
                                                   of appropriate quality (i.e., Fujinon or                 ramp-up of the acoustic source to                     cohort (adults, yearlings, juveniles,
                                                   equivalent) solely for PSO use. These                    resume survey. If required mitigation                 calves, group composition, etc.)
                                                   shall be pedestal-mounted on the deck                    was not implemented, PSOs should                         (M) Description (as many
                                                   at the most appropriate vantage point                    submit a description of the                           distinguishing features as possible of
                                                   that provides for optimal sea surface                    circumstances. We require that, at a                  each individual seen, including length,
                                                   observation, PSO safety, and safe                        minimum, the following information be                 shape, color, pattern, scars or markings,
                                                   operation of the vessel. The operator                    reported:                                             shape and size of dorsal fin, shape of
                                                   must also provide a night-vision device                     (i) PSO names and affiliations                     head, and blow characteristics)
                                                   suited for the marine environment for                       (ii) Dates of departures and returns to               (N) Detailed behavior observations
                                                   use during nighttime ramp-up pre-                        port with port name                                   (e.g., number of blows, number of
                                                   clearance, at the discretion of the PSOs.                   (iii) Dates and times (Greenwich Mean              surfaces, breaching, spyhopping, diving,
                                                   At minimum, the device should feature                    Time) of survey effort and times                      feeding, traveling; as explicit and
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   automatic brightness and gain control,                   corresponding with PSO effort                         detailed as possible; note any observed
                                                   bright light protection, infrared                           (iv) Vessel location (latitude/                    changes in behavior)
                                                   illumination, and optics suited for low-                 longitude) when survey effort begins                     (O) Animal’s closest point of
                                                   light situations.                                        and ends; vessel location at beginning                approach (CPA) and/or closest distance
                                                      (b) PSOs must also be equipped with                   and end of visual PSO duty shifts                     from the center point of the acoustic
                                                   reticle binoculars (e.g., 7×50) of                          (v) Vessel heading and speed at                    source;
                                                   appropriate quality (i.e., Fujinon or                    beginning and end of visual PSO duty                     (P) Platform activity at time of
                                                   equivalent), GPS, digital single-lens                    shifts and upon any line change                       sighting (e.g., deploying, recovering,


                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2


                                                   34382                           Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 140 / Monday, July 24, 2017 / Notices

                                                   testing, shooting, data acquisition,                     IHA. The draft report must be                         the lead observer determines that the
                                                   other)                                                   accompanied by a certification from the               cause of the injury or death is unknown
                                                      (Q) Description of any actions                        lead PSO as to the accuracy of the                    and the death is relatively recent (e.g.,
                                                   implemented in response to the sighting                  report, and the lead PSO may submit                   in less than a moderate state of
                                                   (e.g., delays, shutdown, ramp-up, speed                  directly to NMFS a statement                          decomposition), UH shall immediately
                                                   or course alteration, etc.); time and                    concerning implementation and                         report the incident to NMFS. The report
                                                   location of the action should also be                    effectiveness of the required mitigation              must include the same information
                                                   recorded                                                 and monitoring. A final report must be                identified in condition 6(b)(i) of this
                                                      (x) If a marine mammal is detected                    submitted within 30 days following                    IHA. Activities may continue while
                                                   while using the PAM system, the                          resolution of any comments from NMFS                  NMFS reviews the circumstances of the
                                                   following information should be                          on the draft report.                                  incident. NMFS will work with UH to
                                                   recorded:                                                   (b) Reporting injured or dead marine               determine whether additional
                                                      (A) An acoustic encounter                             mammals:                                              mitigation measures or modifications to
                                                   identification number, and whether the                      (i) In the event that the specified                the activities are appropriate.
                                                   detection was linked with a visual                       activity clearly causes the take of a                    (iii) In the event that UH discovers an
                                                   sighting                                                 marine mammal in a manner not                         injured or dead marine mammal, and
                                                      (B) Time when first and last heard                    prohibited by this IHA (if issued), such              the lead observer determines that the
                                                      (C) Types and nature of sounds heard                  as serious injury or mortality, UH shall              injury or death is not associated with or
                                                   (e.g., clicks, whistles, creaks, burst                   immediately cease the specified                       related to the specified activities (e.g.,
                                                   pulses, continuous, sporadic, strength of                activities and immediately report the                 previously wounded animal, carcass
                                                   signal, etc.)                                            incident to NMFS. The report must                     with moderate to advanced
                                                      (D) Any additional information                        include the following information:                    decomposition, or scavenger damage),
                                                   recorded such as water depth of the                         (A) Time, date, and location (latitude/            UH shall report the incident to NMFS
                                                   hydrophone array, bearing of the animal                  longitude) of the incident;                           within 24 hours of the discovery. UH
                                                   to the vessel (if determinable), species                    (B) Vessel’s speed during and leading              shall provide photographs or video
                                                   or taxonomic group (if determinable),                    up to the incident;                                   footage or other documentation of the
                                                   and any other notable information.                          (C) Description of the incident;                   sighting to NMFS.
                                                      6. Reporting                                             (D) Status of all sound source use in                 7. This Authorization may be
                                                      (a) UH shall submit a draft                           the 24 hours preceding the incident;                  modified, suspended or withdrawn if
                                                   comprehensive report on all activities                      (E) Water depth;                                   the holder fails to abide by the
                                                   and monitoring results within 90 days                       (F) Environmental conditions (e.g.,                conditions prescribed herein, or if
                                                   of the completion of the survey or                       wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea                NMFS determines the authorized taking
                                                   expiration of the IHA, whichever comes                   state, cloud cover, and visibility);                  is having more than a negligible impact
                                                   sooner. The report must describe all                        (G) Description of all marine mammal               on the species or stock of affected
                                                   activities conducted and sightings of                    observations in the 24 hours preceding                marine mammals.
                                                   marine mammals near the activities,                      the incident;
                                                   must provide full documentation of                          (H) Species identification or                      Request for Public Comments
                                                   methods, results, and interpretation                     description of the animal(s) involved;                  We request comment on our analyses,
                                                   pertaining to all monitoring, and must                      (I) Fate of the animal(s); and                     the draft authorization, and any other
                                                   summarize the dates and locations of                        (J) Photographs or video footage of the            aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA
                                                   survey operations and all marine                         animal(s).                                            for the proposed seismic survey by UH.
                                                   mammal sightings (dates, times,                             Activities shall not resume until                  Please include with your comments any
                                                   locations, activities, associated survey                 NMFS is able to review the                            supporting data or literature citations to
                                                   activities). Geospatial data regarding                   circumstances of the prohibited take.                 help inform our final decision on the
                                                   locations where the acoustic source was                  NMFS will work with UH to determine                   request for MMPA authorization.
                                                   used must be provided as an ESRI                         what measures are necessary to
                                                   shapefile with all necessary files and                   minimize the likelihood of further                      Dated: July 19, 2017.
                                                   appropriate metadata. In addition to the                 prohibited take and ensure MMPA                       Catherine Marzin,
                                                   report, all raw observational data shall                 compliance. UH may not resume their                   Acting Deputy Director, Office of Protected
                                                   be made available to NMFS. The report                    activities until notified by NMFS.                    Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service.
                                                   must summarize the data collected as                        (ii) In the event that UH discovers an             [FR Doc. 2017–15455 Filed 7–21–17; 8:45 am]
                                                   required under condition 5(d) of this                    injured or dead marine mammal, and                    BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
mstockstill on DSK30JT082PROD with NOTICES2




                                              VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:14 Jul 21, 2017   Jkt 241001   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\24JYN2.SGM   24JYN2



Document Created: 2017-07-22 01:20:15
Document Modified: 2017-07-22 01:20:15
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
ActionNotice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
DatesComments and information must be received no later than August 23, 2017.
ContactJordan Carduner, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained online at: www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/ incidental/research.htm. In case of problems accessing these documents, please call the contact listed above.
FR Citation82 FR 34352 
RIN Number0648-XF33

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR